Home

Owners Manual Pdf - Mercedes Benz USA

1. Activating deactivating the acoustic locking verification signal If you switch on the Acoustic Lock function an acoustic signal sounds when you lock the vehicle gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press W or A to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Acoustic Lock function If the Acoustic Lock function is activated the symbol in the multifunction dis play lights up orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting Convenience Activating deactivating the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature Z WARNING When the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature adjusts the steering wheel you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is mak ing adjustments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the steering wheel If somebody becomes trapped e press one of the memory function position buttons or e move the switch for steering wheel adjust ment in the opposite direction to that in which the steering wheel is moving The adjustment process is stopped gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select th
2. 0008 136 Lights and windshield wipers E es Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Exterior lighting For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recom mends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime Therefore your vehicle is equipped with special daytime run ning lamps In some countries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal require ments and self imposed obligations If you wish to drive during the daytime without lights switch off the daytime running lamps function in the on board computer gt page 244 Symmetrical low beam headlamps Switch the headlamps to symmetrical low beam in countries in which traffic drives on the opposite side of the road from the country where the vehicle is registered This prevents glare to oncoming traffic When using sym metrical lights the edge of the road is not lit as widely and as far ahead as normal Have the headlamps converted at a qualified specialist workshop as close t
3. 91 Media Interface see Separate operating instructions Memory card audio 06 238 Memory function cece eeeeeeeee 125 Mercedes Benz Intelligent Drive SOO GAMETA 2 6 cesdiesdssseceessseateesteis 215 ABS Anti lock Brake System 69 Active Blind Spot Assist 224 Active Lane Keeping Assist 227 Active Parking Assist eee 209 ATTENTION ASSIST ee isidro 219 BAS Brake Assist eeeeeseeseeeeees 70 BAS PLUS Brake Assist PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist ee 70 Blind Spot ASSISE sisses 220 COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS EEEE EAA tenes 72 Cruise Control ccs ssccsaiceaceacsaceaes 187 DISTRONIGIPLUS 3 is2scccsacssesecsese 189 DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot 198 ESP Electronic Stability Pro BAUM oeann E RTE 74 General NOTES csccvscsesnsce steve cece sesadese 187 Lane Keeping Assist eee 222 PARKTRONIC oe eeeeeseeceeseeeeeeeeeneens 206 PRE SAFE anticipatory occu PANE PFOLECTION oc cecessnesseveecose ceases 60 PRE SAFE Brake cccscsssseseseseseseeeees 78 PRE SAFE PLUS anticipatory occupant protection PLUS 61 Rear view camera cesceeeesteeeeees Message memory on board com PUTET oo sescesscsdecceacessscbshtaehexecceaceaeahesteeee Messages see Display messages Mirrors see Exterior mirrors see Rear view mirror see Vanity mirror
4. 382 SUMING svevsvscssiveeeveansvasevace dere dvtesvety 384 Structure and characteristics GETIMIGIOM ssrin 381 Temperature scinn nnna 377 TIN Tire Identification Number definition ennenen 383 Tire bead definition sssri 383 Tire pressure definition 383 Tire pressures recommended 382 Tire size data oo eeeeseeereeeees 389 Tire size designation load bearing Capacity speed rating eee 378 Vive tread sessestevestcesscemtanctesstsversecs 363 Tire tread definition eee 383 Total load limit definition 384 Trato esek keepe dudes 377 Traction definition 0 eee 383 Tread wear ccescecssecesseeeesessneeees 377 Uniform Tire Quality Grading SLAM ArdS ress scsestsiscbsesiistesicctseesiees 376 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards definition 0 00 382 Wear indicator definition 383 Wheel and tire combination 391 Wheel rim definition 0 0 0 eee 382 see Flat tire Top Tether Towing away Important safety guidelines Installing the towing eye Removing the towing eye With both axles on the ground With the rear axle raised Towing eye Tow starting Emergency engine starting Important safety notes Transfer case Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission position display Transmission position display DIRECT SELECT lever Transporting the vehicle Trim pieces cleaning instruc tions Trip computer on boa
5. If the vehicle has been parked for over 20 minutes the Tire pressures will be displayed after driving a few minutes message appears After a teach in process the tire pressure monitor automatically detects new wheels or new sensors As long as a clear allocation of the tire pressure value to the individual wheels is not possible the Tire Pressure Monitor Active display message is shown instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored f an emergency spare wheel is mounted the system may continue to show the tire pressure of the wheel that has been removed for a few minutes If this occurs note that the value displayed for the posi tion where the spare wheel is mounted is not the same as the current tire pressure of the emergency spare wheel Tire pressure monitor warning mes sages If the tire pressure monitor detects a pressure loss in one or more tires a warning message is shown in the multifunction display and the yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp comes on e If the Correct Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low and must be corrected at the next oppor tunity e Ifthe Check Tires message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly and the tires must be checked e If the Warning Tire Malfunction mes sage appears in the multifunctio
6. e press the button on the SmartKey or e press the remote operating switch on the driver s door or e press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid tailgate or pull on the handle on the trunk lid tailgate Trunk cargo compartment Opening closing from outside If a KEYLESS GO key is detected in the trunk cargo compartment the trunk lid Opening tailgate will not lock Sedan the trunk lid then opens again oe nent 3 Important safety notes D e N WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust 2 gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust Handle example Sedan gases can enter the vehicle interior if the op trunk lid tailgate is open when the engine is gt Press the g button on the SmartKey running especially if the vehicle is in motion gt Sedan pull handle Q There is a risk of poisoning gt Raise the trunk lid Always switch off the engine before opening Wagon if you pull handle Q and keep it in the trunk lid tailgate Never drive with the this position you can open the tailgate man trunk lid tailgate open ually If you release the handle the tailgate opens automatically BB The trunk lid tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore 4 make sure that there is sufficient clearance Closing above and behind the trunk lid tailgate Opening You can open the trunk lid tailgate automat ically with
7. A lamps 47 Seat heating amp Seat ventilation Pya PARKTRONIC ECO ECO start stop func tion AMG vehicles Hazard warning 117 118 206 161 131 Oe Function Re 2 Indicator lamp E head Ga roller ATA indicator lamp Lowers the rear seat restraints Wagon Sedan rear window sunblind Page 52 81 113 312 Center console lower section At a glance i Function Page Function Page Stowage compartment 293 Stowage compartment with Ashtray SZ Media Interface 294 Cigarette lighter 313 k Selects the drive pro Cup holder 309 gram 169 f Adjusts the suspen COMAND controller see sion setting 203 the separate operating instructions ea Sets the vehicle level 202 Center console lower section AMG vehicles At a glance _ Function Page Function Page Ashtray 32 _ ama Calls up saves the Cigarette lighter 313 suspension tuning 204 Engages parking positionP 180 Adjusts the suspen sion setting 204 3 Selector lever 165 ESES 76 Cup holder 309 Drive program selector 169 Stowage compartment with Media Interface 294 COMAND controller see the separate operating instructions Overhead control panel Overhead control panel At a glance Ea a Function Page Function Page Switches the rear R
8. SPORT SPORT gt To deactivate ESP press button Q until the amp ESP OFF warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster The amp OFF message appears in the mul tifunction display gt To activate ESP briefly press button The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The JON message appears in the multifunction dis play Characteristics of activated SPORT han dling mode If SPORT handling mode is activated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes ESP only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree When SPORT handling mode is activated e ESP only improves driving stability to a limited degree e traction control is still activated e engine torque is only restricted to a limited degree and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e ESP still provides support when you brake Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster does not flash In such situations ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is restricted
9. If a course correcting brake application occurs red warning lamp Q flashes in the exterior mirror and a dual warning tone sounds In addition display appears in the multifunction display underlining the danger of a side collision In very rare cases the system may make an inappropriate brake application An inappro priate course correcting brake application may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction or acceler ate for example The course correcting brake application is available in the speed range between 20 mph 30 km h and 120 mph 200 km h Either no braking application or a course correcting brake application adapted to the driving situation occurs if e there are vehicles or obstacles e g crash barriers located on both sides of your vehi cle e avehicle approaches you too closely at the side e you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds e you Clearly brake or accelerate e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP or PRE SAFE Brake e ESP is switched off e a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire is detected Switching on Active Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 242 is activated in the on board computer gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock Warning lamps in the exterior mirrors light up red for approximately 1 5 seconds and then turn yellow Activ
10. or gt Accelerate briefly Your vehicle pulls away and adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front If no vehicle is detected in front your vehi cle accelerates to the set speed The vehicle can also pull away when it is facing an unidentified obstacle or is driving on a different line from another vehicle The vehicle then brakes automatically There is arisk of an accident Be ready to brake at all times If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS operates in the same way as cruise control If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front has slowed down it brakes your vehicle In this way the distance you have selected is maintained If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a faster moving vehicle in front it increases the driving speed However the vehicle is only accelerated up to the speed you have stored Selecting the drive program DISTRONIC PLUS supports a sporty driving style when you have selected the S or M AMG vehicles S S or M driving program gt page 169 Acceleration behind the vehicle in front or to the set speed is then noticeably more dynamic If you have selected the E or E AMG vehicles C driving program the vehi cle accelerates more gently This setting is recommended in stop and start traffic Changing lanes If you change to the passing lane DISTRONIC PLUS supports you when e you are driving faster than 45 mph 70 km h e DISTRONIC PLUS is maintaining the dis tance t
11. 91 Unlocking SmartKey eee eee 84 VehiGle data eranen 419 Vehicle data eee eeseeeeeceeeeee 419 Vehicle dimensions eee 419 Vehicle emergency locking 91 Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 410 Vehicle level INIRMAT Geiscecscectecicicccacesnsonsseconceces 202 Vehicle level display message 268 Vehicle maintenance see ASSYST PLUS Vehicle tool kit 0 0 0 eeeeeeee 344 Video Operating the DVD secere 239 A EET 410 Warning and indicator lamps ABS E AEA AA TAE 282 Brake cciiissieevicitsisiisinseseeina 281 Check ENGINE sisisiisipii tiesiai 286 Coolant ssssisssssrisirisiisiseesevsiiis 287 Distance Warning eeeseceeeeeeeee 289 ES cas ened ere tere ne E E E Ore 283 ESP OR E enone 284 OVETVIOW 5 ies cxsecb an cedeack eoditcesncedareoseees 34 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 006 43 Reserve TUE cc scesscevsussscossevoressesesoccse 286 Restraint system ceseeeeeeseeseeeees 285 Seat Delt ss cscs sescsssssecsstesesdssastasededss 280 SPORT handling mode eee 284 Tire pressure monitor ee eee 290 Warranty eere 24 Washer fluid Display message sceceeee 278 Wheel and tire combination see Tires Wheel bolt tightening torque 389 Wheel Chock es eeceeeeceseeeeeneees 385 Wheels Changing a wheel sses 384 CHECKING receno Gosche eetess 363 CI ANIM S eosina 338 Cleaning Warning seess 384 Emer
12. Wooden trim Cargo compartment cover Important safety notes 0 0 300 Cargo compartment enlargement 298 Cargo compartment floor 306 Cargo net AULA CHING s edavevosiveseceveenesscesecesssesass 302 Important safety information 302 Cargo tie down rings e eee 300 Car key see SmartKey CD player CD changer on board COMPUTE iieii ireira 238 Center console Lower SECTION 2 c csstssdesssteassesesssecss 37 Lower section AMG vehicles 38 Upper SO CHOM i ic c secccartsiiesvececeetaes 36 Central locking Automatic locking on board com DUCT oren E 246 Locking unlocking SmartKey 84 Changing bulbs High beam headlamps 00 135 Turn signals front s e 136 Child proof locks Important safety notes eee 67 Raf 6 0 0 eer ene ce epee 68 Children Restraint SYStEMS reiissi re 63 Special seat belt retractor 63 Child seat Forward facing restraint system 67 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat eNO nO EEEE 64 On the front passenger seat 66 Rearward facing restraint system 67 TOP Tether s sscisczscectinac seestessusceveses 65 Cigarette lighter oo eee 313 Cleaning Mirror turn Signal seeeeeeeeneeees 339 Climate control Automatic climate control 3 ZONE eea a E 145 Controlling automatically 148 Cooling with air dehumidification 147 Defrosting the wind
13. General notes DISTRONIC PLUS regulates the speed and automatically helps you maintain the dis tance to the vehicle detected in front Vehi cles are detected with the aid of the radar sensor system DISTRONIC PLUS brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Driving systems fe Deactivating cruise control Change into a lower gear in good time on long and steep downhill gradients This is espe cially important if the vehicle is laden By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically DISTRONIC PLUS cannot pre vent a collision without your intervention An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster Brake immediately in order to increase the distance to the vehicle in front or take evasive action provided it is safe to do so For DISTRONIC PLUS to assist you the radar sensor system must be operational DISTRONIC PLUS operates in range between O mph O km h and 120 mph 200 km h Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS while driving on roads with steep gradients As DISTRONIC PLUS transmits radar waves it can resemble the radar detectors of the responsible authorities You can refer to the relevant chapter in the Operator
14. Loading the vehicle your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX lbs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capa city calculated in step 4 Loading the vehicle Example steps 1 to 3 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 372 The greater the combined weight of the occupants the lower the maximum luggage load Step 1 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Combined maximum 1500 Ibs 680 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg weight of occupant
15. e switch off the engine in stationary traffic e keep an eye on the vehicle s fuel consump tion Environmental concerns and recom mendations Wherever the operating instructions require you to dispose of materials first try to regen erate or re use them Observe the relevant environmental rules and regulations when disposing of materials In this way you will help to protect the environment Genuine Mercedes Benz parts Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts H Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi ces as well as control units and sensors for these restraint systems may be installed in the following areas of your vehicle e doors e door pillars e door sills e seats e cockpit e instrument cluster e center console Do not install accessories such as audio systems in these areas Do not carry out repairs or welding You could impair the operating efficiency of the restraint sys tems Have aftermarket accessories installed at a qualified specialist workshop You could jeopardize the operating safety of your vehicle if you use parts tires and wheels as well as accessories relevant to safety which have not been approved by Mercedes This could lead to malfunctions in safety rel evant systems e g the brake system Use only genuine Merced
16. gt Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop The coolant level is too low The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant to cool down gt Check the coolant level gt page 333 Observe the warning notes as you do so and add coolant if necessary Automatic transmission ee Automatic transmission 2 Important safety notes Z WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate Z WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake HYBRID vehicles ensure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature Otherwise you may not recognize dangers Selector lever AMG vehicles Overview of transmission positions Selector lever in AMG vehicles with P button P Park position with parking lock R Reverse gear Neutral Drive o
17. scosccesrsessvensessseseeee 99 Sliding SUMPOOF sc cesiessseescessvszevczseasss 104 Trunk lid tailgate vsisi 92 Reversing lamps display mes SAGE oscars aceite 262 Roadside Assistance breakdown 25 Roller sunblind Panorama roof with power tilt sliding Panel issi isseuasusnsee 105 Rear side WINdOWS eeseeeeeeneees 311 Rear WINDOW vasssessassessiadetsdesseeaieiases 312 ROOF Cammi h sieserissr syer ecto 308 Roof lining and carpets cleaning guidelines oo n 342 Roof load maximum 06 419 S Safety Children in the vehicle 000 62 Child restraint systems eee 63 Occupant Classification System OG Perec reece 52 Safety system see Driving safety systems inte EA Seat belts Adjusting the driver s and front passenger seat belt eceeeeeeeeee 47 Adjusting the height ceeeeeeee 46 center rear compartment seat 47 Cleaning seses Correct usage Fastening sii sdatsccarsienseetstbdevbiseeees Important safety guidelines 44 Introduction REICASING srren Switching belt adjustment on off on board Computer eeeeeeeeeee 246 Warning lamp eseesseeeeeseeeeeeeeees 280 Warning lamp function eee 48 Seats Adjusting electrically 0 0 0 112 Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup DOME AE AE EEEE EEEE 115 Adjusting the active multicontour Seat ivascavesavesicosevessversasavareveasnensveves 114 Adjustin
18. If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Restart the engine On board computer and displays Blind Spot Assist Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is defective Inoperative or The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir Active Blind Spot rors Assist Inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Park Assist Can The driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt has not been celed fastened gt Repeat the parking process with the seat belt fastened and the driver s door closed You have inadvertently touched the multifunction steering wheel while steering intervention was active gt While steering intervention is active make sure that the multi function steering wheel is not touched unintentionally The vehicle has started to skid and ESP has intervened gt Use Active Parking Assist again later gt page 209 Display messages Display messages Park Assist Inoper ative Park Assist Fin ished DISTRONIC PLUS Off DISTRONIC PLUS Now Available DISTRONIC PLUS Cur rently Unavailable See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have just carried out a large number of turning or parking maneuvers Active Parking Assist will become avai
19. Use MB 325 0 or MB 326 0 antifreeze corrosion inhibitor Windshield washer system Important safety notes Z WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the level sensor may be damaged E Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFit washer fluid should be mixed together The spray nozzles may otherwise become blocked As Service products and filling capacities Comply with the important safety notes for service products when handling washer fluid gt page 411 At temperatures above freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water At temperatures below freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid e g MB Winter Fit Adapt the mixing ratio to the outside temper ature e Down to 14 F 10 C mix 1 part MB Win terFit to 2 parts water e Down to 4 F 20 C mix 1 part MB Win terFit to 1 part water e Down to 20 2 F 29 C mix 2 parts MB WinterFit to 1 part water Add windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit to the washe
20. e steer slightly in the opposite direction e switch on the turn signal e clearly brake or accelerate A lane correcting brake application is inter rupted automatically if e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP PRE SAFE Brake or Active Blind Spot Assist e lane markings can no longer be recognized Switching on Active Lane Keeping Assist gt Switch on Active Lane Keeping Assist using the on board computer to do so select Standard or Adaptive gt page 242 If you drive at speeds above 40 mph 60 km h and lane markings are detected the lines in the assistance graphics display gt page 241 are shown in green Active Lane Keeping Assist is ready for use If Standard is selected no warning vibra tion occurs if Driving systems Es e you have switched on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes such as ABS BAS or ESP When Adaptive is selected no warning vibration occurs if e you have switched on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes e g ABS BAS or ESP e you accelerate hard e g kickdown e you brake hard e you Steer actively e g swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly e you cut the corner on a sharp bend In order that you are warned only when nec essary and in good time if you cross the
21. gt Close cover Q of positive clamp after removing the jumper cables gt Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Jump starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition Jumper cables and further information regarding jump starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop Towing and tow starting There is a risk of an accident When towing or tow starting another vehicle its weight should not be greater than the per Z WARNING missible gross weight of your vehicle Functions relevant to safety are restricted or no longer available if Details on the permissible gross vehicle Lo i weight of your vehicle can be found on the e the engine is not running vehicle identification plate gt page 410 em if DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function malfunctioning is activated the vehicle brakes automati 4 Roadside Assistance o terei a melktmnethen n tie voles suny cally in certain situations To prevent dam onne venice s eee system age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC If your vehicle is being towed much more PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow force may be necessary to steer or brake ing or other similar situations There is a risk of an accident In such cases use a tow bar Before towing make sure that the steering moves freely e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at the Z WARNING towin
22. gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 371 The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display A warning tone also sounds A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 345 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 369 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure Display messages Display messages Warning Tire Malfunction Tire Press Monitor Currently Unavail able TirePress Sen sor s Missing Tire Pressure Mon itor Inoperative No Wheel Sensors Tire pressure mon itor Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The wheel position is shown in the multifunction display A WARNING If you drive with a flat tire there is a risk of th
23. gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the front passenger side using button 2 gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the stored parking position The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves back to its original position e as soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph 15 km h e if you press button for the exterior mir ror on the driver s side Memory function A WARNING If you use the memory function on the driver s side while driving you could lose control of the vehicle as a result of the adjustments being made There is a risk of an accident Only use the memory function on the driver s side when the vehicle is stationary Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they acti vate the memory function particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING When the memory function adjusts the seat or steering wheel you and other vehicle occu pants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the memory function is making adjust ments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat or steering wheel If somebody becomes trapped imme diately release the memory function positio
24. E Class Sedan and Wagon Operator s Manual CEUDOD ODOTIN ENT TT 2125847901 E Class Sedan and Wagon Operator s Manual Order no 6515 362413 Part no 2125847901 Edition A 2015 Mercedes Benz Symbols Registered trademarks e Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc e DTS is a registered trademark of DTS Inc e Dolby and MLP are registered trademarks of DOLBY Laboratories e BabySmart ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler AG e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls e iPod and iTunes are registered trade marks of Apple Inc e Logic7 is a registered trademark of Har man International Industries e Microsoft and Windows media are reg istered trademarks of Microsoft Corpora tion e SIRIUS is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc e HD Radio is a registered trademark of iBig uity Digital Corporation e Gracenote is a registered trademark of Gracenote Inc e ZAGATSurvey and related brands are reg istered trademarks of ZagatSurvey LLC In this Operator s Manual you will find the fol lowing symbols A WARNING Warning notes make you aware of dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life or to the health and life of others Q Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with infor mation on environmentally aware actions or disposal H Notes on material damage alert you to dangers
25. Seats steering wheel and mirrors A WARNING Children could injure themselves if they adjust the steering wheel There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Further related subjects e EASY ENTRY EXIT feature gt page 121 e Storing settings gt page 125 The electrically adjustable steering wheel can still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock hl Steering wheel Switching on off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To switch on off turn the lever in the direction of arrow or Indicator lamp 8 lights up or goes out Vehicles without KEYLESS GO when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock the steering wheel heating is deactivated Vehicles with KEYLESS GO when you switch off the ignition and open the driver s door the steering wheel heating is deactivated Seats steering wheel and mirrors The steering wheel heating may switch off temporarily if e the temperature in the vehicle interior is above 86 F 30 C e the temperature of the steering wheel is above 95 F 35 C Indicator lamp 3 remains on Problems with the steering wheel heating Problem The steering wheel heating has switched off prematurely or can not be switched on Possible causes consequences and gt Solutio
26. The headlamp range is set automatically depending on the distance between the vehicle and other road users If you are driving at speeds above approx Front overhead control panel imately 19 mph 30 km h and no other 5 To switch the rear interior lighting road users have been detected on off The high beam headlamps are switched on an To switch the automatic interior automatically The ZO indicator lamp in lighting control on off the instrument cluster also lights up To switch the right hand front read If you are driving at speeds below approx ing lamp on off imately 16 mph 25 km h or other road x To switch the front interior lighting users have been detected or the roads are on off adequately lit 24 To switch the left hand front reading The high beam headlamps are switched off lamp on off automatically The ZO indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The p ee Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers Ped Rear compartment overhead control panel A To switch the right hand reading lamp on off d To switch the left hand reading lamp on off General notes In order to prevent the vehicle s battery from discharging the interior lighting functions are automatically deactivated after some time unless the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock The color and brigh
27. Vehicle remote closing The valet locking feature can be used when you have forgotten to lock the vehicle and you are no longer nearby The vehicle can then be locked by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately remotely locked within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time remote closing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be locked remotely gt Contact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center at 1 800 FOR VMERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password The next time you are inside the vehicle and you switch on the ignition the Doors Locked Remotely message appears in the multifunction display USA only alternatively the vehicle can be locked via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone application e g for iPhone Android To do this you will need your identification number and password The vehicle remote closing feature is available when the relevant mobile phone network is available and data connection is possible Stolen vehicle recovery service If your vehicle has been stolen gt Notify the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt This number will be forwarded to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter together with your
28. cle is on a level surface and the engine has cooled down gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 On vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button twice gt page 158 gt Check the coolant temperature display in the instrument cluster The coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Slowly turn cap half a turn counter clockwise to allow excess pressure to escape gt Turn cap Q further counter clockwise and remove it If the coolant is at the level of marker bar in the filler neck when cold there is enough coolant in coolant expansion tank If the coolant level is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm above marker bar in the filler Maintenance and care lL Maintenance and care neck when warm there is enough coolant in expansion tank gt If necessary add coolant that has been tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap Q and turn it clockwise as far as it will go For further information on coolant see gt page 417 Adding washer fluid to the windshield washer system Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components de
29. ning smoothly and is misfiring The coolant tempera ture gauge shows a value above 248 F 120 C Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions e There is a malfunction in the engine electronics e There is a malfunction in the fuel supply gt Before attempting to start the engine again turn the SmartKey in the ignition back to position O or press the Start Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out gt Try to start the engine again gt page 159 Avoid excessively long and frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain the battery If the engine does not start after several attempts gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The on board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak or discharged gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 353 If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump start it gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high gt Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately two minutes gt Try to start the engine again If the engine still does not start gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanical component of the engine management system gt Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly Otherwise non combusted fuel may get into the catalytic con verter and damage it
30. shop Ei Occupant safety Introduction In certain hazardous situations PRE SAFE takes pre emptive measures to protect the vehicle occupants Important safety notes H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell or behind the seats There is a dan ger that the seats and or objects could be damaged when PRE SAFE is activated Although your vehicle is equipped with PRE SAFE the possibility of injury in the event of an accident cannot be ruled out Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road and weather conditions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully Function PRE SAFE intervenes e in emergency braking situations e g when BAS is activated e in critical driving situations e g when phys ical limits are exceeded and the vehicle understeers or oversteers severely e on vehicles with the Driving Assistance package if BAS PLUS intervenes power fully or the radar sensor system detects an imminent danger of collision in certain sit uations PRE SAFE takes the following measures depending on the hazardous situation detec ted e the front seat belts are pre tensioned e the front passenger seat is adjusted if it is in an unfavorable position e if the vehicle skids the sliding sunroof and the side windows are closed so that only a small gap remains The panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is completely closed e the air pressure in
31. 43 Pets in the vehicle eriei 68 PRE SAFE anticipatory occu pant Protection s sssuiiescssssasesetesed 60 ocs Conditions csccc aidaicntves cites 52 eI EEEE EATE 56 OperatiOM ssrscriersrerssusicesiiezinersesrs System self test Odometer 3 3 c2 ccc as avnnancceacae Oil see Engine oil On board computer AMG MENU aicesciccsecstss eescieieeeeetesais 247 ASSISTANCE MENU uu eeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 240 Audio MENU ieirik 238 Convenience submenu sss 246 Displaying a service message 335 Display messages eee cece eeeeee 251 DISTRONIC PLUS 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 195 Factory settings submenu 247 Important safety notes 232 Instrument cluster submenu 243 Lighting submenu Menu overview ceeeee Message memory Navigation MENU eseese Operationer RACETIMER stecssassiesseeccessvacezesssaszeans SErVICE MENU sesiis Settings MENU sessies Standard display sssisrisirissesiecsesestis Telephone Menu ou eeeeeeeeeeeneeees Trip MOM ie cscssssseseassseetsestscpescetse teat Vehicle submenu Video DVD operation eee Operating safety Declaration of conformity 27 Important safety notes s 26 Operating system see On board computer Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment s scecseceses 24 Outside temperature display 233 Overhead control panel 39 Override feature Rear side WINdOWS n se 68 C Paint code
32. A WARNING If the engine is switched off automatically and you exit the vehicle the engine is restarted automatically The vehicle may begin moving There is a risk of accident and injury If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the ignition and secure the vehicle against rolling away General notes ECO start stop display Hybrid vehicles observe the notes on the ECO start stop function in the HYBRID supplement If the engine has been switched off automat ically by the ECO start stop function the ECO symbol is shown in the multifunction display AMG vehicles the AMG menu in the multi function display additionally shows the Stop Start active message Every time you switch on the engine using the SmartKey or the Start Stop button the ECO start stop function is activated oo pen a Ee c bo S T m 12 brivis Driving and parking AMG vehicles the ECO start stop function is only available in drive program C Automatic engine switch off If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or N the ECO start stop function switches off the engine automatically The ECO start stop function is operational when e the indicator lamp in the ECO button is lit green e the outside temperature is within the range that is suitable for the system e the engine is at normal operating temper ature e the set temperature for the vehicle interior has
33. Department of Transportation Tire Iden tification Number gt page 381 Maximum load rating gt page 380 Maximum tire pressures gt page 368 Manufacturer Tire material gt page 381 Tire size designation load bearing capa city and speed rating gt page 378 Load index gt page 380 Tire name The markings described above are on the tire in addition to the tire name sales designa tion and the manufacturer s name Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Tire size designation load bearing capacity and speed rating A WARNING Exceeding the stated tire load bearing capa city and the approved maximum speed could lead to tire damage or the tire bursting There is a risk of accident All about wheels and tires Therefore only use tire types and sizes approved for your vehicle model Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle Tire width Nominal aspect ratio in Tire code Rim diameter Load bearing index Speed rating General depending on the manufacturer s standards the size imprinted in the tire wall may not contain any letters or may contain one letter that precedes the size description If there is no letter preceding the size descrip tion as shown above these are passenger vehicle tires according to European manufac turing standards If P precedes the size description these
34. Important safety information 99 Opening CIOSING seses 100 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 103 RESOttIN gs sictsssecivecesseess aE 102 SKIDAG eenen ea epai 295 Sliding sunroof Important safety notes 0 0 103 Opening CIOSING sesse 104 Problem malfunction 108 Resetting wsvsec sci cess cosecssrcsseceenesencess 105 see Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel SmartKey Changing the battery sses 87 Changing the programming 85 Checking the battery seese 87 Convenience closing feature 101 Convenience opening feature 100 Display message eeeeeeseeseeeeees 278 Door central locking unlocking 84 Important safety notes eee 84 losser 88 Mechanical Key se ci sdeccsscssesieccaueaaet 86 OVEIVIOW 3 eacveecisccedesaeimcsseeccesetets 84 Positions ignition lock n e e 157 Problem malfunction 0 0 eee 88 Starting the engine Snow chains o e Sockets Center CONSOIE sesssiirescreiiris 314 General NOtESesesi iiis 314 Luggage compartment sesse 314 Rear compartment seses 314 Spare wheel SLOWING s 006e decodes sosecssesnaecvssdeceosnevss 405 Specialist workshop s e 27 Special seat belt retractor 63 Speed controlling see Cruise control Speedometer Digitalisointi 236 In the Instrument cluster 33 SESIMEMES s sacecssccssisscsibedancesscesiseies 233 Selecting the unit of measure MENE siririn eE as 243 see Instrument cluster SP
35. Important safety notes 0 0 0 161 IMthOGUCHIOM eis secssecedscs cossceszstesveae tie 161 Coat hooks cccceeceseeeseeeeseeeeees 303 Cockpit OVEIVIEW a ccisstctiecaessiesidenienecvisreaes 32 see Instrument cluster Collapsible spare wheel WPlatIAg ceesecccssecesceseecasecesaevscessenseces 405 see Emergency spare wheel COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS Activating deactivating 242 Display message n c 255 Operation NOtES seeseseeeeesee eseese 72 COMAND see separate operating instructions COMAND display CIC AMIMNS eeren 341 Combination switch 0 ee 130 Combined cargo cover and net 301 Consumption statistics on board computer eere 235 Convenience box ee 303 Convenience closing feature 101 Convenience opening feature 100 Coolant engine Checking the level nesese Display message Filling capacity seene Important safety notes Temperature on board com DULGR orree e e E 247 Temperature gauge s sisssssssssssess 232 Warning lampessi 287 Cooling see Climate control Copyright 2 0 0 seeesere errereen 30 Cornering light function Display message n se 261 Function notes sseessessssenesrssesrses 131 Crash responsive emergency light INES EE T EET 134 Cruise control Activation conditions eee Cruise control lever sses De activating sisien Display message eeeeeseeseeeeees Driving system FUNCtION NO
36. OFF warning lamps and the yellow ABS warning lamp are lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD is not available due to a malfunction Therefore ABS BAS BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also unavailable ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS and ESP are not available due to a malfunction Therefore BAS BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVEN TION ASSIST PLUS EBD PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also unavailable ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated N WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rea
37. Press the lt or P button on the steering wheel to select the Serv menu If there are display messages the multifunction display shows 2 Messages for example gt Press the A or W button to select the entry e g 2 Messages gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the A or W button to scroll through the display messages a Display messages On board computer and displays Safety systems Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram BAS Brake Assist PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the amp amp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated For example the on board voltage may be insufficient Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not opera
38. Pressthe A or W button to select the desired name or number gt Press the button to start dial ing or gt To exit the redial memory press the or amp button E or OK Assistance menu Introduction In the DriveAssist menu you have the fol lowing options e Displaying the assistance graphic gt page 241 e Activating deactivating ESP gt page 241 e Activating deactivating Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot of DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 242 e Activating deactivating PRE SAFE Brake gt page 241 e Activating deactivating COLLISION PRE VENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 242 e Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 242 e Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 242 e Activating deactivating Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist gt page 242 gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press A or W to select Assist Graphic gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the DISTRONIC PLUS distance display in the assistance graphic gt Press A or W to display the ATTEN TION ASSIST assessment The assistance graphic displays the status of and information from the following dri
39. Qualified specialist workshop An authorized Mercedes Benz Center is a qualified specialist workshop It has the nec essary specialist knowledge tools and quali fications to correctly carry out the work required on your vehicle This is especially the case for work relevant to safety Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book let Always have the following work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e work relevant to safety e service and maintenance work e repair work e alterations installation work and modifica tions e work on electronic components Correct use If you remove any warning stickers you or others could fail to recognize certain dangers Leave warning stickers in position Observe the following information when driv ing your vehicle e the safety notes in this manual e the Technical Data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your satisfaction please discuss the problem again with a Mercedes Benz Center or con tact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA
40. R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S FA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S RA 265 40 R18 97 V XL M S Winter tires R17 Tires BA 245 45R1799HXLM S A 3 BA 245 45R17 99 HXLM S 4 3 R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S amp 3 Available as MOExtended tires Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 Jx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 Jx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Fay Wheels and tires Ea Wheel and tire combinations Wheels and tires E 350 4MATIC Summer tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL4 BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm All weather tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 3 4 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 34 BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S BA 8 5 J x
41. Removing the emergency spare wheel Wagon Example emergency spare wheel gt Remove vehicle tool kit tray by recess 2 gt Remove Minispare emergency spare wheel 3 Removing the emergency spare wheel AMG vehicles gt Reach into cutout C in the tool holder and lift it up gt Remove collapsible spare wheel 2 Always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Mounting a wheel section gt page 385 Emergency spare wheel Eo Stowing a used collapsible spare wheel H Only place the collapsible spare wheel in the vehicle when it is dry Otherwise mois ture may get into the vehicle Take the following steps to stow a used col lapsible spare wheel It will not otherwise fit into the spare wheel well Mercedes Benz recommends that you have this work per formed at a qualified specialist workshop e g at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Unscrew the valve cap from the valve gt Use the back of the valve cap to unscrew the valve insert from the valve and release the air Fully deflating the tires can take a few minutes gt Screw the valve insert back into the valve gt Screw the valve cap back on gt Remove the protective sheet from the vehi cle tool kit and pull it over the collapsible spare wheel gt Stow the collapsible spare wheel in the emergency spare wheel well under the trunk cargo compartment Inflating the collapsible spare wheel H
42. SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened correctly and are sit ting properly Particular attention must be paid to children Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 44 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 45 A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ibs 18 kg or until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt can be fastened properly without a booster seat Special seat belt retractor Z WARNING If the seat belt is released while driving the
43. To raise To open To close lower The panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel can only be operated when the roller sunblind is open gt To open and close turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press or pull the E j sponding direction If you press the E switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corre sponding direction You can stop automatic operation by operating the switch again switch in the corre Important safety notes Z WARNING When opening or closing the roller sunblind parts of the body could be trapped between the roller sunblind and the frame or sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury When opening or closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind b gt Sliding sunroof ese Opening and closing Py fe Sliding sunroof Opening and closing Opening and closing bat If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening or closing procedure will be stop ped The roller sunblind shields the vehicle interior from sunlight The two roller sunblinds can only be opened and closed together when the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is closed Roller sunblind reversing feature The roller sunblind is equipped with an auto matic r
44. Transmission position and drive pro gram display SSO O O OR 7 bed at s H If the transmission position display in the J multifunction display is not working you 5 should pull away carefully to check whether Q the desired transmission position is ge engaged Ideally you should select trans mission position D and automatic drive pro 69 gram C or S 2 Q Transmission position display Drive program display The current position of the selector lever is shown by the indicators next to the selector lever The indicators light up when the SmartKey is inserted into the ignition lock The indicators go out when the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock Engaging park position P gt When the vehicle is stationary press but ton _ Driving and parking DIRECT SELECT lever Overview of transmission positions a Park position with parking lock Reverse gear Neutral D Drive The DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of the steering column The DIRECT SELECT lever always returns to its original position The current trans mission position P R N or D appears in the transmission position display in the multi function display gt page 166 z Transmission position and drive pro gram display H If the transmission position display in the multifunction display is not working you should pull away carefully to check whether the desired
45. Vehicle Display messages Apply Brake to Shift from P Risk of Rolling Away Vehicle Not in P Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Service Required Only Shift to P when Vehicle is Stationary Transmission Mal function Stop Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have attempted to shift the transmission to position D Ror N without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal The driver s door is open not completely closed and the trans mission is in position R N or D A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Close the driver s door completely You cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction A warning tone also sounds If transmission position D is selected gt Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting the transmission from position D If transmission position R N or P is selected gt Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service The vehicle is moving gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Shift the transmission to position P A malfunction has occurred in the mechanical transmission com ponents A warning tone also sounds The gearbox automatically shif
46. Vehicle width including exterior mirrors Wheelbase 193 1 in 4904 mm 81 5 in 2071 mm 113 1 in 2874 mm Maximum roof load 220 Ibs 100 kg Maximum trunk load Sedan Maximum trunk load Wagon AVZ 1 aT Cod We ELT ae S7 7N 1466 mm 59 9 in 1522 mm m Technical data
47. Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department Z WARNING The engine compartment contains moving components Certain components such as the radiator fan may continue to run or start again suddenly when the ignition is off There is a risk of injury If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment e switch off the ignition e never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger from moving components such as the fan rotation area e remove jewelry and watches e keep items of clothing and hair for exam ple away from moving parts A WARNING The ignition system and the fuel injection sys tem work under high voltage If you touch components which are under voltage you could get an electric shock There is a risk of injury Never touch components of the ignition sys tem or fuel injection system when the ignition is switched on A WARNING Hybrid vehicles be sure to read the HYBRID supplement Otherwise you could fail to rec ognize dangers Opening the hood A WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can
48. depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance Transmission positions P Park position Do not shift the transmission into position P gt page 179 unless the vehicle is stationary The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking Always apply the parking brake in addition to the parking lock in order to secure the vehicle If the vehicle electronics are mal functioning the transmission may be locked in position P Have the vehicle electronics checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop Reverse gear Only shift the transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary N Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N while driving Otherwise the auto matic transmission could be dam aged No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive wheels Releasing the brakes will allow you to move the vehicle freely e g to push it or tow it If ESP is deactivated or faulty only shift the transmission to posi tion N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads H Rolling in neutral N can damage the drive train D Drive The automatic transmission changes gear automatically All forward gears are available Due Changing gear The automatic transmission shifts to the indi vidual gears automatically when it is in trans mission position D This automatic gear shift ing behavior is determined by e the
49. has any body parts in the sweep of the seat sess Seats steering wheel and mirrors m HB Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell under or behind the seats when moving the seats back There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be dam aged The head restraints in the front seats are installed with the NECK PRO system gt page 59 For this reason it is not pos sible to remove the head restraints from the front seats Vehicles without the through loading fea ture the head restraints cannot be removed from the rear compartment seats For more information contact a qualified Important safety notes A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine specialist workshop Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Seats st
50. if you mount snow chains on steel wheels you may damage the hub caps Remove the hub caps from the relevant wheels before mounting the snow chains For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use snow chains that have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are of a corresponding standard of quality If you intend to mount snow chains please bear the following points in mind e Snow chains may not be mounted on all wheel tire combinations Permissible wheel tire combinations gt page 389 e Only use snow chains when driving on roads completely covered by snow Remove the snow chains as soon as possi ble when you come to a road that is not snow covered e Local regulations may restrict the use of snow chains Observe the appropriate reg ulations if you wish to mount snow chains e Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 30 mph 50 km h You may wish to deactivate ESP when pulling away with snow chains installed gt page 76 You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in a controlled manner ach ieving an increased driving force cutting action For more information on driving with the emergency spare wheel see gt page 404 o Wheels and tires Tire and Loading Information placard Tire pressure specifications Important safety notes Z WARNING Underinflated or overinflated tires pose the following risks e the tires may burst especially as the load a
51. page 131 gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt When leaving the vehicle take the Smart Key or the KEYLESS GO key with you When towing your vehicle with the rear axle raised it is important that you observe the safety instructions gt page 355 H You may only secure the vehicle by the wheels not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter for transporting purposes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N mi Roadside Assistance As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion P gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Secure the vehicle H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission ee Fuses lL Roadside Assistance If the vehicle has transmission damage or damage to the front or rear axle have it trans ported on a transporter or trailer In the event of damage to the electrical sy
52. page 70 e BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist gt page 70 e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS distance warning function and adaptive Brake Assist gt page 72 ESP Electronic Stability Program gt page 74 e EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution gt page 78 e ADAPTIVE BRAKE gt page 78 e PRE SAFE Brake gt page 78 e STEER CONTROL gt page 80 If you fail to adapt your driving style or become distracted the driving safety sys tems can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics Driving safety systems are merely aids designed to assist driving You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed and for braking in good time Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully In wintry driving conditions always use winter tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driv Driving safety systems oe ing safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible General information ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that the wheels do not lock when you brake This allows you to continue steering the vehi cle when braking The yellow ABS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes ou
53. the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres sure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the sys tem detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately a minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will be repeated every time the vehi cle is started as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illu minated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incom patible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate Tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire pressure to that recommended for cold tires which is suitable for the operating situation gt page 366 Note that the correct tire pres sure for the current operating s
54. tion System OCS gt page 52 There you will also find information on deactivating the front passenger front air bag All child restraint systems must meet the fol lowing standards e U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand ards 213 and 225 e Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Confirmation that the child restraint system corresponds to the standards can be found on an instruction label on the child restraint system This confirmation can also be found in the installation instructions that are inclu ded with the child restraint system Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte rior and on the child restraint system LATCH type ISOFIX child seat secur ing system Z WARNING LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems do not offer sufficient protective effect for children whose weight is greater than 48 Ibs 22 kg who are secured using the safety belt integrated in the child restraint system In the event of an accident a child might not be restrained correctly This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury If the child weighs more than 48 Ibs 22 kg only use LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems with which the child is also secured with the vehicle seat belt Also secure the child restraint system with the Top Tether belt if available Always comply with the manufacturer s installation and operating instructions for the child restraint system used Before e
55. vehicle Convenience opening gt Press and hold the g button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are in the desired position If the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed the roller sunblinds are opened first gt Press and hold the g button again until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is in the desired position gt To interrupt convenience opening release the g button Important safety notes Information on the side window reversing fea ture gt page 99 A WARNING When the convenience closing feature is oper ating parts of the body could become trapped in the closing area of the side window and the sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury Observe the complete closing procedure when the convenience closing feature is oper ating Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure Proceed as follows if someone is trapped With the SmartKey gt Release the button gt Press and hold the a button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel open again Using KEYLESS GO gt Release the sensor surface on the door handle gt Pull the door handle immediately and hold it The side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof
56. 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Winter tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S 4 3 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S A 3 BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 4 For Sedan only 3 Available as MOExtended tires 5 Only for Wagon Wheel and tire combinations R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 HXLM S 4 E 400 Summer tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 95 Wt BA 245 45 R17 99 Y XL BA 245 45 R17 95 Wt BA 245 45 R17 99 Y XL R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL FA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL RA 265 35 R18 97 Y XL 4 For Sedan only 3 Available as MOExtended tires 5 Only for Wagon Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 Jx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section Pay Wheels and tires al Wheel and tire combinations _ Wheels and tires All weather tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 0 J x 17
57. An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster ee Protection against theft Safety Ih sa gt Brake immediately to defuse the situation or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do so PRE SAFE Brake can also brake the vehicle automatically under the following conditions e the driver and front passenger have their seat belts fastened and e the vehicle speed is between approx imately 4 mph 7 km h and 124 mph 200 km h At a speed of up to approximately 44 mph 70 km h PRE SAFE Brake can also detect e stationary objects in the path of your vehi cle e g stopped or parked vehicles e pedestrians in the path of your vehicle If there is an increased risk of collision preventive passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated If the risk of collision with the vehicle in front remains and you do not brake take evasive action or accelerate significantly the vehicle may perform automatic emergency braking up to the point of full brake application Auto matic emergency braking is not performed until immediately prior to an imminent acci dent You can prevent the intervention of the PRE SAFE Brake at any time by e depressing the accelerator pedal further e activating kickdown e releasing the brake pedal The braking action of PRE SAFE Brake is ended automatically if e you maneuver to avoid the ob
58. If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Observe the safety notes on Air bags gt page 48 and Children in the Vehicle gt page 62 Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING If you adjust the seat height carelessly you or other vehicle occupants could be trapped and thereby injured Children in particular could accidentally press the electrical seat adjust ment buttons and become trapped There is a risk of injury While moving the seats make sure that your hands or other body parts do not get under the lever assembly of the seat adjustment sys tem Z WARNING When you adjust a seat you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped e g on the seat guide rail There is a risk of injury Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one
59. If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heating running make sure the exhaust pipe and area around the vehicle are clear of snow To ensure an adequate supply of fresh air opena window on the side of the vehicle that is not facing into the wind Have your vehicle winter proofed at a quali fied specialist workshop at the onset of win ter Drive particularly carefully on slippery road surfaces Avoid sudden acceleration steering and braking maneuvers Do not use the cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be stopped when moving at low speed gt Shift the transmission to position N Vehicles with a diesel engine do not cover the radiator e g with a protective cover The measuring function of the onboard diagnosis system may otherwise provide inaccurate values Some of these values are required by law and must there fore always be accurate The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The vehicle could skid if you fail to adapt your driving style Always adapt your driving style and drive at a speed to suit the prevailing weather conditions You s
60. Important safety notes Z WARNING On its own the cargo compartment cover cannot secure or restrain heavy objects items of luggage and heavy loads You could be hit by an unsecured load during sudden changes in direction braking or in the event of an accident There is an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping over e g by using tie downs even if you are using the cargo compartment cover H When loading the vehicle make sure that you do not stack the load in the cargo com partment higher than the lower edge of the side windows Do not place heavy objects on top of the cargo compartment cover The cargo compartment cover and the cargo net are attached to anchorages on the right and left in the cargo compartment as a com bined cargo cover and net When the tailgate is opened the cargo com partment cover is automatically raised to make loading easier It is automatically low ered again when the tailgate is closed When the cargo compartment cover is clip ped in there should be no objects obstructing the downwards movement of the cover in the cargo compartment when the tailgate is closed The cargo compartment cover will otherwise be raised again Extending retracting the cargo com partment cover gt To extend pull cargo compartment cover Q back by grab handle and clip it into the
61. In addition the emergency spare wheel tire pressure can be found under Technical data gt page 407 An emergency spare wheel may also be mounted against the direction of rotation Observe the time restriction on use as well as the speed limitation specified on the emer gency spare wheel Replace the tires after six years at the latest regardless of wear This also applies to the emergency spare wheel When you are driving with the emergency spare wheel mounted the tire pressure monitor cannot function reliably Only restart the tire pressure monitor when the defective wheel has been replaced with a new wheel If an emergency spare wheel is mounted the system may continue to show the tire pressure of the wheel that has been removed for a few minutes The value dis played for the mounted emergency spare wheel is not the same as the current tire pressure of the emergency spare wheel Opening the stowage well Sedan the emergency spare wheel can be found in the stowage well under the trunk floor gt Lift the trunk floor upwards gt page 306 Wagon the emergency spare wheel is loca ted in the stowage well under the cargo com partment floor gt Lift the cargo compartment floor up Removing the emergency spare wheel Sedan Example Sedan gt Remove vehicle tool kit tray gt Turn stowage tray counter clockwise and remove it gt Remove Minispare emergency spare wheel
62. Mercedes Benz Center The front passenger seat should only be repaired at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the front passenger seat the seat cover or the seat cushion is damaged have the nec essary repair work carried out at an author ized Mercedes Benz Center For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by Mercedes Benz If the driver s air bag deploys this does not mean that the front passenger front air bag will also deploy The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the occupant in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated System self test DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up during the system self test then the system is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag might be trig gered unintentionally or might not be trig gered at all in the event of an accident with high deceleration This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury In this case the front passenger seat may not be used Do notinstall a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occu pant Classification System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified spe cialist workshop DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit after the system self test the front passenger front air bag
63. PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically If you do not react to the visual and audible collision warning autonomous braking can be initiated in critical situations If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situation the COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST system PLUS adaptive Brake Assist assists you Important safety notes In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line e new vehicles or after a service on the COL LISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS system Observe the notes in the section on break ing in gt page 156 Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensor checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Distance warning function Important safety notes Observe the Important safety
64. Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread They are visible once a tread depth of Wheels and tires Wheels and tires approximately Vie in 1 6 mm has been reached If this is the case the tire is so worn that it must be replaced e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 345 e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e Break in new tires at moderate speeds for the first 60 miles 100 km They only reach their full performance after this distance e Do not drive with tires which have too little tread depth as this significantly reduces the traction on wet roads hydroplaning e Replace the tires after six years at the lat est regardless of wear Observe the notes on the emergency spare wheel gt page 404 With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure monitor and only on wheels specifically tested by Mercedes Benz Notes on driving with MOExtended tires with a flat tire gt page 345 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefo
65. The AIRMATIC COMFORT message appears in the multifunction display Important safety notes Z WARNING When the vehicle is being lowered people could become trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle body and the wheels or underneath the vehicle There is a risk of injury Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the wheel arches when the vehicle is being lowered A WARNING Vehicles with level control The vehicle is slightly lowered if e you have selected comfort suspension tun ing and e you lock the vehicle within approximately 60 seconds of switching off the engine You and people in the vicinity of the wheel arch or the underbody may thus become trap ped There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel arch or the underbody when you lock the vehicle Driving and parking __ Driving and parking H The vehicle is lowered by about 0 8 in 20 mm if e you have selected Comfortable tuning e you switch off the engine and then e you lock the vehicle within approximately 60 seconds When parking position your vehicle so that it does not make contact with the curb as the vehicle is lowered Your vehicle could otherwise be damaged Suspension tuning General notes The electronically controlled damping system works continuously This improves driving safety and ride comfort The damping is tuned individually to each wheel and depen
66. The vehicle level may change visibly at the rear axle if you park the vehicle and the outside temperature changes If the tem perature drops the vehicle level lowers with an increase in temperature the vehi cle level rises Changing the rear axle ride height This function is only available for the E 63 AMG 4MATIC The vehicle level at the rear axle depends on the selected suspension tuning and the vehi cle speed Driving systems iis The vehicle level at the rear axle changes dur ing the journey depending on the selected suspension tuning e Comfort 0 4 in 10 mm e Sport and Sport 0 6 in 15 mm When changing from Comfort to Sport or Sport the axle is lowered approximately 1 0 in 25 mm When changing from Sport or Sport to Comfort the axle is raised approx imately 1 0 in 25 mm This level change also takes place when the vehicle is stationary If you drive faster than 105 mph 170 km h the rear axle level is set to a middle level This increases driving safety and reduces air resistance If you then drive slower than 93 mph 150 km h the level of the rear axle is again adjusted to correspond to the selec ted suspension mode Load compensation The vehicle can compensate differences in the vehicle level by raising or lowering the rear axle This is the case for example if peo ple get out or if luggage is being loaded Load compensation takes place if e a door or the trunk lid tailgate is
67. Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals gt Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals in the exterior mirror housing using a wet sponge and mild cleaning agent e g Maintenance and care Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths Cleaning the sensors H If you clean the sensors with a power washer make sure that you keep a dis tance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufac turer gt Clean sensors of the driving systems with water car shampoo and a soft cloth Cleaning the rear view camera H Donotclean the camera lens and the area around the rear view camera with a power washer gt Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean camera lens Q Cleaning the 360 camera H Donotclean the camera lens and the area around the 360 camera with a power washer 360 gt Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean camera lens Q Cleaning the exhaust pipes Z WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow these components to cool down before touch ing them H Do not clean t
68. WARNING When SPORT handling mode is activated there is a greater risk of skidding and acci dents Only activate SPORT handling mode in the sit uations described in the following Z WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain It may be best to activate SPORT handling mode in the following situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel e on designated roads when the vehicle s own oversteering and understeering char acteristics are desired Driving in SPORT handling mode or without ESP requires an extremely qualified and experienced driver Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin Deactivating activating ESP gt To activate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up The SPORT handling mode message appears in the multifunction display gt To deactivate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out
69. Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm 6 Not in connection with a ceramic brake system 7 Observe notes on Large wheels under General notes in Wheel tire combinations 8 Wagon maximum permissible speed 220 km h 9 Only fine link snow chains are permitted 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section Winter tires R19 Tires FA 255 35 R19 96 VXL M S 4 71 RA 255 35 R19 96 V XL M S FA 255 35 R19 96 V XL M S RA 285 30 R19 98 V XL M S E 63 AMG 4MATIC Summer tires R19 Tires FA 255 35 ZR19 96 Y XL RA 285 30 ZR19 98 Y XL27 Winter tires R19 Tires FA 255 35 R19 96 V XL M S RA 255 35 R19 96 V XL M S FA 255 35 R19 96 V XL M S RA 285 30 R19 98 V XL M S TO NO A7 N Be hn 7 110 A Ho iN Wheel and tire combinations ae Alloy wheels FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Alloy wheels FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Alloy wheels FA 9 0J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm 7 Observe notes on Large wheels under General not
70. When you operate or program the garage door with the integrated garage door opener per sons in the range of movement of the garage door can become trapped or struck by the garage door There is a risk of injury When using the integrated garage door opener always make sure that nobody is within the range of movement of the garage door Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Programming Programming buttons Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 325 Pal O PS Garage door remote control is not inclu ded with the integrated garage door opener gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Select one of buttons to to use to control the garage door drive gt To start programming mode press and hold one of buttons to on the inte grated garage door opener The garage door opener is now in program ming mode After a short time indicator lamp lights up yellow Indicator lamp lights up yellow as soon as button or is programmed for the first time If the selected button has already been programmed indicator lamp Q will only light up yellow after ten seconds have elapsed gt Release button 2 or Indicato
71. Z WARNING Hybrid vehicles be sure to read the HYBRID supplement Otherwise you could fail to rec ognize dangers E Maintenance and care Depending on your driving style the vehicle consumes up to 0 9 US qt 0 8 liters of oil per 600 miles 1 000 km The oil consumption may be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds Depending on the engine the oil dipstick may be in a different location When checking the oil level e park the vehicle on a level surface e the engine should be switched off for approximately five minutes if the engine is at normal operating temperature e if the engine is not at normal operating temperature e g if the engine was only started briefly wait about 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement J Maintenance and care stick Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Example vehicles with a diesel engine gt Pull oil dipstick Q out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly slide oil dipstick Q into the guide tube to the stop and take it out again If the level is between MIN mark and MAX mark the oil level is correct Engine
72. a message will be sent to the Customer Assistance Center The Customer Assistance Center then forwards this information to you You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The data you receive contains the following information e the location where the speed limit was exceeded e the time at which the speed limit was exceeded e the selected speed limit which was excee ded Geo fencing Geo fencing allows you to select areas which the vehicle should not enter or leave You will be informed if the vehicle crosses the boun daries of the selected areas You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The area can be determined as either a circle or a polygon with a maximum of ten corners You can specify up to ten areas simultane ously Different settings are possible for each area USA only these settings can be called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Alternatively you can trigger an MB Info call and inform the customer service representa tive that you wish to activate geo fencing Currently inactive areas can be activated by text message Triggering the vehicle alarm With this function you can trigger the vehi cle s panic alarm via text message An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes Depend
73. activate press the child proof lock lever up in the direction of arrow Q gt Make sure that the child proof locks are working properly gt To deactivate press the child proof lock lever down in the direction of arrow Override feature for the rear side win dows gt To activate deactivate press button If indicator lamp Q is lit operation of the rear side windows is disabled Operation is only possible using the switches in the driv er s door If indicator lamp is off oper ation is possible using the switches in the rear compartment Pets in the vehicle A WARNING If you leave animals unattended or unsecured in the vehicle they could press buttons or switches for example As a result they could e activate vehicle equipment and become trapped for example e activate or deactivate systems thereby endangering other road users Unsecured animals could also be flung around the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud den steering or braking thereby injuring vehi cle occupants There is a risk of an accident and injury Never leave animals unattended in the vehi cle Always secure animals properly during the journey e g use a suitable animal trans port box Driving safety systems gt D D 9 D In this section you will find information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Anti lock Braking System page 69 e BAS Brake Assist System gt
74. are passenger vehicle tires according to U S manufacturing standards If LT precedes the size description these are light truck tires according to U S manu facturing standards If T precedes the size description these are compact emergency spare wheels at high tire pressure to be used only temporarily in an emergency Tire width tire width Q shows the nominal tire width in millimeters Aspect ratio aspect ratio is the size ratio between the tire height and tire width and is shown in percent The aspect ratio is calcu lated by dividing the tire width by the tire height Tire code tire code 8 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the man ufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 Rim diameter rim diameter is the diam eter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code that specifies the maxi mum load bearing capacity of a tire Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 372 Example Load bearing index 91 indicates a
75. at a speed above 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal sharply BAS PLUS automatically raises the brake pressure to a value adapted to the traf fic situation BAS PLUS provides braking assistance in haz ardous situations with vehicles in front within a speed range between 4 mph 7 km h and 155 mph 250 km h Driving safety systems Pa Ee Y Ge N Driving safety systems Safety WJ Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph 70 km h BAS PLUS may react to e stationary objects in the path of your vehi cle e g stopped or parked vehicles e pedestrians in the path of your vehicle e objects crossing your path and that are recognized in the detection range of the sensors if BAS PLUS demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger pro tection measures PRE SAFE are activa ted simultaneously gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking BAS PLUS is deactivated and the brakes func tion as usual if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer a risk of collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle e you depress the accelerator pedal e you activate kickdown COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS General information COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS con sists of a distance warning function with an autonomous emergency braking function and adaptive Brake Assist COLLISION
76. audio CD or MP3 mode see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous track briefly press the A or W button gt To select a track from the track list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until desired track Q has been reached If you press and hold A or W the rapid scrolling speed is increased Not all audio drives or data carriers support this function If track information is stored on the audio device or medium the multifunction display will show the number and title of the track Video DVD operation gt Switch on COMAND and select video DVD see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous scene briefly press the A or W button gt To select a scene from the scene list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until desired scene Q has been reached Telephone menu Introduction Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle Ther
77. away on slippery roads You could otherwise damage the drive train HB AMG vehicles at low engine oil temper atures below 68 F 20 C the maximum engine speed is restricted in order to pro tect the engine To protect the engine and maintain smooth engine operation avoid driving at full throttle when the engine is cold HYBRID vehicles ensure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature Otherwise you may not recognize dangers SmartKey To remove the SmartKey shift the transmission to position P Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers Ignition power supply for all consumers and drive position 3 To start the engine The SmartKey can be turned in the igni tion lock even if it is not the correct Smart Key for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The engine cannot be started Driving and parking 1 ving _ Driving and parking KEYLESS GO General notes Vehicles with KEYLESS GO are equipped with SmartKeys featuring the integrated KEYLESS GO function and a detachable Start Stop but ton The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle When you insert the Start Stop button into the ignition lock the system needs approx imately two seconds recognition time You can then use the Start Stop button Pressing the Start Stop button s
78. been reached e the battery is sufficiently charged e the system detects that the windshield is not fogged up when the air conditioning system is switched on e the hood is closed e the driver s door is closed and the driver s seat belt is fastened All of the vehicle s systems remain active when the engine is stopped automatically The HOLD function can also be activated if the engine has been switched off auto matically It is then not necessary to con tinue applying the brakes during the auto matic stop phase When you depress the accelerator pedal the engine starts auto matically and the braking effect of the HOLD function is deactivated All vehicles apart from AMG vehi cles automatic engine switch off can take place a maximum of four times consecu tively initial stop then repeated three times AMG vehicles times which the engine can be automatically switched off Automatic engine start The engine starts automatically if e you switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button e in transmission position D or N the brake pedal is released and the HOLD function is not active e you depress the accelerator pedal e you engage reverse gear R e you move the transmission out of position P e you switch to drive program S S or M AMG vehicles e you unfasten your seat belt or open the driver s door e the vehicle starts to roll e the brake system requires this
79. below 37 mph 60 km h or above 124 mph 200 km h e if you are driving with the DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist activated e if the time has been set incorrectly e in active driving situations such as when you change lanes or change your speed ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you con tinue your journey and starts assessing your tiredness again if e you switch off the engine e you take off your seat belt and open the driver s door e g for a change of drivers or to take a break Displaying the attention level Break 02 35 h Ago Attention Level 7 ___ 5 You can have current status information dis played in the assistance menu gt page 240 of the on board computer oo A i ty a ge c 00 S m Ea Driving systems Driving and parking gt Select the Assistance display for ATTEN TION ASSIST using the on board computer gt page 241 The following information is displayed e length of the journey since the last break e the attention level determined by ATTEN TION ASSIST displayed in a bar display in five levels from high to low e if ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the attention level and cannot output a warning the System Suspended message appears The bar display then changes the display e g if you are driving at a speed below 37 mph 60 km h or above 124 mph 200 km h Activating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using th
80. blades Moreover dust that has collected on the windshield can scratch the glass if wiping takes place when the windshield is dry If it is necessary to switch on the windshield wipers in dry weather conditions always use washer fluid when operating the wind shield wipers H If the windshield wipers leave smears on the windshield after the vehicle has been washed in an automatic car wash wax or other residues may be the reason for this Clean the windshield using washer fluid after washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash H Intermittent wiping with rain sensor due to optical influences and the windshield becoming dirty in dry weather conditions the windshield wipers may be activated inadvertently This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield For this reason you should always switch off the windshield wipers in dry weather Windshield wiper off 2 Intermittent wipe low rain sensor set to low sensitivity 3 Intermittent wipe high rain sensor set to high sensitivity Continuous wipe slow 5 Continuous wipe fast 7 Single wipe To wipe the wind shield using washer fluid 4 gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the combination switch to the corre sponding position Inthe or position the appropriate wiping frequency is set automatically accord ing to the in
81. bulb yourself gt page 135 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand license plate lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear fog lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left or front right parking or standing lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand backup lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages ae Display messages W Check Front Left Sidemarker Lamp or Check Front Right Sidemarker Lamp W Check Rear Left Sidemarker Lamp or Check Rear Right Sidemarker Lamp W Check Left Daytime Running Light or Check Right Day time Running Light W Active Light Sys tem Inoperative vy T Malfunction See Operator s Manual ros Auto Lamp Function Inoperative 0 NA Switch Off Lights Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right front side marker lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand daytime running lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The active light function is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The exterior lighting is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The light sensor is defective gt Visit
82. button ights up goes out If the residual heat function is activated the windows may fog up on the inside The blower will run at a low speed regard less of the airflow setting If you activate the residual heat function at high temperatures only the ventilation will be activated The blower runs at medium speed button button gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp above the goes out REST REST Residual heat is deactivated automatically e after approximately 30 minutes e when the ignition is switched on e if the battery voltage drops Setting the air vents Important safety notes A WARNING Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air vents This could result in burns or frostbite in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants always maintain a sufficient distance to the air out lets If necessary redirect the airflow to another area of the vehicle interior In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air through the air vents into the vehicle interior please observe the following notes e keep the air inlet between the windshield and the hood free of blockages such as ice snow or leaves e never cover the air vents or air intake grilles in the vehicle interior Setting the center air vents Center air vent left Center air vent right Center vent th
83. call e vehicles with the hybrid drive system the hybrid system and the high voltage electri cal system are deactivated Important safety notes i Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you install a child restraint system on a rear seat Children are generally better pro tected there If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for Mercedes Benz vehi cles The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes in this section in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 52 Do not install a rearward facing child restraint system on the center rear seat Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the
84. called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Information on the data stored in the vehicle gt page 29 Information on Roadside Assistance gt page 25 Downloading routes Downloading routes allows you to transfer and save predefined routes in the navigation system To do this an SD memory card must be inserted into the COMAND system If no SD memory card is inserted you must insert the card into the card slot on the COMAND system before saving A route can be prepared and sent either by a customer service representative or via the mbrace portal on the Internet Each route can include up to 20 way points Once a route has been received by the navi gation system you will see the lt route name gt has been saved to memory card Do you want to start route guidance message in the COMAND display The route is saved to the SD memory card E Stowage and features le Stowage and features gt To start route guidance select Yes An overview of the route is shown in the display If you select No the saved route can be called up later via the navigation menu gt Select Start Route guidance is started Downloaded and saved data can be called up again in COMAND You can find further information in the sep arate COMAND Operating Instructions Speed alert You can define the upper speed limit which must not be exceeded by the vehicle If this selected speed is exceeded by the vehi cle
85. child restraint system will no longer be secured properly The special seat belt retrac tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in a portion of the seat belt The seat belt cannot be immediately refastened There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Stop the vehicle immediately paying atten tion to road and traffic conditions Reactivate the special seat belt retractor and secure the child restraint system properly All seat belts except the driver s seat belt and the folding bench seat belts in the cargo com partment are equipped with a special seat belt retractor When activated the special seat belt retractor ensures that the seat belt cannot slacken once the child seat is secured Installing a child restraint system gt Make sure you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the belt outlet gt Engage seat belt tongue in belt buckle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia reel retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor is enabled gt Push the child restraint system down so that the seat belt is tight and does not loosen Removing a child restraint system deactivat ing the special seat belt retractor gt Make sure you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation
86. clockwise to posi tion 1 The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Make sure that the doors and the trunk lid tailgate are locked gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key Trunk cargo compartment A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid tailgate is open when the engine is b gt Trunk cargo compartment ca Opening and closing Ea Trunk cargo compartment Opening and closing b running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid tailgate Never drive with the trunk lid tailgate open H The trunk lid tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the trunk lid tailgate Ideally place luggage or loads in the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 Do not leave the SmartKey in the trunk cargo compartment You could otherwise lock your self out Sedan without trunk lid remote closing feature the trunk lid can be e opened and closed manually from outside e opened automatically from outside e opened automatically from inside e locked separately e opened with the emergency release button e unlocked with the mechanical key Sedan wi
87. clothing e g pens keys or eyeglasses store these in a suitable place only one person is using a seat belt at a time Infants and children must never travel sit ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant In the event of an accident they could be crushed between the vehicle occupant and seat belt objects are never secured with a seat belt if the seat belt is also being used by one of the vehicle s occupants Seat belts are only intended to secure and restrain vehicle occupants Always observe the Loading guidelines for securing objects luggage or loads gt page 292 Fastening and adjusting the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 44 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 45 If the center rear seat belt is being used also observe the information about the seat belt for the center rear seat gt page 47 gt Adjust the seat gt page 110 The seat backrest must be in an almost vertical position gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt outlet and engage belt tongue 2 into belt buckle Q The seat belt on the driver s seat and the front passenger seat may be tightened automatically see Belt adjustment gt page 47 gt If necessary pull upwards on the shoulder section of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your body Occupant safety Wagon you can also adjust the belt height on the outer rear bench seats The shoulder section of the seat
88. cluster Problem z The red coolant warn ing lamp lights up while the engine is running and the coolant tem perature gauge is at the start of the scale Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gage is defec tive The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored There is a risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Fj On board computer and displays 288 ld On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem wh The red coolant warn ing lamp comes on while the engine is run ning z The red coolant warn ing lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low If the coolant level is correct the airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the electric engine radiator fan may be malfunc tioning The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull
89. combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs The gross weight of all vehicle occupants load and luggage must not exceed the speci fied value The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The maximum permis sible gross vehicle weight rating is vehicle Loading the vehicle specific and may differ from that in the illustration You can find the valid maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating for your vehicle on the Tire and Loading Infor mation placard Maximum number of seats Q indicates the maximum number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The number of seats is vehicle specific and can differ from the details shown The number of seats in your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load ing Information placard Step by step instructions The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on Wheels and tires 374 Wheels and tires
90. compartment Checking the oil level using the oil dip Adding engine oil A WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following A WARNING If engine oil comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next to the filler neck Let the engine cool down and thoroughly clean the engine oil off the com ponents before starting the engine Q Environmental note When adding oil take care not to spill any If oil enters the soil or waterways it is harmful to the environment H Only use engine oils and oil filters that have been approved for vehicles with a ser vice system You can obtain a list of the engine oils and oil filters tested and approved in accordance with the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products at any Mercedes Benz Service center Damage to the engine or exhaust system is caused by the following e using engine oils and oil filters that have not been specifically approved for the service system e replacing engine oil and oil filters after the interval for replacement specified by the service system has been exceeded e using engine oil ad
91. correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another A WARNING Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct usage of the pedals e g e shoes with thick soles e shoes with high heels e slippers There is a risk of an accident Wear suitable footwear to ensure correct usage of the pedals Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If the parking brake has not been fully released when driving the parking brake can e overheat and cause a fire e lose its hold function There is a risk of fire and an accident Release the parking brake fully before driving off H Do not warm up the engine with the vehi cle stationary Drive off immediately Avoid high engine speeds and driving at full throt tle until the engine has reached its operat ing temperature Only shift the automatic transmission to the desired drive position when the vehicle is stationary Where possible avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling
92. e ELE Please note that for the specified vehicle data e the heights specified may vary as a result of tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment e optional equipment reduces the maximum payload PPD DS ied g Technical data be Technical data Missing values were not available at time of going to print Model Opening Max height headroom E 550 4MATIC All other mod 69 4 in els Sedan 1763 mm Wagon 80 6 in 75 8 in 2048 mm 1925 mm AMG vehicles 68 7 in Sedan 69 4 in 1744 mm 1764 mm AMG vehicles 8271 in Wagon 82 9 in 2086 mm 2106 mm Missing values were not available at time of going to print All models except for AMG vehicles Vehicle length Sedan 192 1 in 4879 mm Vehicle length Wagon 193 1 in 4905 mm Vehicle width including exterior mirrors 81 5 in 2071 mm Wheelbase 113 1 in 2874 mm 220 Ib 100 kg 220 Ib 100 kg Maximum roof load Maximum trunk load Sedan Maximum trunk load Wagon a WAA e ELT Model Sedan E 550 4MATIC Vehicle height All other models 58 1 in 1477 mm Model Wagon Vehicle height All models 59 4 in 1509 mm Model Turning radius E 350 37 0 ft 11 28 m E 400 E 250 BlueTEC All other models 37 7 ft 11 50 m Missing values were not available at time of going to print AMG vehicles Vehicle length Sedan 192 6 in 4892 mm Vehicle length Wagon
93. e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants From the vehicle remote malfunction diagno sis the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center can ascertain the nature of the prob lem gt page 323 The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or makes arrangements for your vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing Further details are available in your mbrace manual The system has not been able to initiate a Roadside Assistance call if e the indicator lamp for Roadside Assis tance call button Q is flashing continu ously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was established This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on COMAND MB Info call button
94. e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e poor visibility e g due to rain snow or spray Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated or indicated with a delay Active Blind Spot Assist may not detect nar row vehicles such as motorcycles or bicy cles or may only detect them too late If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case if there are vehicles at the edge of their lane Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e the warning is canceled when driving for an extended period next to long vehicles such as trucks bo a Ee c oo 5 m Warning display Warning display Active Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated When Active Blind Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yellow at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indicator lamp goes out and Active Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp Q on the corre sponding sid
95. exceed the maximum roof load the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking will be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Never exceed the maximum roof load and adjust your driving style H Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use roof carriers that have been tested and approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles This helps to prevent damage to the vehi cle Position the load on the roof carrier in such a way that the vehicle will not sustain dam age even when it is in motion Ensure that when the roof carrier is instal led e you can raise the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel fully depending on the vehicle s equipment e you can open the tailgate or trunk lid fully e the roof carrier does not come into con tact with the antenna H To avoid damaging or scratching the cov ers do not use metallic or hard objects to open them You will find information on the maximum roof load in the Technical data section gt page 419 An incorrectly secured roof carrier or roof load may become detached from the vehicle You must therefore ensure that you observe the roof carrier manufacturer s installation instructions Attaching the roof carrier Sedan Vehicles with a steel roof or sliding sunroof illus tration Vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt slid ing panel gt Open covers Q carefully in the direction of the arrow gt Fold cover
96. exte rior mirror The indicator lamp in the corresponding button lights up in red The indicator lamp goes out again after some time You can adjust the selected mirror using adjustment button as long as the indicator lamp is lit gt Press adjustment button 3 up down or to the left or right until you have adjusted the exterior mirror to the correct position You should have a good overview of traffic con ditions The convex exterior mirrors provide a larger field of vision After the engine has been started the exte rior mirrors are automatically heated if the rear window defroster is switched on and the outside temperature is low Heating takes a maximum of ten minutes You can also heat up the exterior mirrors manually by switching on the rear window defroster Folding the exterior mirrors in or out electrically This function is only available in Canada gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Briefly press button Q Both exterior mirrors fold in or out Make sure that the exterior mirrors are always folded out fully while driving They could otherwise vibrate If you are driving faster than 30 mph 47 km h you can no longer fold in the exterior mirrors Setting the exterior mirrors If the battery has been disconnected or com pletely discharged the exterior mirrors must be reset The exterior mirrors will otherwise not fold in when you se
97. films e scented oil bottles or similar items You can otherwise damage the plastic H Do not allow cosmetics insect repellent or sunscreen to come into contact with the plastic trim This maintains the high quality look of the surfaces gt Wipe the plastic trim with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use care and cleaning prod ucts recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz The surface may change color temporarily Wait until the surface is dry again Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever gt Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or use leather care agents that have been recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning genuine wood and trim ele ments H Do not use solvent based cleaning agents such as tar remover wheel cleaners pol ishes or waxes There is otherwise a risk of damaging the surface H Do not use chrome polish on trim pieces The trim pieces have a chrome look but are mostly made of anodized aluminum and can lose their shine if chrome polish is used Use a damp lint free cloth instead when cleaning the trim pieces If the chrome plated trim pieces are very dirty you can use a chrome polish If you are unsure as to whether the trim pieces are chrome plated or not consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Wipe the wooden trim and trim pieces with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use car care and clean
98. flat tire severely impairs the driving steer ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle There is a risk of accident Tires without run flat characteristics e do not drive with a flat tire e immediately replace the flat tire with your emergency spare wheel or spare wheel or consult a qualified specialist workshop Tires with run flat characteristics e pay attention to the information and warn ing notices on MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics Accessories that are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are not being used correctly can impair the operating safety Before purchasing and using non approved accessories visit a qualified specialist work shop and ask about e suitability e legal stipulations e factory recommendations Information on the dimensions and types of wheels and tires for your vehicle can be found in the Wheel tire combinations section gt page 389 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap If the vehicle is heavily loaded check the tire pressures and correct them if necessary While driving pay attention to vibrations noises and unusual handling characteristics e g pulling to one side This may indicate that the wheels or tires are damaged If you sus pect that a tire is defective
99. folding floor is open objects could be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction Always close the EASY PACK folding floor before a journey H Do not apply pressure to the EASY PACK folding luggage compartment floor when it is fully open You may otherwise damage the hinges of the EASY PACK folding lug gage compartment floor H Vehicles with a B amp O sound system do not remove the EASY PACK folding floor Removing the EASY PACK folding floor will cause the cable set or the amplifier to be damaged because the amplifier module is screwed to the underside of the EASY PACK folding floor Opening and closing the folding cargo compartment floor The parts of the EASY PACK load securing kit are contained beneath the EASY PACK fold ing floor Beneath the insert you will find for example the TIREFIT kit or the emergency spare wheel and the vehicle tool kit gt To open open the tailgate gt To install push EASY PACK folding lug gt Holding the ribbing press handle down gage compartment floor Q to the stop wards 2 move it into the 120 position and make Handle folds upwards sure it engages audibly gt Pull EASY PACK folding luggage compart ment floor Q forwards EASY PACK rear sill protector Wagon H Before closing the tailgate refasten the EASY PACK rear sill protector on the under
100. for approximately two seconds PARKTRONIC is then deactivated and the indicator lamp on the PARKTRONIC button lights up Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit PARKTRONIC is then deactivated ultrasound waves The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference gt Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors gt page 340 gt Switch the ignition back on Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off gt If problems persist have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified specialist workshop b0 io a ge c bo gt k m The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or gt See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location Active Parking Assist General notes Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound It measures the road on both sides of the vehicle A parking symbol indicates a suitable parking space Active steering intervention and brake application can assist you during parking You may also use PARKTRONIC gt page 206 The active braking application is only available on vehicles with automatic trans mission Important safety notes Active Parking Assist is merely an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space Make sure that no persons animal
101. g causing the brakes to rub by constantly applying light pressure to the pedal This results in exces sive and premature wear to the brake pads aves tps cs oo ia a ge c bo S m sie ving s Driving and parking Heavy and light loads A WARNING If you rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving the braking system can overheat This increases the stopping distance and can even cause the braking system to fail There is a risk of an accident Never use the brake pedal as a footrest Never depress the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time H Depressing the brake pedal constantly results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads If the brakes have been subjected to a heavy load do not stop the vehicle immediately but drive on for a short while This allows the air flow to cool the brakes more quickly Wet roads If you have driven for a long time in heavy rain without braking there may be a delayed reac tion from the brakes when braking for the first time This may also occur after the vehicle has been washed or driven through deep water You have to depress the brake pedal more firmly Maintain a greater distance from the vehicle in front After driving on a wet road or having the vehi cle washed brake firmly while paying atten tion to the traffic conditions This will warm up the brake discs thereby drying them more quickly and pro
102. gt Unscrew the protective cap from DEF refill bottle gt Set DEF refill bottle as shown on the filler neck and screw it clockwise until it is hand tight gt Press DEF refill bottle downwards The DEF tank is filled This may take up to one minute To top up between service intervals fill the DEF tank with approximately 1 gal 3 8 I of DEF 1 gal 3 8 I DEF is equivalent to approximately 2 DEF refill bottles Then have the DEF supply checked at a qualified specialist workshop and completely refilled if necessary gt Release DEF refill bottle When DEF refill bottle is no longer pressed down filling stops DEF refill bottle can be removed when it has been only partially emptied gt Turn DEF refill bottle counter clockwise and remove it gt Install DEF filler cap on the filler neck and turn it clockwise gt Replace DEF cover Q as shown and turn it clockwise as far as it will go gt Fold the trunk floor down gt Close the trunk lid gt Drive faster than 10 mph 16 km h The Check Additive See Operator s Manual message goes out after approx imately one minute Ifthe Check Additive See Opera tor s Manual message continues to be shown in the multifunction display add an additional bottle of DEF For further information on DEF see gt page 415 Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts
103. ignition lock or itis in position 0 gt Turn the light switch to of the vehicle or the vehicle p left hand side right hand side of z Turn signal High beam headlamps Turn signal right High beam flasher Turn signal left gt To indicate briefly press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal flashes three times gt To indicate press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow 2 or High beam headlamps gt To switch on the high beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to or gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q In the auto position the high beam head lamps are only switched on when it is dark and the engine is running The blue 2D indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up when the high beam headlamps are switched on gt To switch off the high beam head lamps move the combination switch back to its normal position The blue 2D indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster goes out AUTO Vehicles with Adaptive Highbeam Assist when Adaptive Highbeam Assist is active it controls activation of the high beam head lamps gt page 1
104. impair the steering and driving characteristics and lead to brake failure There is a risk of accident Observe the load rating of the tires The load rating must be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Never overload the tires by exceeding the maximum load Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible load 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the maximum permissible number of occupants and the maximum permis sible vehicle load It also contains details of the tire sizes and corresponding pres sures for tires mounted at the factory 2 The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the gross vehicle weight rating It is made up of the vehicle weight all vehicle occu pants the fuel and the cargo You can also find information about the maximum gross axle weight rating on the front and rear axle The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle Never exceed the maximum load or the maxi mum gross axle weight rating for the front or rear axle B pillar example Sedan B pillar driver s side i a ee ay HO ee er ee Se eS e im Peg BG Po gt Specification for maximum gross vehicle weight is listed in the Tire and Loading Information placard The
105. in the categories Acceleration and Constant e observe the gearshift recommendations e drive in drive program E On long journeys at a constant speed e g on the highway only the bar for Constant will change The ECO display summarizes the driving characteristics from the start of the journey to its completion For this reason the bars change dynamically at the beginning of the journey On longer journeys there are fewer changes For more dynamic changes carry out a manual reset For further information on the ECO display see gt page 236 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Downhill gradients H On long and steep gradients you must reduce the load on the brakes by shifting early to a lower gear This allows you to take advantage of the engine braking effect and helps avoid overheating and excessive wear of the brakes When you take advantage of the engine braking effect a drive wheel may not turn for some time e g on a slippery road sur face This could cause damage to the drive train This type of damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty Do not depress the brake pedal continuously while the vehicle is in motion e
106. in the sun visor Mobile phone Menu on board computer 239 Modifying the programming SmartKey 0 0 eee eeeeseeeeseeeeeceneeees 85 MOExtended tires 0 0 0 0 cece 345 Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle s es 389 Mounting a new wheel seese 388 Preparing the vehicle eee 385 Raising the vehicle ce eeeeeeeeees 386 Removing a wheel eeeeeseeeeee 388 Securing the vehicle against roll ING AWAY wasscsscccasacacmacnaeas 385 MP3 OPeratiOn sroine 238 see separate operating instructions Multifunction display FUNCTION NOTES cceeccceeeeeeeeeeeees Permanent display sses Multifunction steering wheel Operating the on board computer 233 OVE IVICW cack cov kceveedes teva cares 35 Navigation Menu on board computer 237 NECK PRO head restraints Operation se ccctecccssccmennscveesaieces 59 Resetting triggered cccceseecees 59 NECK PRO luxury head restraints Important safety notes s 59 OperatiOm senpere oie iE s 59 Resetting when triggered 60 Notes on breaking in a new vehi Clena N ES Occupant Classification System OCS Conditions siccainsinwieencnwane 52 FauItS 4 siete munkeccie nace 56 Operation sciiescesnveccseenuevsvvesess 52 System self test ceeeseseeeeeeeees 54 Occupant safety Automatic measures after an acci GONE aa SAA E EE E 61 Children in the vehicle 0 0 62 Important safety notes s
107. in the vehicle gt page 62 WARNING Modifications to the restraint system may cause it to no longer work as intended The restraint system may then not perform its intended protective function and may fail in an accident or trigger unexpectedly for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify parts of the restraint system Never tamper with the wiring the electronic components or their software If itis necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details USA only for further information con tact our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 The functions of the restraint system are checked after the ignition is switched on and at regular intervals while the engine is run ning Therefore malfunctions can be detec ted in good time The amp restraint system warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the igni tion is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine is started The components of the restraint system are in operational readiness A malfunction has occurred if the restraint system warning lamp e does not light up after the ignition is switched on e does not go out after a few seconds with the engine running e lights up again while the engine is running Z WARNING If res
108. inertia reel Therefore either Stowage and features close the side window or retract the roller sunblind before driving at high speeds gt To extend pull the roller sunblind out by tab and hook it onto retainers at the top of the window Important safety notes Z WARNING When extending or retracting parts of the body could become trapped within the sweep of the roller sunblind There is a risk of injury When extending or retracting make sure that no one has any parts of the body within the sweep of the roller sunblind If someone becomes trapped briefly press the button again The opening or closing procedure will be stopped H Make sure that the roller sunblind can move freely Otherwise the roller sunblind or other objects could be damaged Extending retracting from the driver s seat gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt To extend or retract briefly press but ton The roller sunblind fully extends or fully retracts gt To stop briefly press button Q again The roller sunblind stops briefly and moves back into the out of use position Front ashtray H The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant Before placing lit ciga rettes in the ashtray make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged Otherwise the stowage space could be damaged Cigarette lighter Important safety notes A WARNING You can burn yourself if
109. instruc tions gt Press the belt buckle release button hold the belt tongue and guide it back towards the belt outlet The special seat belt retractor is deactiva ted Child restraint system The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Do not install a rearward facing child restraint system on the center rear seat You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly on a suitable seat it cannot protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Make sure that you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions and the notes on use Please ensure that the base of the child restraint system is always resting completely on the seat cush ion Never place objects e g cushions under or behind the child restraint system Only use child restraint systems with the original cover designed for them Only replace damaged covers with genuine covers Children in the vehicle Ea A Y q N Pa Children in the vehicle Safety Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed
110. instructions when towing away your vehicle gt page 355 The automatic transmission automatically shifts to position P when you open the driver s or front passenger door or when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock In order to ensure that the automatic transmission stays in position N when towing the vehicle you must observe the following points gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and the SmartKey in the ignition lock is in posi tion 0 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock On vehicles with KEYLESS GO use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button gt page 158 gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 131 gt Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in the ignition lock When towing with the hazard warning lamps switched on use the combination switch as usual to signal a change of direc tion In this case only the indicator lamps for the direction of travel flash After reset ting the combination switch the hazard warning lamp starts flashing again H The ignition must be switched off if you are towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised Intervention by ESP could other wise damage the brake system Only possible for vehicles without A4MATIC gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt
111. is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident In this case the front passenger front air bag cannot perform its intended protective func tion e g when a person is seated in the front passenger seat That person could for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior especially if the person is sitting too close to the dash board This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Occupant safety When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the person is seated properly with a cor rectly fastened seatbelt e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit when it should not the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occupant Classifi cation System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Z WARNING Objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system could affect OCS oper ation This could result in the front passenger air bag not functioning as intended during an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Do not place any object
112. is displayed The letter A or B possibly in connection with a number or another letter indicates the type of service A stands for a minor service and B for a major service You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not take into account any periods of time during which the battery is disconnec ted Maintaining the time dependent service schedule gt Note down the service due date displayed in the multifunction display before discon necting the battery or gt After reconnecting the battery subtract the battery disconnection periods from the service date shown on the display Hiding a service message gt Press the button on the steer ing wheel OK or Displaying service messages gt Switch on the ignition gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select the ASSYST PLUS submenu and confirm by pressing the OK button The service due date appears in the multi function display Information about Service Resetting the ASSYST PLUS service inter val display H If the ASSYST PLUS service interval dis play has been inadvertently reset this set ting can be corrected at a qualified special ist workshop Have service work carried out as described in the Maintenance Booklet This may
113. is faulty gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic Display messages a Display messages zE Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant is too hot A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Wait until the engine has cooled down gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the display message goes out and the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Other wise the engine could be damaged gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt f the temperature increases again visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant l
114. is otherwise a risk of engine damage gt Pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear Gear indicator Upshift indicator Before the engine speed reaches the red area an upshift indicator will be shown in the mul tifunction display Downshifting gt Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter The automatic transmission shifts down to the next gear If you brake the vehicle or stop without shifting down the automatic transmission will shift down to a gear that will allow the vehicle to accelerate or pull away again Kickdown It is not possible to use kickdown in man ual drive program M Switching off the manual drive program gt Turn the drive program selector gt page 169 until C S or S appears in the multifunction display Problem The transmission has problems shifting gear The acceleration ability is deteriorating The transmission no gt Stop the vehicle longer changes gear Refueling Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The transmission is losing oil gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work shop immediately The transmission is in emergency mode It is only possible to shift into second gear and reverse gear gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off the engine gt Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine gt Shift the t
115. km h for moving objects e 5 31 mph 7 50 km h for stationary objects Vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS the auton omous braking function is available in the fol lowing speed ranges e 5 124 mph 7 200 km h for moving objects e 5 31 mph 7 50 km h for stationary objects If the autonomous braking function requires a particularly high braking force preventative passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated simultaneously Adaptive Brake Assist Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 69 Driving safety systems Pa E Safe Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis tance in hazardous situations at speeds above 4 mph 7 km h It uses radar sensor technology to assess the traffic situation Z WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situa tions In such cases Adaptive Brake Assist may e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation Z WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As a result Adaptive Brake Assist may not intervene in all critical conditions There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be
116. lane marking the system recognizes certain con ditions and warns you accordingly The warning vibration occurs earlier if e you approach the outer lane marking on a bend e the road has very wide lanes e g a high way e the system recognizes solid lane markings The warning vibration occurs later if e the road has narrow lanes e you cut the corner on a bend oo ia a ge G oo 2 a Useful information Important safety notes 232 Displays and operation 232 Menus and submenus 235 Display messages seen 251 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster eee 280 ie On board computer and displays Ea Displays and operation A On board computer and displays Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from
117. light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS Occupant Classifi cation System has disabled the front passenger air bag gt page 52 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display Display messages Ea Display messages Lights Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Observe the additional information on OCS gt page 52 Display messages about LEDs This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed Display messages py NA Check Left Corner ing Light or Check Right Cornering Light W Check Left Low Beam or Check Right Low Beam W Check Rear Left Turn Signal or Check Rear Right Turn Signal W Check Front Left Turn Signal or Check Front Right Turn Signal Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left
118. mes sage or data provided that e you have subscribed to the mbrace ser vice e the mbrace service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone network is available E Suisoj pue Suiuedg RA 84 84 89 91 99 103 Sliding SuntOofeese eee Trunk cargo compartment Side Windows oneee DOOMrS secs oo ee Useful information c cc0008 SmartKey e as Ea SmartKey Useful information Do not attach any heavy or large objects to the SmartKey Remove any bulky key rings before This Operator s Manual describes all inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of M Keep the SmartKey away from strong publication of the Operator s Manual magnetic fields Otherwise the remote Country specific differences are possible control function could be affected b0 Please note that your vehicle may not be Strong magnetic fields can occur in the S equipped with all features described This vicinity of powerful electrical installations N i 7 3 also applies to safety related systems and Do not keep the SmartKey functions i i i 9 e with electronic devices e g a mobile 0 Read the information on qualified special phone or another SmartKey ist workshops gt page 27 e with metallic objects e g coins or metal b0 foi f oil E SmartKey e inside metallic objects e g a metal cas
119. mobile phone network is not available The indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes con tinuously The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display and must be confirmed In this case summon assistance by other means Making an emergency call gt To initiate an emergency call manually press cover 1 briefly to open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is conclu ded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter gt After the emergency call close cover Q If the mobile phone network is unavaila ble mbrace will not be able to make the emergency call If you leave the vehicle immediately after pressing the SOS button you will not know whether mbrace placed the emergency call In this case always summon assistance by other means Roadside Assistance button gt Press Roadside Assistance button Q This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button flashes while the call is active The multifunction display shows the Con necting Call message The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Cal Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example
120. mode in AMG vehicles 284 glow 160 A Distance warning 289 ESP in AMG vehicles 284 om ESP OFF 283 5 Coolant 287 Erare Brakes USA only 281 D High beam head j lamps 130 amp Turn signals 130 2 Low beam head Brakes Canada only 281 lamps 129 ABS 282 5002 Parking lamps 130 EH Resin Sie 42 4 This lamp has no func E Check Engine 286 tion W Tire pressure monitor 290 Reserve fuel 286 Multifunction steering wheel Function Multifunction display COMAND display see the separate operating instruc tions Ma Switches on the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions Rejects or ends a call Exits phone book redial memory Cf Makes or accepts a call Switches to the redial mem ory Adjusts the volume x Mute 239 Multifunction steering wheel Function 4 gt Selects a menu A V Selects a submenu or scrolls through lists OK Confirms your selection Hides display messages Back Switches off the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions 233 233 251 233 At a glance p a 35 Center console Center console Center console Spets section Ol Gio lee Funct ion COMAND see the separate operating instructions
121. must be equipped with functioning sensors Wheel and tire combinations H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz rec ommends that you only use tires and wheels which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehi cle These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires featuring run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original only cer tain AMG tires Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires may only be used on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz Only use tires wheels or accessories tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz Cer tain characteristics e g handling vehicle noise emissions or fuel consumption may otherwise be adversely affected In addi tion when driving with a load tire dimen sion variations could cause the tires to come into contact with the bodywork and axle components This could result in dam age to the tires or the vehicle Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tires O Wheels and tires Wheels and tires wheels or accessories other than those tes ted and approved Information on tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop Overview of abbreviations used in the follow ing tire tables e BA both axles e FA front a
122. not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another gt Slide the seat backwards gt To install place the floormat in the foot well gt Press studs onto retainers gt To remove pull the floormat off retain ers gt Remove the floormat Stowage and features Useful information Engine compartment 00 330 Maintenance e a 334 Care a ccscie cies tee ee 335 Pq Maintenance and care a Engine compartment Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all Maintenance and care models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Engine compartment EE Important safety notes Z WARNING If the hood is unlatched it may open up when the vehicle is in motion and block your view There is a risk of an accident Never unlatch the hood while driving Z WARNING When opening and closing the hood it may suddenly fall into the closed position There is a risk of injury to persons within range of movement of the hood Open and close the hood only when no one is within its range of movement
123. notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 69 Z WARNING The distance warning function does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering Thus the distance warning function cannot provide a warning in all critical situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake A WARNING The distance warning function cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases the distance warning function may give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and do not rely solely on the distance warning function Function gt To activate deactivate activate or deac tivate the distance warning function in the on board computer gt page 242 If the distance warning function is not activa ted the X s symbol appears in the assis tance graphics display The distance warning function can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If the distance warning function detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h the distance warning function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warning
124. number e 410 Paintwork cleaning instructions 338 Panic alarm aneneen isters 42 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Important safety notes s 103 Opening CIOSING oo eeseeeeseeeseeees 105 Opening closing the roller sun DITA ssssiessceseeteessesanseesseececeansecesnesens 106 Problem malfunction eee 108 Resetting ce eccecsevecovseecectcvercesscesnecess 106 Parking Important safety notes s s s 179 Parking brake sissies 180 Position of exterior mirror front passenger Side caissier 124 Rear view camera seses 214 see PARKTRONIC Parking aid Active Parking Assist eseeee 209 see Exterior mirrors see PARKTRONIC Parking assistance see PARKTRONIC Parking brake Display message eccere 254 Notes fUNCtION cece ceeseeseeeeeeenees 180 Warning lamp seeen 281 Parking lamps Switching On Off sessirnir 130 PARKTRONIC Deactivating activating 0 208 Driving SYSTEM ceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 206 FUNCtION NOTES cceceeseseeeeeeseeees Important safety notes Problem malfunction Range of the sensors eeeee 206 Warning display sssini neret iss 207 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Indicator lamp sorsisississsirersisisis 43 Problems malfunction 0 260 Pets in the vehicle 0 0 0 0 cece 68 Plastic HOOKS o e 300 Plastic trim cleaning instruc TIONS aininn Power washers Power windows see Side windows PRE SAFE anticipatory occup
125. of lint grease and other contaminants gt Insert the front tabs of battery compart ment cover into the housing and then press to close it gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the Smart Key gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on the vehicle bd N 2 O ke bo D 2 O SmartKey Problems with the SmartKey Opening and closing i Problem You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO You have lost a Smart Key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 87 and replace it if nec essary gt page 87 If this does not work gt Unlock gt page 91 or lock gt page 91 the vehicle using the mechanical key The SmartKey is faulty gt Unlock gt page 91 or lock gt page 91 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Check the SmartKey battery gt page 87 and replace it if nec essary gt page 87 If this does not work gt Unlock gt page 91 or lock gt page 91 the vehicle using the mechanical key There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Unlock gt page 91 or lock gt page 91 the vehicle using the
126. of the exhaust system or exhaust gas flow There is a risk of fire Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate rials come into contact with parts of the vehi cle which are hot Take particular care not to park on dry grassland or harvested grain fields Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving A WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle m Driving and parking Driving and parking H Always secure the vehicle correctly against rolling away Otherwise the vehicle or its drivetrain could be damaged To ensure that the vehicle is secured against rolling away unintentionally e the parking brake must be applied e the transmission must be in position P and the SmartKey must be re
127. of the head restraint push or pull the head restraint in the direction of arrow Adjust the head restraint so that the back of your head is as close to the head restraint as possible Rear seat head restraints Lowering the rear seat head restraints from the front Wagon gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press button 4 Adjusting the rear seat head restraint height Example Sedan Seats steering wheel and mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors a gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch 1 and push the head restraint down until it is in the desired position If you pull the head restraint forward slightly you will require less effort when making adjustments Adjusting the rear seat head restraint angle Example Sedan gt Pull or push the top of the head restraint until it is in the desired position Removing and installing the rear seat head restraints Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about ey
128. opened e the parked vehicle is unlocked For larger level changes the engine must be running _4MATIC permanent four wheel drive If you fail to adapt your driving style 4MATIC can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics 4MATIC cannot take account of road weather and traffic con ditions 4MATIC is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane If a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip e Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away e Accelerate less when driving oo pem a ge c bo S k m Se Driving systems _ Driving and parking H Never tow the vehicle with one axle raised This may damage the transfer case Damage of this sort is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must remain either on the ground or be fully raised Observe the instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels in full contact with the ground In wintry driving conditions the maximum effect of 4MATIC can only be achieved if you use winter tires M S tires with snow chains if necessary A4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are per manently driven Together with ESP it improves the traction of your vehicle when ever a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip Important safety notes PARKTRONIC is a
129. opening of the trunk lid tail gate e using a car wash e using a power washer Maintenance and care E Maintenance and care Make sure that the SmartKey is at least 6 5 ft 2 m away from the vehicle Cleaning the paintwork H Do not affix e stickers e films e magnetic plates or similar items to painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork Scratches corrosive deposits areas affected by corrosion and damage caused by inade quate care cannot always be completely repaired In such cases visit a qualified spe cialist workshop gt Remove dirt immediately where possible while avoiding rubbing too hard gt Soak insect remains with insect remover and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Soak bird droppings with water and rinse off the treated areas afterwards gt Remove coolant brake fluid tree resin oils fuels and greases by rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or lighter fluid gt Use tar remover to remove tar stains gt Use silicone remover to remove wax If water no longer forms beads on the paint surface use the paint care products recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz This is the case approximately every three to five months depending on the climate con ditions and the care product used If dirt has penetrated the paint surface or if the paint has become dull the paint cleaner recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz should be used D
130. operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped H If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed as a result of a malfunction contact a qualified specialist workshop Opening and closing had Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The sliding sunroof can If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing and reopens not be closed and you again slightly cannot see the cause immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the E switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resist ance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again during closing and then reopens slightly gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resist ance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed without the anti entrapment fea ture Useful information eee 110 Correct driver s seat position 110 Seats eee 111 Steering wheel ceeceeeeeees 119 Mirrors s ccesscc sete cere eeee secs 122 Memory function ccc0eeee 125 Seats steering wheel and mirrors E a Correct driver s seat position Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of
131. oth erwise lead to increased wear and damage to the major assemblies or the vehicle A qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the ASSYST PLUS service interval display after the service work has been carried out You can also obtain further information on maintenance work for example Special service requirements The specified maintenance interval takes only the normal operation of the vehicle into account Under arduous operating conditions or increased load on the vehicle mainte nance work must be carried out more fre quently for example e regular city driving with frequent intermedi ate stops e if the vehicle is primarily used to travel short distances e use in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces e if the engine is often left idling for long peri ods Under these or similar conditions have for example the air filter engine oil and oil filter replaced or changed more frequently Under arduous operating conditions the tires must be checked more often Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist work shop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Driving abroad An extensive Mercedes Benz Service network is also available in other countries You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center Care Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally res
132. powerful source of radio waves gt Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock Doors 2 vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of A WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could reach of children Ideally place luggage or loads in the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment You can only open the rear doors from inside Additionally children could set the vehicle in the vehicle if they are not secured by the motion if for example they child proof locks gt page 68 e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the Opening and closing gt To unlock a front door pull door han dle Locking knob pops up The door is unlocked and can be opened gt To open a front door pull door handle 2 gt To unlock a rear door pull up locking knob a The door is unlocked and can be opened gt To open a rear door pull door handle 2 Centrally locking and unlocking the vehicle from the inside You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from t
133. ready to brake Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause Brake Assist to inter vene If Adaptive Brake Assist is not available due to a malfunction in the radar sensor system the brake system remains available with full brake boosting effect and BAS With the help of Adaptive Brake Assist the distance warning signal can detect obstacles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time If adaptive Brake Assist has detected that there is a risk of a collision it calculates the braking force necessary to avoid a collision Should you apply the brakes vigorously Adaptive Brake Assist will automatically increase the braking force to a level suitable for the traffic conditions gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will work normally again if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer any danger of a collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated If adaptive Brake Assist demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activa ted simultaneously Up to vehicle speeds of around 155 mph 250 km h adaptive Brake Assist is capable of reacting to moving objects that have already been recognized as such at least once over
134. ried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values gross vehi cle weight and maximum gross axle weight rating have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants cargo and full trailer load if applicable weighed on a suitable vehicle weighbridge All about wheels and tires Example 2 1500 Ibs 680 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 960 Ibs 435 kg Example 3 1500 Ibs 680 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg 1350 Ibs 612 kg All about wheels and tires Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand ards Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U S government specifications Their pur pose is to provide drivers with uniform relia ble information on tire performance data Tire manufacturers have to grade tires using three performance factors Q tread wear grade 2 traction grade and temperature grade These regulations do not apply to Canada Nevertheless all tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality grading markings on the sidewall of the tire Quality grades can be found where applica ble on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum tire width Example e Treadwear grade 200 e Traction grade AA e Temperature grade A All passenger car tires must conform to the statutory safety requirements in addition to these grades The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in t
135. s Manual if questions are asked about this USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful inter ference and oo iy a ge c eTo gt z m A Driving systems _ Driving and parking 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important safety notes A WARNING Hybrid vehicles be sure to read the HYBRID supplement Otherwise you could fail to rec ognize dangers A WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS does not react to e people or animals e stationary obstacles on the road e g stop ped or parked vehicles e o
136. selected drive program gt page 169 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 168 e the road speed Accelerator pedal position Your style of driving influences how the auto matic transmission shifts gear e little throttle early upshifts e more throttle late upshifts Automatic transmission ie AMG vehicles When shifting down the double clutch func tion is active regardless of the currently selec ted drive program The double clutch function reduces load change reactions and is condu cive to a sporty driving style The sound gen erated by the double clutch function depends on the drive program selected Kickdown Use kickdown for maximum acceleration gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Ease off the accelerator pedal once the desired speed is reached The automatic transmission shifts back up Rocking the vehicle free Rocking the vehicle free by shifting back and forth between transmission positions DandR can help to free a vehicle that has become stuck in mud or snow The vehicle s engine management restricts switching between transmission positions D and R to speeds up to a maximum of 5 mph 9 km h To shift back and forth between transmission posi tions D and R move the DIRECT SELECT lever up and down past the point of resistance bo d park iving an a All veh
137. start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop 2 On board computer and displays Pa Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Inoperative See Operator s Manual PARK USA only Canada only Please Release Parking Brake BRAKE USA only Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD electronic brake force distribution ABS ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed In addition the amp amp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster and a warning ton
138. static LED headlamps Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or if its glass tube has been scratched The bulb may explode if e you touch it eit is hot e you drop it e you scratch it Only operate bulbs in enclosed lamps designed for that purpose Only install spare bulbs of the same type and the specified volt age Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life of the bulbs Do not touch the glass tube with your bare hands If necessary clean the glass tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it off with a lint free cloth Protect bulbs from moisture during opera tion Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with liquids Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 135 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace your self changed at a qualified specialist work shop If you require assistance changing bulbs con sult a qualified specialist workshop If the new bulb still does not light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Vehicles with static LED headlamps The front and rear light clusters of your vehi cle are equipped with LED light bulbs Do not replace the bulbs yourself Contact a qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the work required Lamps are an important aspect
139. sufficiently charged blower output may be reduced As soon as the battery is sufficiently charged full blower output will be available button button gt To activate press the The indicator lamp above the zone ZONE lights up Dual zone automatic climate control the temperature setting for the driver s side is not adopted for the front passenger side 3 zone automatic climate control the tem perature setting for the driver s side is not adopted for the front passenger side and the rear compartment gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp above the zone goes out Dual zone automatic climate control the temperature setting for the driver s side is adopted for the front passenger side 3 zone automatic climate control the tem perature setting for the driver s side is adopted for the front passenger side and the rear compartment button button ZONE You can use this function to defrost the wind shield or to defrost the inside of the wind shield and the side windows Switch off the Windshield defrosting func tion as soon as the windshield is clear again gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To activate press the g The indicator lamp above the lights up The climate control system switches to the following functions button g button e high airflow e high tempe
140. sys tem automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight minutes Rear seat the system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately five minutes The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automatically switches off approximately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out If the battery voltage is too low the seat heating may switch off Seats steering wheel and mirrors m Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Problems with the seat heating Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat heating has The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical con switched off prema sumers are switched on turely or cannot be gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the seat heating will switch back on automatically switched on Switching on off Driver s and front passenger seat The three blue indicator lamps in the buttons indicate the ventilation level you have selec ted gt Turn the SmartKey to pos
141. than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged In this event Blind Spot Assist is no longer active The brightness of the indicator warning lamps is adjusted automatically according to the ambient light Collision warning Ifa vehicle is detected in the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist and you switch on the corresponding turn signal a double warning tone sounds Red warning lamp Q flashes If the turn signal remains on vehicles detected are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp C There are no further warning tones Switching on Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that Blind Spot Assist gt page 242 is activated in the on board computer gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock Warning lamps Q in the exterior mirrors light up red for approximately 1 5 seconds and then turn yellow Lane Keeping Assist General notes Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle with camera Q which is mounted at the top of the windshield Active Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and can warn you before you leave your lane unintentionally This function is available in the range between 40 mph and 120 mph 60 km h and 200 km h A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steer ing wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Important safety notes
142. that could lead to damage to your vehicle Practical tips or further information that could be helpful to you gt This symbol indicates an instruction that must be followed gt Several of these symbols in succes sion indicate an instruction with sev eral steps gt This symbol tells you where you can page find more information about a topic gt This symbol indicates a warning or an instruction that is continued on the next page Dis This font indicates a display in the play multifunction display COMAND dis play Parts of the software in the vehicle are pro tected by copyright 2005 The FreeType Project http www freetype org All rights reserved Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only Editorial office Daimler AG Not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from Daimler AG Vehicle manufacturer Daimler AG Mercedesstra e 137 70327 Stuttgart Germany As at 04 12 2013 Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz We urge you to read this Operator s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and a longer vehicle life follow the instruc tions and warning notices in this manual Ignoring them could result in d
143. thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Vehicles with a gasoline engine avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Other wise the catalytic converter could be damaged by non combusted fuel HYBRID vehicles make sure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers e g due to high voltage lr Roadside Assistance Jump starting Roadside Assistance Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device If your vehicle s battery is discharged the engine can be jump started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper cables Observe the following points e The battery is not accessible in all vehicles If the other vehicle s battery is not accessible jump start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump starting device e Vehicles with a gasoline engine only jump start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw first e Only jump start from batteries with a 12 V voltage rating e Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e If the battery is fully discharged leave the battery that is being used to jump start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start This charges the battery slightly e Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch Make sure that e the jumper cables are not dama
144. the SmartKey or the handle in the trunk lid tailgate gt Press and hold the 5 button on the SmartKey until the trunk lid tailgate opens or gt If the trunk lid tailgate is unlocked pull the handle of the trunk lid tailgate and release gt Pull the trunk lid tailgate down using it again immediately gt page 93 recess 1 gt Wagon let the tailgate drop and engage in the lock gt If necessary lock the vehicle with the button on the SmartKey gt page 84 or with KEYLESS GO gt page 85 Recess example Sedan Trunk cargo compartment Closing and closing m Closing button and locking button example Sedan Sedan on vehicles with the trunk lid remote S closing feature you can close the trunk lid Q automatically For vehicles with trunk lid remote closing feature and KEYLESS GO you can simultaneously close the trunk lid and lock the vehicle Wagon for vehicles with KEYLESS GO you can simultaneously close the tailgate and lock the vehicle gt To close press closing button in the trunk lid tailgate gt To simultaneously close the trunk lid tailgate and lock the vehicle Press closing button 2 in the trunk lid tailgate The KEYLESS GO key must be in the rear detection range of the vehicle The trunk lid tailgate closes If all the doors are closed the vehicle locks If KEYLESS GO detects a SmartKey in the trunk cargo compartment the trunk li
145. the maximum wattage of the device to be connected must not exceed 150 watts e the on board power supply is within a per missible voltage range e the 12 V sockets in the rear and the cargo compartment trunk are operational gt page 314 Using the 115 V power socket gt Open flap gt Switch on the ignition gt Insert the plug of the electronic device into 115 V power socket Q Indicator lamp lights up gt To turn off disconnect the plug from 115 V power socket Q Ensure that you do not pull on the cord E Stowage and features sn Features Stowage and features Problems with the 115 V power socket Problem The warning lamp on the 115 V power socket is not lit op gt Start the engine Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The on board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak gt Charge the battery gt page 352 If the indicator lamp still does not light up gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The temperature of the DC AC converter is temporarily too high gt Remove the electronic device connector from the 115 V socket gt Let the DC AC converter cool down If the indicator lamp still does not light up after cooling down the converter gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You have connected an electronic device that has a constant nominal power of less than 150 watts but a very high switch on current This device will not
146. the period of observation Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph 70 km h adaptive Brake Assist reacts to stationary obstacles ESP Electronic Stability Program General notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 69 ESP monitors driving stability and traction i e power transmission between the tires and the road surface If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle The engine output is also modified to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System ETS traction control is part of ESP On vehi cles with 4MATIC 4ETS is part of ESP Traction control brakes the drive wheels indi vidually if they spin This enables you to pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side In addition more drive torque is trans ferred to the wheel or wheels with traction Traction control remains active even if you deactivate ESP Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 69 A WARNING If ESP is malfunctioning ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle Additionally further driv ing safety systems are deactivated This incre
147. the side bolsters of the seat backrests of the front active multicon tour seats is raised If the hazardous situation passes without resulting in an accident PRE SAFE slackens the belt pre tensioning On vehicles with active multicontour seats the air pressure in the side bolsters is reduced again All settings made by PRE SAFE can then be reversed If the seat belt pre tensioning is not reduced gt Move the seat backrest or seat back slightly when the vehicle is stationary The seat belt pre tensioning is reduced and the locking mechanism is released The seat belt adjustment is an integral part of the PRE SAFE convenience function Infor mation about the convenience function can be found under Belt adjustment gt page 47 Introduction PRE SAFE PLUS is only available in vehicles with the Driving Assistance package Using the radar sensor system PRE SAFE PLUS is able to detect that a head on or rear end collision is imminent In certain hazard ous situations PRE SAFE PLUS takes pre emptive measures to protect the vehicle occupants Important safety notes The intervention of PRE SAFE PLUS cannot prevent an imminent collision The driver is not warned about the interven tion of PRE SAFE PLUS PRE SAFE PLUS does not intervene if the vehicle is backing up Occupant safety aie PRE SAFE PLUS does not perform braking actions while the vehicle is in motion or when Parking Guidanc
148. the temperature gt page 149 Display Increases the airflow gt page 150 Reduces the airflow gt page 150 Reduces the temperature gt page 149 Climate control la Climate control system The 3 zone automatic climate control is only available on vehicles for Canada The following contains instructions and rec ommendations to enable you to get the most out of your 3 zone automatic climate control e Activate climate control using the auro and ac buttons The indicator lamps above the auto and ase buttons light up e In automatic mode you can also set the climate mode FOCUS MEDIUM DIFFUSE The MEDIUM level is recommen ded Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Only use the Windshield defrosting func tion briefly until the windshield is clear again Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could oth erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode Use the ZONE function to adopt the tem perature settings on the driver s side for the front passenger side and the rear com partment as well The indicator lamp above the zone button goes out Use the residual heat function if you want to heat or ventilate the vehicle interior when the ignition is switched off The residual heat function can only be activated or deac tivated with the ignition switched off Vehicles with COMAND if you ch
149. the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ee Problem Problem A The red distance warn ing lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant observing the warning notes gt page 333 gt f you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your line of travel at too high a speed gt Be prepared to brake immediately gt Pay careful attention to the traffic situation You may have to brake or take evasive action Observe the additional information on PRE SAFE Brake gt page 78 Observe the additional information on the distance warning func tion of
150. thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressure and reac tivate the tire pressure monitor if necessary gt page 371 Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning You will only gain these ben efits if the correct direction of rotation is maintained An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation Store wheels that are not being used in a cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires from oil grease gasoline and diesel A WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo Changing a wheel Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately Preparing the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground gt Apply the parking brake gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Vehicles with AIRMATIC make sure that normal level is selected gt page 202 gt Switch off the engine gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Vehicles wit
151. to the rear of the vehicle You could otherwise lose your balance e g on ice Trunk cargo compartment ca Operation Example Sedan e Always ensure that you only make the kick ing movement within the detection range of sensors Q e Stand at least 12 in 30 cm away from the rear area while doing so e Do not come into contact with the bumper while making the kicking movement Oth erwise the sensors may not function cor rectly e HANDS FREE ACCESS does not function when the engine is started e If a KEYLESS GO key is within the rear detection range of KEYLESS GO HANDS FREE ACCESS could be triggered For this reason the trunk lid tailgate could open or close unintentionally e g if you set something down or lift something up behind the vehicle polish the rear of the vehicle Do not carry the KEYLESS GO key about your person in these situations or in situa tions similar to these You can thus avoid unintentionally opening or closing the trunk lid tailgate e Dirt caused by road salt around sensors Q may restrict functionality e Using the HANDS FREE ACCESS with a prosthetic leg may restrict functionality Ph PT Example Sedan gt To open close kick into sensor detection range under the bumper with your foot Sedan you will hear a warning tone while the trunk lid is closing Wagon you will hear a warning tone while the tailgate is opening or closing gt If the trunk l
152. tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster gt Brake immediately in order to increase the distance from the vehicle in front or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do so Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause the system to display a warning With the help of the radar sensor system the distance warning function can detect obsta Driving safety systems cles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time Up to a speed of around 44 mph 70 km h the distance warning function can also react to stationary obstacles such as stopped or parked vehicles If you approach an obstacle and the distance warning function detects a risk of a collision the system will initially alert you both visually and acoustically Safety i Autonomous braking function If the driver does not react to the distance warning signal in a critical situation COLLI SION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can assist with the autonomous braking function The autonomous braking function e gives the driver more time to react to criti cal driving situations e can help the driver to avoid an accident or e reduces the effects of an accident Vehicles without DISTRONIC PLUS the autonomous braking function is available in the following speed ranges e 5 65 mph 7 105
153. use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Monitoring range of the sensors In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain snow or spray e there are narrow vehicles e g motorcycles or bicycles e the road has very wide lanes e the road has narrow lanes e you are not driving in the middle of the lane e there are barriers or similar lane borders Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated TU a FACE em Pe Example Sedan Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10ft 3 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case if there are vehicles driving at the inner edge of their lanes Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e the warning is canceled when driving for a
154. vehicle icons gt To switch to full screen mode select Full Screen by turning CO the control ler and press to confirm The Full Screen option is only available in the following views e Top view with picture from the rear view camera e Top view with picture from the front cam era Displays in the COMAND Audio 20 dis play Important safety notes The camera system may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all Obstacles are not shown by the system in the following locations e under the front and rear bumpers e very close to the front and rear bumpers e in the area immediately above the tailgate handle trunk lid handle e very close to the exterior mirrors e in the transitional areas between the vari ous cameras in the virtual top view H Objects not at ground level may appear to be further away than they actually are e g e the bumper of a parked vehicle e the drawbar of a trailer e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear section of an HGV e a slanted post Use the guidelines only for orientation Approach objects no further than the bot tom most guideline Top view with picture from the rear view camera Fii eh dake gi Symbol for the split screen setting with top view and rear view camera image Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 13 ft 4 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the
155. vehicle occupant would thereby be pushed into the seat belt by the rear bench seat rear seat or by the seat backrest The seat belt can no longer offer the intended level of protection and could even cause injuries e Objects or loads in the trunk cargo com partment cannot be restrained by the seat backrest There is an increased risk of injury Before every trip make sure that the seat backrests and the rear bench seat rear seat are engaged Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 Folding the rear seat backrests forward H When folding the rear seat backrest for wards ensure that there are no items lying on the seat cushions These items could otherwise be damaged or could themselves damage the rear seats The left hand and right hand rear seat backr ests can be folded forwards separately to increase the cargo compartment capacity The combined cargo cover and net can remain installed When you fold one or both parts of the rear seat backrests forwards the headr ests are also lowered if necessary In the case of vehicles with memory function the respective front seat is moved forwards slightly to avoid contact with the seat behind it gt Vehicles without memory function if nec essary move the driver s or front passenger seat forward gt Pull the left hand or right hand release han dle at the rear in cargo compartment or at the side beside backrests 2 The corresponding backre
156. vehicle tool kit contains e Folding wheel chock e Fuse allocation chart e Jack e Alignment bolt e One pair of gloves e Lug wrench e Towing eye Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel Example equipment and country specific varia tions possible Towing eye One pair of gloves Jack Folding wheel chock Alignment bolt Sheet for faulty wheel Tire inflation compressor Lug wrench Fuse allocation chart gt Open the trunk lid gt Lift the trunk floor upwards gt page 306 Flat tire Preparing the vehicle Your vehicle may be equipped with e MOExtended tires tires with run flat prop erties gt page 345 Vehicle preparation is not necessary on vehicles with MOExtended tires e a TIREFIT kit gt page 344 e an emergency spare wheel gt page 404 Information on changing mounting a wheel gt page 384 gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground as far away as possible from traffic gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps Flat tire gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt If possible bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Vehicles with AIRMATIC make sure that normal level is selected gt page 202 gt Switch off the engine gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electroni
157. was established This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt Toend a call press the a button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on COMAND Call priority When service calls are active e g Roadside Assistance or MB Info calls an emergency call can still be initiated In this case an emer gency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center All other calls can be ended by pressing e the E ing wheel e or the corresponding COMAND button for ending a telephone call button on the multifunction steer When a call is initiated the audio system is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to COMAND However if you want to use your mobile phone do so only when the vehicle is stationary and in a safe location Downloading destinations in COMAND Downloading destinations Downloading destinations gives you access to a database with over 15 million points of interest POls These can be downloaded on the navigation system in your vehicle If you know the destination the address can be downloaded Alternatively you can obtain t
158. wheels gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the cur rent tire pressure for the individual tires or the Tire pressures will be dis played after driving a few minutes message gt Press the W button The Use Current Pressures as New Reference Values message appears in the multifunction display If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Press Monitor Restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After driving for a few minutes the system checks whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range The new tire pressures are then accepted as reference values and monitored If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Radio type approval for the tire pres sure monitor Country Radio type approval number USA FCC ID MRXMW2433A FCC ID MRXGG4 FCC ID MRXMC34MA4 Canada IC 2546A MW2433A IC 2546A GG4 IC 2546A MC34MA4 Loading the vehicle Z WARNING Overloaded tires can overheat causing a blowout Overloaded tires can also
159. when shifting manually gt page 171 Gearshift recommendation is not given on AMG vehicles Resetting values gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Pressthe A or W button to select the function that you wish to reset gt Press the OK button gt Press the W button to select Yes and press the OK button to confirm You can reset the values of the following func tions e Trip odometer e From Start trip computer e From Reset trip computer e ECO display If you reset the values in the ECO display the values in the From start trip computer are also reset If you reset the values in the From start trip computer the values in the ECO display are also reset Navigation system menu Displaying navigation instructions In the Navi menu the multifunction display shows navigation instructions Observe the additional information on navi gation in the separate COMAND operating instructions gt Switch on COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt q ori gt ing wheel to select the Nav button on the steer 1 menu Route guidance not active Direction of travel Current road Route guidance active No change of direction announced Distance to the destination Distance to the next change of directio
160. when the engine oil temperature in the multifunction display stops flashing e SPORT handling mode is activated gt page 76 e the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position e the vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal is depressed left foot e the transmission is in position D Driving systems cca Activating RACE START gt Depress the brake pedal with your left foot and keep it depressed gt Turn the drive program selector clockwise gt page 169 until the RS lamp lights up The RACE START Confirm Paddle UP Cancel Paddle DOWN message appears in the multifunction display If the activation conditions are no longer fulfilled RACE START is canceled The RACE START Canceled message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel pull the left steering wheel pad dle shifter gt page 170 or gt To confirm pull the right steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 170 The RACE START Available Depress gas pedal message appears in the multi function display If you do not depress the accelerator pedal fully within two seconds RACE START is canceled The RACE START Not Possible See Operator s Manual mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Fully depress the accelerator pedal The engine speed rises to approximately 3 500 rpm The RACE START Release brake to start message appears in the multifunc tion display If you do not release the brake pedal within five seco
161. with power tilt sliding panel open General notes When you lock the vehicle you can simulta neously e close the side windows e close the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel you can then close the roller sunblinds Using the SmartKey gt Vehicles without KEYLESS GO point the tip of the SmartKey at the door handle on the driver s door gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO the Smart Key must be in close proximity to the vehi cle gt Press and hold the button until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed gt Make sure that all the side windows and the sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Press and hold the button again until the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel close gt To interrupt convenience closing release the button Using KEYLESS GO The KEYLESS GO key must be outside the vehicle All the doors must be closed gt Touch recessed sensor surface Q on the door handle until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed gt Touch recessed sensor surface Q
162. work If you connect such a device the 115 V power socket will not supply it with power gt Connect a suitable electronic device mbrace General notes You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To log in press the i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hot lines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 Shortly after successfully registering with the service a user ID and password will be sent to you by post USA only you can use this password to log onto the mbrace area under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system is available if e it has been activated and is operational e the corresponding mobile phone network is available for transmitting data to the Cus tomer Center e a service subscription is available e the starter battery is sufficiently charged Determining the location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if e GPS reception is available e the vehicle position can be forwarded to the Customer Assistance Center The mbrace system To adjust the volume during a call proceed as follows gt Press the or butt
163. would like to equip your vehicle with approved winter tires you may also in cer tain circumstances require rims of the appropriate size The size of the approved winter tires may deviate from that of the standard tires This is dependent on the model and the equipment installed at the factory The tires and wheel rims as well as further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop Wheel and tire combinations ee E 250 BlueTEC Summer tires R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL FA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL RA 265 35 R18 97 Y XL All weather tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 3 BA 245 745 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S FA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S RA 265 40 R18 97 V XL M S Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 3 Av
164. you touch the hot heating element or the socket of the cigarette mit lighter In addition flammable materials can ignite if e the hot cigarette lighter falls o gt To open slide cover Q forwards until it e a child holds the hot cigarette lighter to 3 engages objects for example be gt To remove the insert grasp insert by There is a risk of fire and injury be the notch at the side and lift it up and Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob out Always make sure that the cigarette lighter is 5 gt To re install the insert press insert out of reach of children Never leave children bo into the holder until it engages unsupervised in the vehicle gt gt To close briefly press cover Q at the Your attention must always be focused onthe amp front traffic conditions Only use the cigarette The cover moves back lighter when road and traffic conditions per B You can remove the ashtray insert and use the resulting compartment for stowage Cigarette lighter in the front compart Rear compartment ashtray ment u gt To open briefly press cover at the top gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni The ashtray opens tion lock gt page 157 gt To remove the insert press release but To open slide cover Q forwards until it ton and lift the insert up and out engages gt To install the insert install insert from Press in cigarette lighter above into the hol
165. 0 Menus and submenus Menu overview Press the lt or button on the steer ing wheel to call up the menu bar and select a menu Operating the on board computer gt page 233 Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you can call up the following menus e Trip menu gt page 235 e Navi menu navigation instructions gt page 237 e Audio menu gt page 238 e Tel menu telephone gt page 239 e DriveAssist menu assistance gt page 240 e Serv menu gt page 243 e Sett menu settings gt page 243 e AMG menu in AMG vehicles gt page 247 Trip menu Standard display gt Press and hold the button on the steering wheel until the Trip menu with trip odometer Q and odometer is shown Trip computer From Start or From Reset Distance Time Average speed Average fuel consumption gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select From Start or From Reset The values in the From Start submenu are calculated from the start of a journey whilst the values in the From Reset submenu are calculated from the last time the submenu was reset gt page 236 The From Start trip computer is automati cally reset if e the ignition has been switched off for more than four hours e 999 hours have been exceeded e 9 999 miles ha
166. 0 mph 80 km h The upper part of the TIREFIT sticker must be affixed to the instrument cluster in the driver s field of vision H Residue from the tire sealant may come out of the filler hose after use This could cause stains Battery vehicle Therefore place the filler hose in the plastic bag which contained the TIREFIT kit Q Environmental note Have the used tire sealant bottle disposed of professionally e g at a qualified specialist workshop If a tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been attained after five minutes a PbS 1 4 gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of gt To reduce the tire pressure depress the faulty tire pressure release button next to pres gt Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire sure gauge QO inflation compressor gt When the tire pressure is correct unscrew gt Pull away immediately the filler hose from the valve of the sealed 2 gt Stop after driving for approximately ten tire S minutes and check the tire pressure with gt Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve of 3 the tire inflation compressor the sealed tire N The tire pressure must now be at least gt Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire T 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi inflation compressor 3 WARNING The filler hose remains attached to the tire a F s sealant bottle ho If the required tire pressure is not reached j after driv
167. 0126 R19 Tires FA 255 35 ZR19 96 Y XL RA 285 30 ZR19 98 Y XL27 6 Not in connection with a ceramic brake system Wheel and tire combinations E Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels FA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Alloy wheels FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 7 Observe notes on Large wheels under General notes in Wheel tire combinations el Wheels and tires Fes Wheel and tire combinations E Wheels and tires Winter tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels FA 255 40 R18 99 VXL M S 4 FA 9 0 J x 18 H2 RA 255 40 R18 99 V XL M S A Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm R19 Tires Alloy wheels FA 255 35 R19 96 VXLM S 4 78 FA 9 0 J x 19 H2 RA 255 35 R19 96 VXL M S 4 789 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm FA 255 35 R19 96 VXLM S amp 7 FA 9 0 x 19 H2 RA 285 30 R19 98VXLM S 4 27 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm RA 9 5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm E 63 AMG S MODEL 4MATIC Summer tires R19 Tires Alloy wheels FA 255 35 ZR19 96 Y XL FA 9 0 x 19 H2 RA 285 30 ZR19 98 Y XL
168. 1 Folding function and you fold in the exterior mirrors by pressing button the exterior mirrors will not fold out automatically gt page 123 Upshift indicator UP indicates that the You can then only fold out the exterior mirrors amp ngine has reached the overrewving range using button Q when in the manual gearshift program Upshift indicator UP Q fades out other mes sages until you have shifted up If the engine oil temperature is below 176 F 80 C the oil temperature is shown in blue gt Press lt or gt on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu a submenus Avoid driving at full engine output during this time Ifthe conditions for the ECO start stop func tion are fulfilled and the vehicle is stationary status indicator is shown SETUP ESP mode ON OFF or SPORT handling mode SPORT Suspension tuning CO SPORT SETUP shows the drive program the ESP Electronic Stability Program mode and the suspension tuning gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until SETUP is displayed or gt Briefly press the AMG button on the center console gt page 204 RACETIMER Displaying and starting RACETIMER Lap RACETIMER The RACETIMER is only intended for use on a closed race circuit Do not use the funct
169. 150 Switches the ZONE function on off gt page 150 Activates deactivates air recirculation mode gt page 152 Switches maximum cooling on off gt page 151 Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 147 Switches the rear window defroster on off gt page 151 Climate control E a Overview of climate control systems Switches climate control on off gt page 146 Sets the temperature right gt page 149 Sets the air distribution gt page 149 Sets the airflow gt page 150 Sets the temperature left gt page 149 Display mate control output you can switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button gt page 162 Climate control system The following contains notes and recommen dations on optimum use of dual zone climate control e Activate climate control using the auro and ac buttons The indicator lamps above the auto and ac buttons light up e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C e Only use the Windshield defrosting func tion briefly until the windshield is clear again e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could oth erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode Use the ZONE function to adopt the tem perature settings on the driver s side for the front passenger side as well The indi cator la
170. 2 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 Stowage and features General notes An emergency call is dialed automatically if an air bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered You cannot end an automatically trig gered emergency call yourself An emergency call can also be initiated man ually As soon as the emergency call has been ini tiated the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The multifunction display shows the Connecting Call message The audio output is muted Once the connection has been made the Call Connected message appears in the multifunction display Allimportant information on the emergency is transmitted for example e current location of the vehicle as deter mined by the GPS system e vehicle identification number e information on the severity of the accident Shortly after the emergency call has been ini tiated a voice connection is automatically established between the Customer Assis tance Center and the vehicle occupants e If the vehicle occupants respond the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter attempts to get more information on the emergency e If there is no response from the vehicle occupants an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle If no voice connection can be established to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center the system has been unable to initiate an emergency call This can occur for example if the relevant
171. 32 High beam flasher gt To switch on turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 1 or 2 or start the engine gt Pull the combination switch in the direction of arrow Q gt To switch on the hazard warning lamps press button Q All turn signals flash If you now switch ona turn signal using the combination switch only the turn signal lamp on the corre sponding side of the vehicle will flash gt To switch off the hazard warning lamps press button Q The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on if e an air bag is deployed or e the vehicle decelerates rapidly from a speed of above 45 mph 70 km h and comes to a standstill The hazard warning lamps switch off auto matically if the vehicle reaches a speed of above 6 mph 10 km h again after a full brake application The hazard warning lamps still operate if the ignition is switched off The cornering light function improves the illu mination of the road over a wide angle in the direction you are turning enabling better vis ibility in tight bends for example It can only be activated when the low beam headlamps are switched on Active e if you are driving at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h and switch on the turn signal or turn the steering wheel e if you are driving at speeds between 25 mph 40 km h and 45 mph 70 km h and turn the steering wheel The cornering lamp may remain lit for a short time but is automatically swi
172. A LLC MBUSA expressly disclaims any and all lia bility arising from the extraction of this infor mation by unauthorized Mercedes Benz per sonnel MBUSA will not share EDR data with others without the consent of the vehicle owners or if the vehicle is leased without the consent of the lessee Exceptions to this representation include responses to subpoenas by law enforcement by federal state or local gov ernment in connection with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates or as required by law Warning The EDR is a component of the Restraint System Module Tampering with altering modifying or removing the EDR com ponent may result in a malfunction of the Restraint System Module and other systems Ea Introduction State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that conflict with federal regulation are pre emp ted This means that in the event of such con flict the federal regulation governs As of February 2013 13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs Information on copyright Information on license for free and open source software used in your vehicle and its electronic components is available on the fol lowing website http www mercedes benz com opensource a Cockpit s ae E T 32 a Instrument cluster 0 0 0 0 eee 33 Multifunction steering wheel Some CentencConSoletere sre 36 S Overhead control panel 39 Do Door c
173. A A E Safety systems SMA KEY sssri evi etser siie TIES iesesrisisnas VGMICIS cassis csc5 bessctareusestscessasesseeseeasas Distance recorder Distance warning warning lamp 289 Distance warning function FUNCtION NOTES sessirnar 72 DISTRONIC PLUS Activating ssie iieii 191 Activation conditions 191 DOACHVALING rcisiccssei sierras 196 Display message ssssisissssrissriesessos 271 Displays in the multifunction dis play osre r eni RR 195 Function notes sssscrsrscssccsirissssss 189 Important safety notes 190 Setting the specified minimum GISTANCE iscrio de teesstdetesieeedesseees 194 Doors Automatic locking on board com PUTET ioiii er eesse ii asa Ekris 246 Automatic locking switch 90 Central locking unlocking SmartKey siisii 84 Control panelicesccs Sosevsvsccvegesteesteneiees 40 Display message ceeeeseeeeeeeees 277 Emergency locking ecse Emergency unlocking seee Important safety notes eee Opening from inside eee Drinking and driving 0 00 Drive program Automat G ieor oriri eeteri Display sercssissiriiiesivsisessniririarisses Display DIRECT SELECT lever Manual c c sc sipcaccneneie Manual AMG vehicles 0 SETUP on board computer Drive program selector 0 Driver s door see Doors Driving abroad Mercedes Benz Service o e Symmetrical low beam eee Driving
174. A WARNING The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure There is a risk of an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Useful information Stowage areas eeeeceeceeeeeeeeeee Features 3 22 5 rs m Stowage and features ae Stowage areas Stowage and features Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Stowage areas Z WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid tailgate is open whe
175. COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 72 3 On board computer and displays a Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Tires Problem W The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction is lit W The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires Z WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 345 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 369 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure The tire pressure monitor is faulty
176. Display Unit Speed Odometer func gt Press the OK button In the Sett menu you have the following ier 7 The current selection is displayed options gt gt Press OK to confirm e Changing the instrument cluster settings gt Press the W or A button to set Off gt page 243 x7 Standard or Adaptive e Changing the light settings gt page 244 gt Press the OK button to save the setting e Changing the vehicle settings When Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane gt page 246 Keeping Assist is activated the multifunc e Changing the convenience settings D tion display shows the lane markings as gt page 246 5 bright lines in the assistance graphic e Restoring the factory settings Observe the additional information on the gt page 247 ro Lane Keeping Assist drive system o gt page 222 Instrument cluster V O FE O options tion e Calling up display messages in message You will see the selected setting Km or memory gt page 251 Miles e Checking the tire pressure electronically gt Press the OK button to save the setting gt page 369 The selected unit of measurement for dis e Calling up the service due date tance applies to gt page 335 e Digital speedometer in the Trip menu e Odometer and the trip odometer Settings menu e Trip computer e Current consumption and the range e Navigation instructions in the Nav
177. H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 5 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Winter tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S 4 4 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S 4 3 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S 4 BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S 4 3 BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 3 Available as MOExtended tires 4 For Sedan only Wheel and tire combinations Ea E 400 4MATIC Summer tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 95 W3 BA 245 45 R17 99 Y XL BA 245 45 R17 95 W5 BA 245 45 R17 99 Y XL R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL All weather tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 4 BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 4 5 Only for Wagon 3 Available as MOExtended tires 4 For Sedan only Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 i
178. ISTRONIC PLUS is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front e g motorcycles or vehicles driving on a different line In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain Driving systems bee e there is interference by other radar sources Activating DISTRONIC PLUS e there are strong radar reflections for Activati diti example in parking garages ERARA oer mons If DISTRONIC PLUS no longer detects a vehi In order to activate DISTRONIC PLUS the fol cle in front DISTRONIC PLUS may unexpect OWINg conditions must be fulfilled te edly accelerate the vehicle to the stored e the engine must be started It may take up speed to two minutes after pulling away before This speed may DISTRONIC PLUS is operational i e be too high if you are driving in a filter lane the parking brake must be rel
179. If tire sealant leaks out allow it to dry It can then be removed like a layer of film If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant have them cleaned with perchloroethylene at a dry cleaner as soon as possible Tire pressure not reached If a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been attained after five minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approximately 30 ft 10 m gt Pump up the tire again After a maximum of five minutes the tire pressure must be at least 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after the specified time the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop Tire pressure reached Z WARNING A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealant impairs the driving characteristics and is not suitable for higher speeds There is a risk of accident You should therefore adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully Do not exceed the specified maximum speed with a tire that has been repaired using tire sealant The maximum speed for a tire sealed with tire sealant is 5
180. Inflate the collapsible spare wheel using the tire inflation compressor before lower ing the vehicle The wheel rim could other wise be damaged H Do not operate the tire inflation compres sor for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The tire inflation compressor can be oper ated again once it has cooled down Fai Wheels and tires Q D a o o Pih EHTI gt Mount the collapsible spare wheel as described gt page 384 The collapsible spare wheel must be moun ted before it is inflated gt Pull connector and the hose out of the housing gt Remove the cap from the valve on the col lapsible spare wheel gt Screw union nut Q of the hose onto the valve gt Make sure on off switch of the tire inflation compressor is set to 0 gt Insert connector into a 12 V socket gt page 314 in your vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press on off switch on the tire inflation compressor to I The tire inflation compressor is switched on The tire is inflated The tire pressure is shown on pressure gauge 3 gt Inflate the tire to the specified tire pres sure The specified tire pressure is printed on the yellow label of the emergency spare wheel gt When the specified tire pressure has been reached press on off switch on the electric air pump to 0 The tire inflati
181. LESS GO functions in the vehicle If the KEYLESS GO key is still not detected gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock The KEYLESS GO key can continuously not be detected KEYLESS GO is temporarily malfunctioning or is defective A warn ing tone also sounds gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays ad Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster La On board computer and displays Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Safety Seat belts Problem 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for 6 seconds 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up In addition a warn ing tone sounds for up to 6 seconds 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp lights up after the engine starts as soon as the driver s or the front passenger door is closed 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 46 The driver s seat belt is not fastened gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 46 The warning tone ceases The driver or front passenger has n
182. LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc rs Introduction 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notify ing Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Limited Warranty E Follow the instructions in this manual about the proper operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your vehicle that arises fro
183. ORT handling mode Activating deactivating AMG vehicles sississss Warning lamp Standing lamps Display message secere 262 Switching on off erisir 130 Start stop function see ECO start stop function Starting engine 0 0 0 eee eee 159 STEER CONTROL iiae 80 Steering display message 277 Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot DISTRONIC PLUS Activating deactivating 0 242 Display message eeeeeeseeeeeeeees 272 Steering assistant STEER CON TROL see STEER CONTROL Steering wheel Adjusting electrically 0 0 ee 119 Button OVETVIEW sccceensesssenncesnsessss 35 Buttons on board computer 233 GIG AMIN G scsscecscedarseseessveesecessddaspsnev so 341 Important safety notes 0 0 119 Paddle Shifters sescsveccesseesecessvessveceees 170 Steering wheel heating 120 Storing settings memory func LION cevsressescnreveicenipeanssesecetenceseenees 125 Steering wheel heating Problem malfunction s es 121 Switching on off seese 120 Steering wheel paddle shifters Stopwatch RACETIMER Stowage areas Stowage compartments Armrest under Center console Cup holders Eyeglasses compartment Glove box Important safety information Rear Stowage net Under driver s seat front passenger seat Stowage net Stowage well beneath the trunk floor Summer tires Sun visor Surround lighting on board com puter Suspension tuning AIRMATIC AMG adaptive sport suspensio
184. Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm maximum sulfur content that meets the ASTM D975 standard If you do not refuel with ULSD you may damage the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment sys tem of the vehicle H Do not use gasoline to refuel vehicles with a diesel engine Do not mix diesel fuel with gasoline kerosene or paraffin This may otherwise result in damage to the fuel sys tem and engine You will usually find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the pump ask the staff for assis tance For further information consult a quali fied specialist workshop or visit http www mbusa com USA only E Technical data be Technical data Information on refueling gt page 174 Low outside temperatures Diesel fuel with improved cold flow prop erties is available during the winter months Further information about fuel properties can be obtained from oil companies e g at gas stations Bio diesel FAME fatty acid methyl ester Mercedes Benz USA approves the use of bio diesel B5 for all BlueTEC diesel engines The concentration of bio diesel in the ULSD may not exceed 5 by volume Pure bio diesel and diesel fuel with a higher percentage of bio diesel such as B20 can damage the engine and the fuel system For this reason they are not approved For more information consult the gas station staff The bio diesel B5 labe
185. PARKTRONIC detects obstacles Active Parking Assist brakes automatically during the parking process You are respon sible for braking in good time gt Stop the vehicle when the parking space symbol shows the desired parking space in the instrument cluster gt Shift the transmission to position R The Start Park Assist Yes OK No 4 message appears in the multifunction display m Driving and parking Driving systems Driving and parking gt To cancel the procedure press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or pull away or gt To park using Active Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Back up the vehicle being ready to brake at all times When backing up drive at a speed below approximately 6 mph 10 km h Otherwise Active Parking Assist will be can celed Active Parking Assist brakes the vehicle to a standstill when the vehicle approaches the rear border of the parking space Maneuvering may be required in tight park ing spaces The Park Assist Active Select D Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display gt Shift the transmission to position D while the vehicle is stationary Active Parking Assist immediately steers in t
186. PIN The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center then tries to locate the system The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter contacts you and the local law enforce ment agency if the vehicle is located However only the law enforcement agency is informed of the location of the vehicle If the anti theft alarm system is activated for longer than 30 seconds the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center is auto matically notified Vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis With the vehicle remote malfunction diagno sis Vehicle Health Check the Customer Assistance center can provide improved sup port for problems with your vehicle During an existing call vehicle data is transferred to the Customer Assistance Center The customer service representative can use the received data to decide what kind of assistance is required You are then for example guided to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter or a recovery vehicle is called If vehicle data needs to be transferred during an MB Info call or a Roadside Assistance call this is initiated by the Customer Assistance Center You will see the Roadside Assis tance Connected message in the COMAND display If the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis can be started the Request for vehicle diagnosis received Start vehicle diagnosis message appears in the display gt Confirm the message with Yes gt When the Vehicle Diagnosis Please start ignition message appears
187. Roadside Assistance ED Useful information 0 eee 362 Important safety notes 362 Operation ee e eee 362 Winter operation eeeee 364 Tire pressure ccceeeceesteeeeteeees 366 Loading the vehicle 372 All about wheels and tires 376 Changing a wheel ce0 384 Wheel and tire combinations 389 Emergency spare wheel 404 al Wheels and tires 12 Operation __ Wheels and tires Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Important safety notes Z WARNING If wheels and tires of the wrong size are used the wheel brakes or suspension components may be damaged There is a risk of an acci dent Always replace wheels and tires with those that fulfill the specifications of the original part When replacing wheels make sure to use the correct e designation e model When replacing tires make sure to use the correct e designation e manufacturer e model Z WARNING A
188. S with Cross Traffic ASSISE caccaiacisiveieiccimacstessneece 70 Brake fluid notes eeeeeeeseeeees 416 Display message secere 252 High performance brake system 185 HOLD FUNGON osc svesacscess cas eeavevesesess 200 Important safety notes 0 0 183 Maintenance Parking brake Riding tips Warning lamp Breakdown see Flat tire Brightness control instrument cluster lighting e 33 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs California Important notice for retail cus tomers and lessees eceeseeeeeees 25 Calling up a malfunction see Display messages Car see Vehicle Care 360 camera Carpets onen retena E Car WaS serere erinan a Display eregina Exhaust pipe ccs icsscecepeseoses Exterior lights Gear or selector lever cccsceeee 341 hei ito e e ere ceresrrn errr mares 341 Matte finish cccceecccceseeeeeeeeee 338 NOLES arere ar teste there tees 335 PALA sss sscicccessssaesedesccesssacieiessecaseanes 338 PIASTIC EMM eresse 341 Power washer ccceseesssceeeeceeeeeees 337 Rear view camera ccceeeeeeeeeeee 340 Roof MUMS sessiun 342 Seat Delt rss run ranns 342 Seat COVER vescsscadceceeeccdeesteaeteaesvsre 341 Sensors cccccccccccecceessseessseeeeeeeeeeeens 340 Steering wheel nasisisi 341 Trim PIECES se s csssacsseseseseseecesseeauce 341 Washing by hand sssr 337 Wheels cccceececseccceccceceessssseeaeeeees Windows 0000 Wiper blades
189. Solutions The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank gt Refuel at the nearest gas station without fail The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed gt Close the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Vehicles with a diesel engine the fuel level has fallen below the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station gt Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm sulfur MAXIMUM Vehicles with a diesel engine the engine air filter is dirty and must be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Vehicles with a diesel engine there is water in the fuel filter The water must be drained off gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The DEF tank is empty gt Have the DEF tank filled as soon as possible at a qualified spe cialist workshop gt page 177 The DEF level has fallen to a minimum gt Have the DEF tank filled immediately at a qualified specialist workshop gt page 177 Fy On board computer and displays as Display messages Pi On board computer and displays Driving systems Displ
190. T SELECT lever can still be moved but the parking lock remains engaged Upshifts take place at higher engine speeds after a cold start This helps the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature more quickly Hill start assist Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and to depress it before the vehicle begins to roll Z WARNING After a short time hill start assist will no lon ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away There is a risk of an accident and injury Therefore quickly move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist Hill start assist is not active if e you are pulling away on a level road or ona downhill gradient e the transmission is in position N e the parking brake is applied e ESP is malfunctioning ainsi ECO start stop function Introduction The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically if the vehicle is stop ped under certain conditions The engine starts automatically when the driver wants to pull away again The ECO start stop function thereby helps you to reduce the fuel consumption and emissions of your vehicle Important safety notes
191. TES ceceeseseeeeesenees Important safety notes Setting a Spld cisssscescsscessocecsoosnceaes Storing and maintaining current SPCC EE EEEE Cup holder Center Console sersniisicrisssis Folding bench seat ssiri Important safety notes 0 0 Rear compartment sissies Customer Assistance Center GAG ieii EET EER 28 Customer Relations Department 28 Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data see Technical data Daytime running lamps Display message ee eeeeeseeteeeeees FUNCtION NOTES ceeeseseeeeesenees Switching on off on board com PUTET ccs secesveessesseessceetotoreseiidesesaatts Declarations of conformity 27 DEF AGING 36 sei eE Display message eeeeeseeseeeeees Filling Capacity wesssvezsecesescsvasesacestcese 415 Important safety notes 0 0 415 Delayed switch off Exterior lighting on board com PUTS A arire 245 Interior lighting snseisiiireiseses 245 Diagnostics connection 27 Diesel scianie 413 Digital speedometer 236 DIRECT SELECT lever Automatic transmission s es 166 Display messages ASSYST PLUS a caeeecdsiaearcan 334 Calling up on board computer 251 Driving SYStOMS eeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 268 ENQiNG os sccsecreassceceovssesssecvercxcucssnecsns 264 General NOES issisi css ccecseecieeecsesis 251 Hiding on board computer 251 KEYES S GO ietcccsictiveseest setariencivetes ISIS
192. Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Observe the additional information on restraint systems gt page 42 Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Front Left Malfunc tion Service Required or Front Right Malfunction Service Required P Rear Left Malfunc tion Service Required or Rear Right Malfunction Service Required i Rear Center Mal function Service Required A Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required or Right Side Cur tain Airbag Mal function Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The restraint system has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus ter Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus ter Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered T
193. You can cle identification number VIN find the data applicable to your vehicle on the vehicle identification plate gt Slide the right hand front seat to its rear most position gt Fold floor covering Q upwards You will see VIN Emission control information plate including the certification of both federal and Californian emissions standards Engine number stamped into the crank case VIN on the lower edge of the windshield Service products and filling capaci ties Z WARNING Service products may be poisonous and haz ardous to health There is a risk of injury Service products and filling capacities ee Comply with instructions on the use storage and disposal of service products on the labels of the respective original containers Always store service products sealed in their original containers Always keep service products out of the reach of children Q Environmental note Dispose of service products in an environ mentally responsible manner Service products include the following e Fuels e Exhaust gas aftertreatment additives e g DEF e Lubricants e g engine oil transmission oil e Coolant e Brake fluid e Windshield washer fluid e Climate control system refrigerant Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service fluids Components and service products must be matched You should therefore only use prod
194. Z WARNING Lane Keeping Assist may not always clearly recognize lane markings In this case Lane Keeping Assist may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and stay in lane in particular if warned by Lane Keeping Assist Z WARNING The Lane Keeping Assist warning does not return the vehicle to the original lane There is a risk of an accident You should always steer brake or accelerate yourself in particular if warned by Lane Keep ing Assist If you fail to adapt your driving style Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Lane Keeping Assist is merely an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehicle in the lane The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e there are no several or u
195. a ted on the headliner in the rear compartment The warning display for each side of the vehi cle is divided into five yellow and two red seg ments PARKTRONIC is operational if yellow segments showing operational readiness light up The selected transmission position and the direction in which the vehicle is rolling deter mine which warning display is active when the engine is running Transmission Warning display position D Front area activated RorN Rear and front areas activated B No areas activated Driving and parking Driving and parking Pal Driving systems One or more segments light up as the vehicle approaches an obstacle depending on the vehicle s distance from the obstacle From the e sixth segment onwards you will hear an intermittent warning tone for approx imately two seconds e seventh segment onwards you will hear a warning tone for approximately two sec onds This indicates that you have now reached the minimum distance Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC To deactivate activate PARKTRONIC Indicator lamp If indicator lamp lights up PARKTRONIC is deactivated Active Parking Assist is then also deactivated PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock Driving systems co Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit You also hear a warning tone
196. a tion It must not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing or be swallowed Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes Keep tire sealant away iLISSHIL from children There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the tire sealant is wie a observe the following TIREFIT sticker 2 part gt Do not remove any foreign objects which have penetrated the tire e g screws or e If the tire sealant comes into contact with nails your eyes immediately rinse them thor oughly with clean water e Rinse off the tire sealant from your skin immediately with water gt Remove the tire sealant bottle the accom panying TIREFIT sticker and the tire infla e If tire sealant is swallowed immediately tion compressor from the stowage well rinse your mouth out thoroughly and drink underneath the trunk floor cargo compart plenty of water Do not induce vomiting ment floor gt page 344 and seek medical attention immediately gt Affix part of the TIREFIT sticker within e Immediately change out of clothing which the driver s field of vision has come into contact with tire sealant Affix part of the TIREFIT sticker near the o ifan ellargie reion eects see mecical valve on the wheel with the defective tire attention immediately Di Roadside Assistance H Do not operate the tire inflation compres sor for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The tire inflation
197. a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle This view assists you in estimating the dis tance to the vehicle behind you This setting can also be selected as an enlarged front view an Driving systems Top view with picture from the mirror camera Phi eal ae bt Symbol for the top view and forward facing mirror camera setting Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors right side of vehicle Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors left side of vehicle You can also select the mirror camera setting for the rear facing view Wide angle function Phi adh hi Example full screen mode with PARKTRONIC dis play Symbol for the full screen setting with rear view camera image PARKTRONIC warning display If the vehicle is equipped with PARKTRONIC and the function is active gt page 208 warn ing displays 2 in the COMAND display are also active or light up accordingly PARKTRONIC appears e in split screen view as red or yellow brack ets around the vehicle icon in the top view or e in the full screen view on the right hand side at the bottom as red or yellow brackets around the vehicle icon The full screen display can also be selec ted as front view Select this view when you are driving out of an exit and the view of crossing traffic is restric ted for example Exiting 360 camera d
198. a qualified specialist workshop The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle A warning tone also sounds gt Turn the light switch to auto 2 On board computer and displays Pa Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Adaptive Highbeam Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperative Display messages Check Coolant Level See Opera tor s Manual BA Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Adaptive Highbeam Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoper ative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog gt Clean the windshield If the system detects that the camera is fully operational again the Adaptive Highbeam Assist Now Available message is dis played Adaptive Highbeam Assist is operational again Adaptive Highbeam Assist is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low E Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the engine cooling system The engine will otherwise be damaged gt Add coolant observing the warning notes before doing so gt page 333 gt f coolant needs to be added more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked at a qualified specialist work shop The fan motor
199. above again Problems with the side windows Z WARNING If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the side window closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area To stop the closing process release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window Problem A side window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects e g leaves in the window guide A side window cannot be closed and you can not see the cause slightly Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature Sliding sunroof Important safety notes Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt sliding pan
200. ackrest that is folded forwards do not fold the backrest back gt Fold the left and right seat backrest for wards gt page 298 gt Insert combined cargo cover and net 2 into two guides Q and push it up to the stop in the direction of the arrow Cargo net Wagon Important safety notes A WARNING On its own the cargo net cannot secure or restrain heavy objects items of luggage and heavy loads You could be hit by an unsecured load during sudden changes in direction braking or in the event of an accident There is an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping over e g by using tie downs even if you are using the cargo net It is important to use a cargo net if you load the vehicle with small objects above the seat backrests For safety reasons always use a cargo net when transporting loads Cargo net without cargo compartment enlargement gt Pull the cargo net up by tab and hook it into eyelets Cargo net with cargo compartment E When the EASY PACK trunk box is pulled enlargement out no objects may be placed on the frame of the box nor should the frame be pushed from above Otherwise the box could be damaged E Sharp edged pointed or fragile objects can damage the EASY PACK trunk box and then be thrown out There is a risk of injury Do not transport s
201. ail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunc tion has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly noti fied Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion of a less serious nature than cate gory 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Please send your written notice to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction rs Maintenance The Service and Warranty Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be done at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty B
202. ailable as MOExtended tires Pa Wheels and tires __ Wheels and tires Winter tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S 4 3 BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S 4 3 R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S A E 250 BlueTEC 4MATIC Summer tires R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL All weather tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 3 BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 3 3 Available as MOExtended tires a Wheel and tire combinations Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Wheel and tire combinations ee R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Winter tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 HXLM S A 3 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 HXLM S 4 3 BA 8 5 Jx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels N oO BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S amp BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 5 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 5 E 300 4MATIC x oO Summ
203. ake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 69 A WARNING If BAS is malfunctioning the braking distance in an emergency braking situation is increased There is a risk of an accident In an emergency braking situation depress the brake pedal with full force ABS prevents the wheels from locking Braking gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated General information Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 69 BAS PLUS is only available on vehicles with the Driving Assistance package For BAS PLUS to assist you when driving the radar sensor system and the camera system must be operational With the help of a sensor system and a cam era system BAS PLUS can detect obstacles e that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time e that cross the path of your vehicle In addition pedestrians in the path of your vehicle can be detected BAS PLUS detects pedestrians by using typi cal characteristics such as the body contours and posture of a person standing upright If the radar sensor system or the camera sys tem is malfunctioning BAS PLUS functions are
204. all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster go out If you turn off the engine with the Start Stop button the automatic transmission shifts to N If you then open one of the front doors the automatic transmission shifts to P In the event of an emergency the engine can be turned off while the vehicle is in motion by pressing and holding the Start Stop button for three seconds Z WARNING If you must brake the vehicle with the parking brake the braking distance is considerably longer and the wheels could lock There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Only use the parking brake to brake the vehi cle when the service brake is faulty Do not apply the parking brake too firmly If the Driving tips ee wheels lock release the parking brake until Parking the vehicle for a long period Eos begin tuning egiin If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than four weeks the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharging Z WARNING an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never Driving tips leave children unsupervised in the vehicle General notes If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than bo cle they could set it in motion by for example f G six weeks the vehicle may suffer damageasa S e release the parking brake result of lack of use e shift the automatic t
205. ally if the person is sitting too close to the dashboard This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible e the person is seated correctly Make sure both before and during the jour ney that the status of the front passenger front air bag is correct Z WARNING If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off the front passenger front air bag can deploy in the event of an accident The child could be struck by the air bag This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that the front passenger front air bag has been disabled The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit Z WARNING If you secure a child in a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and you position the front passenger seat too close to the dashboard the child could in the event of an accident e come into contact with the vehicle s inte rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp is lit for example e be struck by the air bag if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator l
206. alve against dirt and moisture Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Do not use any other valve caps or systems e g tire pressure monitoring systems Regularly check the pressure of all the tires particularly prior to long trips Adjust the tire pressure as necessary gt page 366 Observe the notes on the emergency spare wheel gt page 404 The service life of tires depends among other things on the following factors e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance covered A WARNING Insufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction The tire is no longer able to dissipate water This means that on wet road surfaces the risk of hydroplaning increases in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the driving con ditions There is a risk of accident If the tire pressure is too high or too low tires may exhibit different levels of wear at differ ent locations on the tire tread Thus you should regularly check the tread depth and the condition of the tread across the entire width of all tires Minimum tire tread depth for e Summer tires Vs in 3 mm e M S tires Y in 4 mm For safety reasons replace the tires before the legally prescribed limit for the minimum tire tread depth is reached Bar indicator Q for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law
207. am M General notes In this drive program you can briefly change gear yourself by using the steering wheel pad dle shifters The transmission must be in posi tion D You can activate manual drive program M in the E and S automatic drive programs As well as temporary drive program M you can also activate permanent drive pro gram M gt page 169 Further information about permanent drive program M gt page 172 Activating gt Shift the transmission to position D gt Pull the left or right steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 170 Manual drive program Mis temporarily acti vated The selected gear and M appear in the multifunction display Shifting gears If you pull on the left or right steering wheel paddle shifter the automatic transmission switches to manual drive program M for a limited amount of time Depending on which paddle shifter is pulled the automatic trans mission immediately shifts into the next gear down or up if permitted gt To shift up pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 170 The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear If the maximum engine speed on the cur rently engaged gear is reached and you continue to accelerate the automatic transmission automatically shifts up in order to prevent engine damage gt To shift down pull on the left hand steer ing wheel paddle shifter gt page 170 The automatic transmission shifts down to t
208. amage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The equipment or product designation of your vehicle may vary depending on e model e order e country specification e availability Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e design e equipment e technical features The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The following are integral components of the vehicle e Operator s Manual e Maintenance Booklet e Equipment dependent supplements Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times If you sell the vehicle always pass all documents on to the new owner You can also use the E Class Guide smart phone app Apple iOS Android Please note that the Mercedes Benz Guides App may not yet be available in your country The technical documentation team at Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant motoring Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc A Daimler Company 2125847907 MI TENDMUNNINONENDINIMNNI IN Seats steering wheel and mirrors 10 Lights and windshield wipers 12 Driving and parking eee 155 On board computer and displays 231 115 V socket 12 V socket see Sockets 360 camera Cleaning Function notes 4ETS s
209. amp is off This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt sash guide to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and down wards from the vehicle belt sash guide If nec essary adjust the vehicle belt sash guide and the front passenger seat accordingly Always observe the child restraint system manufac turer s installation instructions If OCS determines that e the front passenger seat is unoccupied the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated the front passenger seat is occupied by a child of up to 12 months old in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indi cates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated But in the case of a 12 month old child in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp can go out after the system self test This Occupant safety x Safety iE Ea Occupant safety Safety indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated The result of the classifi cation is dependent on among other fac tors the child re
210. amp mode 129 Cornering light function seses 131 Driving abroad ee eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 128 Hazard warning lamps s es 131 High beam flasher secese 131 High beam headlamps 00 130 Light SWILCI vase 006 c sscaceseseseseseooses 128 Low beam headlamps eee 129 Parking lAMPS eeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeee 130 Rear fog lamps s cscessaieseezicicisbisceiss 130 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting on board com PUTER ssessscsedsccceistsissdcsehsscaresccesteesesss 244 Setting the brightness of the dis play switch on board computer 244 Setting the color of the ambient lighting on board computer 245 Standing lamps sser 130 Switching the daytime running lamps on off on board com PUTET eaa a E 244 Switching the exterior lighting delayed switch off on off on board Computer ccsscesseeee gt 245 Switching the surround lighting on off on board computer 245 TUM SI SMAlS cesses os cvoecxcvovetesncvsevensvs 130 see Interior lighting see Replacing bulbs Light sensor display message 263 Loading guidelines eee 292 Locking see Central locking Locking doors AULOMATIC scsc sssscsdsesscisssescbiseiasteiaces 90 Emergency locking ssssceseeseeees 91 From inside central locking but LOM vecevevscecesnsecned ssssesscepseeceenseacesneens 90 Locking centrally see Central locking Locking verification signal on bo
211. and windshield wipers Ld Rear fog lamp The rear fog lamp improves visibility of your vehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thick fog Please take note of the country specific regulations for the use of rear fog lamps gt To switch on the rear fog lamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or gt Press the of button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the rear fog lamp press the 0 button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out AUTO Parking lamps H If the battery has been excessively dis charged the parking lamps or standing lamps are automatically switched off to enable the next engine start Always park your vehicle safely and sufficiently lit according to legal standards Avoid the continuous use of the gt 00 parking lamps for several hours If possible switch on the P lt right or the p left standing lamp gt To switch on turn the light switch to z00 The green 200 lt indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Standing lamps Switching on the standing lamps ensures the corresponding side of the vehicle is illumina ted gt To switch on the standing lamps the SmartKey is not in the
212. andling the bat tery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Avoid con tact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and face guard gt Oe Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physi cian if necessary Wear eye protection Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual HYBRID vehicles make sure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers e g due to high voltage For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use batteries which have been tested and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz These batteries provide increased impact protection to prevent vehi cle occupants from suffering acid burns should the battery be damaged in the event of an accident In order for the battery to achieve the maxi mum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged The vehicle battery like other batteries can discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery discon nected at a qualified specialist workshop You can also charge the battery with a charger recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact a qualified specialist workshop for further infor mation Have the battery condition of charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a l
213. ange the settings of the climate control system the climate status display appears for approx imately three seconds at the bottom of the screen in the COMAND display See also the separate COMAND operating instruc tions You will see the current settings of the various climate control functions f pa Operating the climate control systems ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control system only operates at a reduced capacity If you require the full cli mate control output you can switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button gt page 162 Operating the climate control sys tems General notes When the climate control is switched off the air supply and air circulation are also switched off The windows could fog up Therefore switch off climate control only briefly Activate climate control primarily using the auto button gt page 148 Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To switch on press the button on the control panel for the climate control The indicator lamp above the auto button lights up Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Press the OFF button The indicator lamp above the OFF button goes out The previously selected settings are restored gt To switch off pres
214. ant protection Display Message seeeeeeeeeeeeees 255 Operation s c scssesseeseceescccnseenessveees 60 PRE SAFE Brake Activating deactivating 241 Display MeSSage eeeeeseereeeeees 256 FUNCtION NOTES ssis 78 Important safety notes s es 78 Waring lamp rsin 289 PRE SAFE PLUS anticipatory occupant protection PLUS Operation vacsccoecsseseieneecascsesenseess 61 Program selector button 169 Protection against theft ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 81 MIMODINZEM evessviess sesdssee siestecsessteeseies 80 Protection of the environment General Notes cccsceessceesereeeteees 23 Pulling away Automatic transmission 160 General notes esccceestecesseeeeees 160 Qualified specialist workshop 27 RACE START AMG vehicles 201 RACETIMER on board computer 248 Radiator Cover e 331 Radio Selecting a Station cceeeeeeeee see separate operating instructions Radio wave reception transmis sion in the vehicle Declaration of conformity s s s 27 Reading lamp aae 133 Rear compartment Setting the airflow siiis 150 Setting the air vents s es 154 Setting the temperature 149 Rear fog lamp Display message Switching on off Rear seats Display message seeeeeeeeeeeeees 277 Folding the backrest forwards DACK E E E E EE 297 Rear sill protector e
215. any road speed above 20 mph 30 km h Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style cruise control can neither reduce the risk of an acci dent nor override the laws of physics Cruise control cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Cruise control is only an aid You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use cruise control e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored Cruise control lever Driving and parking To activate or increase speed To activate or reduce speed To deactivate cruise control To activate at the current speed last stored speed When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the multifunction display for five seconds Activation conditions To activate cruise control all of the following activation conditions must be fulfilled e the parking brake must be released e you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h e ESP must be active but not intervening e t
216. appears in the multifunction display Further information can be found on gt page 274 If the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning it may take more than ten minutes for the tire pressure warning lamp to inform you of the malfunction by flashing for approximately one minute and then remaining lit When the mal function has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after a few minutes of driving The tire pressure values indicated by the on board computer may differ from those meas ured at a gas station with a pressure gauge The tire pressures shown by the on board computer refer to those measured at sea level At high altitudes the tire pressure val ues indicated by a pressure gauge are higher than those shown by the on board computer In this case do not reduce the tire pressures The operation of the tire pressure monitor can be affected by interference from radio trans mitting equipment e g radio headphones two way radios that may be being operated in or near the vehicle Checking the tire pressure electroni cally gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Press the lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Service menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display
217. ard computer 0 0 0 0 ce eeeeseeeeee 246 Low beam headlamps Display message ccce 261 Setting for driving abroad sym Metical Arro anaE 128 Switching On Off s sisssstisspersisiiesstse 129 Luggage holder EASY PACK load securing Kit secisissriiprisistessrsrissss 305 Lumbar support Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup POM ae e E E E 115 Luxury head restraints 0 113 M S fines esc ceaiisciecteniaceiccisets 364 Malfunction message see Display messages Matte finish cleaning instruc HONS eeii iernii rnis 338 mbrace Call Priority scssi siisii esrtis 320 Display message eccere 255 Downloading destinations COMAND 3 siccssccesssscecdeadecscaesstenesses 320 Downloading routes sses 323 EMErgency Call cccecccscecsasecssesteesee 317 General NOES scsccsccccessescens covovenees 316 GOO TENCING wersesevesessrssezssesetesehencaaes 324 Locating a stolen vehicle 322 MB info call button sses 319 Remote vehicle locking 322 Roadside Assistance button 318 Search amp Sendiri 321 SEIF TEST seriinin iara i 317 Speed alert scaciccsesscevsvccs 324 SYSTEM cscshecsssecabisstesssetestescerscsesess 317 Triggering the vehicle alarm 324 Vehicle remote malfunction diag OE E E E 323 Vehicle remote unlocking 321 Mechanical key FUNGLION MOLES soe ecevevsves xeeseeesenseesce 86 INSEE einen Locking vehicle REMOVING granri e Unlocking the driver s door
218. arking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line relative to the center of your vehicle Driving safety systems Recognition by the camera system is also impaired in the event of e dirt on the camera or if the camera is cov ered e there is glare on the camera system e g from the sun being low in the sky e darkness e if pedestrians move quickly e g into the path of the vehicle the camera system no longer recognizes a pedestrian as a person due to special clothing or other objects a pedestrian is concealed by other objects the typical outline of a person is not dis tinguishable from the background Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Following damage to the windshield have the configuration and operation of the camera system checked at a qualified specialist work shop Function gt To activate deactivate activate or deac tivate PRE SAFE Brake in the on board computer gt page 241 If the PRE SAFE Brake is not activated the 3 5 symbol appears in the multifunction display Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h this function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front
219. arrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line e vehicles quickly moving into the radar sen sor system detection range Recognition by the camera system is also impaired in the event of e dirt on the camera or if the camera is cov ered e there is glare on the camera system e g from the sun being low in the sky e darkness e if pedestrians move quickly e g into the path of the vehicle the camera system no longer recognizes a pedestrian as a person due to special clothing or other objects a pedestrian is concealed by other objects the typical outline of a person is not dis tinguishable from the background Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensors checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Following damage to the windshield have the configuration and operation of the camera system checked at a qualified specialist work shop Function To avoid a collision BAS PLUS calculates the brake force necessary if e you approach an obstacle and e BAS PLUS has detected a risk of collision When driving at a speed under 20 mph 30 km h if you depress the brake pedal BAS PLUS is activated The increase in brake pressure will be carried out at the last possi ble moment When driving
220. as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross weight of a fully loaded vehicle the weight of the vehicle including all accessories occu pants fuel luggage and the drawbar nose weight if applicable The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle iden tification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side Maximum loaded vehicle weight The maximum weight is the sum of e the curb weight of the vehicle e the weight of the accessories e the load limit e the weight of the factory installed optional equipment Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa corre sponds to 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Load index In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of the tire This specifies the load bearing capa city more precisely Curb weight The weight of a vehicle with standard equip ment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant It also includes the air condi tioning system and optional equipment if these are installed in the vehicle but does not include passengers or luggage Maximum load rating The maximum tire load is the maximum per missible weight in kilograms or lbs for which a tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure Maximum permi
221. ases the risk of skidding and an accident Drive on carefully Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop H Vehicles with 4MATIC switch off the igni tion when the parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer Application of the brakes by ESP may oth erwise destroy the brake system H Vehicles with 4MATIC function or per formance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer Before you operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult a qualified workshop You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system H Vehicles with 4MATIC function or per formance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer Before you operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult a qualified workshop You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system Driving safety systems Vehicles without 4MATIC observe the notes on ESP gt page 357 when towing the vehi cle with a raised rear axle ESP is deactivated if the warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up continu ously when the engine is running If the amp warning lamp and the amp ing lamp are lit continuously ESP is available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 283 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 252 warn not Safety i Only use wheels with th
222. at belt system e Air bags e Child restraint system e Child seat securing systems The components of the restraint system work in conjunction with each other They can only deploy their protective function if at all times all vehicle occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly gt page 45 e have adjusted their seat and head restraint properly gt page 111 As the driver you also have to make sure that the steering wheel is adjusted correctly Observe the information relating to the cor rect driver s seat position gt page 110 You also have to make sure that an air bag can inflate properly if deployed gt page 48 An air bag supplements a correctly worn seat belt As an additional safety device the air bag increases the level of protection for vehi cle occupants in the event of an accident For example if in the event of an accident the protection offered by the seat belt is suffi cient the air bags are not deployed When an accident occurs only the air bags that increase protection in that particular accident situation are deployed However seat belts and air bags generally do not protect against objects penetrating the vehicle from the out side Information on restraint system operation can be found under Triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device and air bags gt page 57 For more information about children traveling with you in the vehicle and on child restraint systems see Children
223. ats e if you push or pull the battery across the carpet or other synthetic materials e if you wipe the battery with a cloth zal Battery vehicle Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produ ces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into con tact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a bat tery e It is important that you observe the descri bed order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e It is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and dis connecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Environmental note Batteries contain dangerous by substances It is against the law to dispose of them with the household rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the environment Dispose of batteries in an environm
224. ature if children are traveling in the manufacturer s installation and operating vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take instructions the key with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Forward facing child restraint system Override feature for If it is absolutely necessary to install a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always move the front e the rear side windows gt page 68 passenger seat as far back as possible The WARNING entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the child e the rear doors gt page 68 If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example restraint system must lie as flat as possible e release the parking brake against the backrest of the front passenger e shift the automatic transmission out of the seat The child restraint system must not parking position P touch the roof or be subjected to a load by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat backrest and the head restraint position accordingly Always make sure that the shoul der belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and down wards from the vehicle belt outlet If neces sary adjust the vehicle belt outlet and th
225. ay messages Attention Assist Take a Break Attention Assist Inoperative A Vehicle Rising A Vehicle Rising Please Wait A Stop Vehicle Vehi cle Too Low Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Based on certain criteria ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or a lack of concentration on the part of the driver A warning tone also sounds gt If necessary take a break During long journeys take regular breaks in good time so you get enough rest ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Your vehicle is adjusting to the level you have selected The vehicle level is too low when the vehicle is stationary A warn ing tone also sounds gt Do not pull away The vehicle level is set when the display message disappears You have pulled away while the vehicle level is still too low AIRMATIC sets the vehicle to the selected level after a short period gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Wait until the display message disappears before pulling away AIRMATIC is defective A warning tone also sounds gt Do not drive at speeds above 50 mph 80 km h gt Make only slight steering movements Otherwise the front fender or the tires could be damaged if the steering movement is too large gt Listen for scraping s
226. ays Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Observe the additional information on OCS gt page 52 The front passenger air bag is enabled during the journey even though e a child a small adult or an object weighing less than the sys tem s weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat or e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The system may detect objects or forces applying additional weight on the seat Z WARNING The air bag may deploy unintentionally There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Switch the ignition off gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to the weight The system may otherwise detect the additional weight and interpret the seat occupant s weight as greater than it actually is gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the fol lowing Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must
227. become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Engine compartment A WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion youcan be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could otherwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off gt Pull release lever Q on the hood The hood is released gt Reach into the gap pull hood catch han dle 2 up and lift the hood If you lift the hood by approximately 15 in 40 cm the hood is opened and held open automatically by the gas filled strut Closing the hood gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Open it again and close it with a little more force Vehicles with a diesel engine do not cover the radiator for example with a winter front or bug cover The readings of the on board diag nostic system may otherwise be inaccurate Some of these readings are required by law and must be accurate at all times General notes
228. belt must always be routed across the center of the shoulder Adjust the belt outlet if necessary gt To raise slide the belt outlet upwards The belt outlet will engage in various posi tions gt To lower hold belt outlet release Q and slide the belt outlet downwards gt Let go of belt outlet release Q in the desired position and make sure that the belt outlet engages All seat belts in the vehicle with the exception of the driver s seat belt and the seat belt on the folding bench seat in the cargo compart ment are equipped with a special seat belt retractor to which a child restraint system can be secured Further information can be found under Special seat belt retractor gt page 63 Seat belt for the center rear seat If the left hand rear seat backrest is folded down and back up again the rear center seat belt may lock The seat belt can then not be pulled out gt To release the rear center seat belt pull the seat belt out approximately 1 in 25 mm at the belt outlet on the backrest and then release it again The seat belt is retracted and released Releasing seat belts H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the seat belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Dam aged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Visit a qualified specialist w
229. between the underside of the tires and the ground does not exceed 1 2 in 3 cm e Never place your hands and feet under the raised vehicle e Do not lie under the vehicle e Do not start the engine when the vehicle is raised e Do not open or close a door or the trunk lid tailgate when the vehicle is raised e Make sure that no persons are present in the vehicle when the vehicle is raised AMG vehicles with Performance Studio equipment the wheel bolts are covered by a hub cap Before you can unscrew the wheel bolts you must remove the hub cap Changing a wheel gt To remove turn the center cover of hub cap Q counter clockwise and remove gt To install before installing ensure that hub cap Q isin the open position To do so turn the center cover counter clockwise gt Put hub cap in position and turn the center cover clockwise until you feel and hear hub cap Q engage gt Make sure that hub cap Q is installed securely T Fij ii i Cover front example vehicles with AMG Sports package gt AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG Fii ii gt Using lug wrench loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one full turn Do not unscrew the bolts com pletely Pij eh a Jacking points example Sedan The jacking points are located just behind the front wheel housings and just in front of the rear wheel housings arrows AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG equipme
230. board computer and displays Display messages a Display messages General notes Display messages appear in the multifunction display Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator s Manual and may differ from the messages shown in the multifunction display Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual Certain display messages are accompanied by an audible warning tone or a continuous tone When the ignition is switched off all display messages are deleted apart from some high priority display messages Once the causes of the high priority display messages have been rectified the corresponding display messages are also deleted When you stop and park the vehicle please observe the notes on e HOLD function gt page 200 e Parking gt page 179 Py On board computer and displays Hiding display messages gt Press the OK or button on the steering wheel to hide the display message The display message is cleared The multifunction display shows high priority display messages in red Some high priority dis play messages cannot be hidden The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the mes sages have been remedied Message memory The on board computer saves certain display messages in the message memory You can call up the display messages gt
231. can no longer be guaranteed AMG high performance and ceramic brakes The high performance brake system is only available on AMG vehicles a PEES cs The AMG brake systems are designed for heavy loads This may lead to noise when braking This will depend on e speed e braking force e environmental conditions such as temper ature and humidity The wear of individual components of the brake system such as the brake pads linings or brake discs depends on the individual driv ing style and operating conditions For this reason it is impossible to state a mileage that will be valid under all circum stances An aggressive driving style will lead to high wear You can obtain further informa tion about this from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after sev eral hundred kilometers of driving Compen sate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal Keep this in mind and adapt your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Excessive heavy braking results in corre spondingly high brake wear Observe the brake wear warning lamp in the instrument cluster and note any brake status messages in the multifunction display Especially for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked regularly Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to a certain depth o
232. cations could invalidate the vehicle s general operating permit Proper use of the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 44 All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seat belt correctly before beginning the jour ney Also make sure that all vehicle occu pants are always wearing the seat belt cor rectly while the vehicle is in motion A Occupant safety gt E Y ue N When fastening the seat belt always make sure that e the seat belt tongue is only inserted to the belt buckle belonging to that seat e the seat belt is tight across your body Avoid wearing bulky clothing e g a winter coat e the seat belt is not twisted Only then can the forces which occur be distributed over the area of the belt e the shoulder section of the belt is always routed across the center of your shoulder The shoulder section of the belt must not come into contact with your neck or be routed under your arm Where possible adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height the lap belt passes tightly and as low down as possible across your lap The lap belt must always be routed across your hip joints and not across your abdo men This applies particularly to pregnant women If necessary push the lap belt down to your hip joint and pull it tight using the shoulder section of the belt the seat belt is not routed across sharp pointed or fragile objects If you have such items located on or in your
233. change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C 3 zone automatic climate control 3 zone automatic climate control zones You can select different temperature settings for the driver s and front passenger sides as well as for the rear compartment gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce the temperature in the front compartment press tempera ture selection switch 0 or 4 up or down gt page 145 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C gt To increase reduce the temperature in the rear compartment using the front control panel press the zone button The indicator lamp above the zone button goes out gt Press temperature selection switch 0 or up or down gt page 145 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C gt To increase reduce the temperature in the rear compartment using the rear control panel press the v or a button on the rear control panel Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Air distribution settings i Directs air through the center and side air vents t Directs air through the footwell air vents rx Directs the airflow through the center side and footwell air vents USA only W4 Directs air through the defros
234. cle Obstacles such as building site huts on the lane or projecting out into the lane are not detected An inappropriate steering intervention e g after intentionally driving over a lane marking can be corrected at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot cannot continuously keep your vehicle in lane In some cases the steering intervention is not sufficient to bring the vehi cle back to the lane In such cases you must steer the vehicle yourself to ensure that it does not leave the lane The support provided by the system can be impaired if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e no or several unclear lane markings are present for one lane e g in a construction area e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the road The system is switched to passive and no lon
235. compressor can be oper ated again once it has cooled down Comply with the manufacturer s safety instructions on the sticker on the tire inflation compressor PaO SOIT gt Pull plug with the cable and hose out of the housing gt Screw hose onto flange of tire seal ant bottle Q gt Place tire sealant bottle Q head down wards into recess 2 of the tire inflation compressor Flat tire lies Roadside Assistance gt Remove the cap from valve on the faulty tire gt Screw filler hose onto valve 7 gt Insert connector into a 12 V socket gt page 314 in your vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press on off switch 3 on the tire inflation compressor to I The tire inflation compressor is switched on The tire is inflated First tire sealant is pumped into the tire The pressure can briefly rise to approx imately 500 kPa 5 bar 73 psi Do not switch off the tire inflation com pressor during this phase gt Allow the tire inflation compressor to run for five minutes The tire should then have attained a pressure of at least 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi If a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been attained after five minutes see Tire pressure reached gt page 348 If a tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been attained after five minutes see Tire pressure not reached gt page 348
236. consists of three bars e Acceleration e Constant e Coasting The percent value is the average value of the three bars The three bars and the mean value begin at the value of 50 A higher percent age indicates a more economical driving style The ECO display does not indicate the actual fuel consumption A fixed percentage count in the ECO display does not indicate a fixed consumption Apart from driving style consumption is dependent on many factors such as e g e load e tire pressure e cold start e choice of route e electrical consumers switched on These factors are not included in the ECO dis play The evaluation of your driving style is carried out using the following three categories e Acceleration evaluation of all accelera tion processes The bar fills up moderate acceleration especially at higher speeds The bar empties sporty acceleration e Constant assessment of driving behavior at all times The bar fills up constant speed and avoidance of unnecessary acceleration and deceleration The bar empties fluctuations in speed e Coasting assessment of all deceleration processes The bar fills up anticipatory driving keeping your distance and early release of the accelerator The vehicle can coast without use of the brakes The bar empties frequent braking An economical driving style specially requires driving at moderate engine speeds To achieve a higher value
237. cs now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 158 gt All occupants must get out of the vehicle Make sure that they are not endangered as they do so gt Make sure that no one is near the danger area while a wheel is being changed Any one who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should for example stand behind the barrier gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention to traf fic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door General notes With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires The affected tire must not show any clearly visible damage You can recognize MOExtended tires by the MOExtended marking which appears on the sidewall of the tire You will find this marking next to the tire size designation the load bearing capacity and the speed index gt page 378 lr Roadside Assistance a Flat tire jal Roadside Assistance MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure monitor If the pressure loss warning message appears in the multifunction display e Observe the instructions in the display messages gt page 274 e Check the tire for damage e If driving on observe the following notes The maximum driving
238. csense 42 Occupant safety 0eeeeeeeeeeeee 42 Children in the vehicle 62 Pets in the vehicle eee 68 Driving safety systems 0 69 Protection against theft 80 Safety i E Occupant safety Occupant safety Safety Wo Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Panic alarm Pag eG Hsi gt To activate press button C for at least one second An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes gt To deactivate press again PANIC button PANIC or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press the Start Stop button The SmartKey must be in the vehicle The restraint system reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident The restraint system can also reduce the forces to which vehicle occupants are subjected during an accident The restraint system comprises e Se
239. ct air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs The side impact air bag on the front passenger side front deploys in the follow ing situations e the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or e the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the side impact air bag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci dent situation occurs In this case deploy ment is independent of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Pelvis air bags A WARNING Unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent the deployment of the air bags inte grated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the func tion of the Occupant Classification System OCS could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Pelvis air bags Q deploy below next to the outer seat cushions When activated the pelvis air bag enhances the level of protection of the vehicle occu pants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs Occupant safety ca The pelvis air bag is deployed on the side of the impact The pelvis air bag on the front passenger side does not deploy under the following condi t
240. d e DISTRONIC PLUS activated gt page 189 One or two segments in the set speed range light up e DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front The segments between the speed of the vehicle in front and the stored speed light up Displays and operation Overview Py On board computer and displays Multifunction display Switches on the Voice Control System see the separate operating instructions Right control panel Left control panel Back button gt To activate the on board computer turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock You can control the multifunction display and the settings in the on board computer using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel 234 On board computer and displays Bo Displays and operation Left control panel lt q e Calls up the menu and menu bar gt A Press briefly Y Scrolls in lists e Selects a submenu or function e In the Audio menu selects a stored station an audio track or a video scene e In the Tel telephone menu switches to the phone book and selects a name or telephone number A Press and hold Y Inthe Audio menu selects the previous next station or selects an audio track or a video scene using rapid scrolling e In the Tel Telephone menu starts rapid scrolling if the phone book is open OK e Confirms a selection display message e In the Tel Telephone menu switches to the telephone book an
241. d tailgate opens again after it is closed If KEYLESS GO detects a second SmartKey outside the vehicle the trunk lid tailgate remains closed HANI CESS Important safety notes Z WARNING The vehicle s exhaust system may be very hot You could burn yourself by touching the exhaust system if you use HANDS FREE ACCESS There is a risk of injury Always ensure that you only make the kicking move ment within the detection range of sensors H If the SmartKey is within the rear detec tion range of KEYLESS GO the following situations for example could lead to the unintentional opening of the trunk lid tail gate e using a car wash e using a power washer Make sure that the SmartKey is at least 6 5 ft 2 m away from the vehicle General notes Sedan with KEYLESS GO and HANDS FREE ACCESS you can open or close the trunk lid or stop the closing procedure without using your hands Wagon with KEYLESS GO and HANDS FREE ACCESS you can open or close the tailgate or stop the procedure without using your hands This is useful if you have your hands full To do this make a kicking movement under the bumper with your foot Observe the following points e Carry your KEYLESS GO key about your person The KEYLESS GO key must be in the rear detection range of the vehicle e When making the kicking movement make sure that you are standing firmly on the ground and that there is sufficient clear ance
242. d hill start assist gt page 161 General information Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 69 PRE SAFE Brake is only available for vehi cles with the Driving Assistance package For PRE SAFE Brake to assist you when driv ing the radar sensor system and the camera system must be switched on and be opera tional With the help of the radar sensor system and the camera system PRE SAFE Brake can detect obstacles that are in front of your vehi cle for an extended period of time In addition pedestrians in the path of your vehicle can be detected PRE SAFE Brake detects pedestrians using typical characteristics such as the body con tours and posture of a person standing upright Observe the restrictions described in the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 78 PRE SAFE Brake can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle ahead ora pedestrian and reduce the effects of such a collision If PRE SAFE Brake has detected a risk of collision you will be warned visually and acoustically as well as by automatic brak ing Important safety notes Z WARNING PRE SAFE Brake will initially brake your vehi cle by a partial application of the brakes if a danger of collision is detected There may be a collision unless you brake yourself Even after subsequent full application of the brakes a collision cannot always be avoided partic ularly when app
243. d broken lane markings are detected no lane correcting brake application is made Warning vibration in the steering wheel A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steer ing wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Lane correcting brake application A WARNING A lane correcting brake application cannot always bring the vehicle back into the original lane There is a risk of an accident Always steer brake or accelerate yourself especially if Active Lane Keeping Assist warns you or makes a lane correcting brake appli cation Z WARNING Active Lane Keeping Assist only detects traf fic conditions or road users to a limited extent In very rare cases the system may make an inappropriate brake application e g after intentionally driving over a solid lane marking There is a risk of an accident An inappropriate brake application may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in the opposite direction Always make sure that there is sufficient distance on the side for other traffic or obstacles If you leave your lane under certain circum stances the vehicle will brake briefly on one side This is meant to assist you in bringing the vehicle back to the original lane If a lane correcting brake application occurs display Q appears in the multifunction dis play A lane correcting brake application can be made after driving over a lan
244. d starts dialing the selected number e In the Audio menu stops the station search function at the desired station Right control panel GQ e Rejects or ends a call e Exits phone book redial mem ory F Makes or accepts a call e Switches to the redial memory Es KN Back button e Adjusts the volume e Mute Press briefly e Back e Switches off the Voice Control System see the separate oper ating instructions e Hides display messages calls up the last Trip menu function used e Exits the telephone book redial memory Press and hold e Calls up the standard display in the Trip menu Multifunction display Text field Menu bar Drive program gt page 166 Transmission position gt page 166 Permanent display outside temperature or speed gt page 244 gt To display menu bar 2 press the lt q or button on the steering wheel Menu bar 2 disappears after a few seconds Text field shows the selected menu or submenu as well as display messages The following messages may appear in the multifunction display t Gearshift recommendation when shifting manually gt page 171 P Active Parking Assist gt page 209 CRUISE Cruise control gt page 187 p Adaptive Highbeam Assist gt page 133 ECO ECO start stop function gt page 161 HOLD HOLD function gt page 20
245. de briefly to prevent the windows midification function is activated from fogging up Switching on off Activating deactivating the residual gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni heat function tion lock gt page 157 General notes gt To activate press the e amp a button The indicator lamp above the 6 amp a button lights up The residual heat function is only available in vehicles for Canada with 3 zone automatic climate control It is possible to make use of the residual heat of the engine to continue heating the vehicle for approximately 30 minutes after the engine has been switched off The heating time depends on the set interior temperature Dualzone automatic climate control air recirculation mode is automatically activa ted at high outside temperatures 3 zone automatic climate control air recir culation mode is automatically activated at high levels of pollution or at high outside temperatures When air recirculation mode is activated automatically the indicator lamp above the gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni 625 button does not light up Outside airis tion lock or remove it gt page 157 added after about 30 minutes gt To activate press the rest button The indicator lamp above the rest button Switching on off gt To deactivate press the 625 button ek The indicator lamp above the 6a
246. ded up oO Glare from the side 5 gt Press the outer edge of button 4 and slide T in the direction of the arrow until the bottle p oO fits into the opening hae gt Insert the bottle into the bottle holder i 5 The bottle holder is suitable for bottles with a A capacity of 25 fl oz 0 7 I to 54 fl oz 1 5 I The bottle holder does not secure the bottles 2 it merely prevents them from tipping over a Sun visors i OP i ED Overview gt Fold down sun visor Q gt Pull sun visor Q out of retainer A WARNING gt Swing sun visor to the side If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror is folded gt Vehicles with an additional sun visor up when the vehicle is in motion you could be slide sun visor Q horizontally as desired blinded by incident light There is a risk of an gt Fold down additional sun visor to the accident windshield Always keep the mirror cover folded down while driving Roller sunblinds on the rear side win dows H Always guide the roller sunblind by hand Do not let it snap back suddenly as this would damage the automatic roller mech anism E Do not drive the vehicle with the roller sunblind hooked in and the side windows opened simultaneously The roller sunblind MLIGI can jump out of the retainers and spring Mirror light back suddenly when driving at high speeds Additional sun visor e g when driving on the freeway This could Bracket damage the
247. der and press down into Cigarette lighter will pop out automati the holder until it engages cally when the heating element is red hot gt To close briefly press cover at the front The cover moves back 12 V sockets Socket in the rear compartment center console Stowage and features General notes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 The sockets can be used for accessories with a maximum draw of 180 W 15 A Accesso ries include such items as lamps or chargers for mobile phones If you use the sockets for long periods when the engine is switched off the battery may discharge An emergency cut out ensures that the on board voltage does not drop too low If the on board voltage is too low the power to the sockets is automatically cut This ensures that there is sufficient power to start the engine Socket in the trunk cargo compart ment gt Briefly press cover 2 at the top The cover opens gt Lift up the cover of socket Q Socket in the front compartment center console gt To open slide cover Q forwards until it engages gt Lift up the cover of socket gt To close briefly press cover at the front The cover moves back Power socket in the cargo compartment Wagon gt Lift up the cover of socket Q Important safety notes DANGER When a suitable device is connected the 115 V power socket will be carrying a
248. distance is approx imately 50 miles 80 km when the vehicle is partially laden and approximately 18 miles 30 km when the vehicle is fully laden In addition to the vehicle load the driving dis tance possible depends upon e Speed e Road condition e Outside temperature The driving distance possible in run flat mode may be reduced by extreme driving condi tions maneuvers or it can be increased through a moderate style of driving The maximum permissible distance which can be driven in run flat mode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss warning appears in the multifunction display You must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h When replacing one or all tires make sure that you use only tires e of the size specified for the vehicle and e marked MOExtended If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with a MOExtended tire a stand ard tire may be used as a temporary meas ure Make sure that you use the proper size and type summer or winter tire Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop Important safety notes Z WARNING When driving in emergency mode the driving characteristics deteriorat
249. ditives gt If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark 3 or below add 1 1 US qt 1 0 liter engine oil Bl Do not add too much oil adding too much engine oil can result in damage to the engine or to the catalytic converter Have excess engine oil siphoned off Example gt Turn cap Q counter clockwise and remove it gt Add engine oil If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark on the oil dipstick add 1 1 US qt 1 0 I of engine oil gt Replace cap Q on the filler neck and turn clockwise Ensure that the cap locks into place securely gt Check the oil level again with the oil dip stick gt page 332 Further information on engine oil gt page 415 Checking coolant level Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Engine compartment Z WARNING The engine cooling system is pressurized par ticularly when the engine is warm When opening the cap you could be scalded by hot coolant spraying out There is a risk of injury Let the engine cool down before opening the cap Wear eye and hand protection when opening the cap Open the cap slowly half a turn to allow pressure to escape Only check the coolant level when the vehi
250. ds on e your driving style e g sporty e the road surface condition e g bumps e your individual selection of Sport Sport or Comfort Sport mode Mode selection button Button to store recall and display the selected mode Sport mode indicator lamp Sport mode indicator lamp The firmer suspension tuning in Sport mode ensures better contact with the road Select this mode when employing a sporty driving style e g on winding country roads ra Driving systems gt Press button Q once Indicator lamp lights up You have selec ted Sport mode The AMG Suspension System SPORT mes sage appears in the multifunction display Sport mode The very firm setting of the suspension tuning in Sport mode ensures the best possible contact with the road Select this mode pref erably when driving on race circuits If indicator lamps and are off gt Press button Q twice Indicator lamps and light up You have selected Sport mode The AMG Suspension System SPORT message appears in the multifunction dis play If indicator lamp lights up gt Press button Q once Second indicator lamp lights up You have selected Sport mode The AMG Suspension System SPORT message appears in the multifunction dis play Comfort mode When comfort mode is selected the driving characteristics of your vehicle are more com fortable Select this mode if you favor a com fort oriented drivi
251. e ers down with a dry cloth gt Headliner if it is very dirty use a soft brush e Make sure that the leather does not or dry shampoo become soaked It may otherwise gt Carpets use the carpet and textile clean become rough and cracked ing agents recommended and approved by e Only use leather care agents that have Mercedes Benz been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz You can obtain these from a quali fied specialist workshop Seat covers of other materials H Observe the following when cleaning e clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid e clean cloth covers with a microfiber cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid Rub carefully and always wipe entire seat sec tions to avoid leaving visible lines Leave the seat to dry afterwards Cleaning results depend on the type of dirt and how long it has been there e clean DINAMICA covers with a damp cloth Make sure that you wipe entire Useful information 0 eee 344 Where will find 0 0 0 eee 344 Flat tire o ees ees 345 Battery vehicle eee 349 Jump starting 3 ee 353 Towing and tow starting 355 FUSES n e a E E 358 O Roadside Assistance Where will find Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehic
252. e a This can affect the functionality of the O SmartKey A WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P as e Start the engine To lock the vehicle There is a risk of an accident and injury To open close the trunk lid tailgate When leaving the vehicle always take the To unlock the vehicle SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never To unlock centrally press the a7 but leave children or animals unattended in the ton vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children RS U e If you do not open the vehicle within approximately 40 seconds of unlocking Z WARNING e the vehicle is locked again If you attach heavy or large objects to the e the theft deterrent locking system is SmartKey the SmartKey could be uninten armed again tionally turned in the ignition lock This could gt To lock centrally press the a button cause the engine to be switched off There is a risk of an accident The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid tailgate e the fuel filler flap The turn signals flash once when un
253. e Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Vehicle operation outside the USA and Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded fuel for vehicles with a catalytic converter may not be available Leaded fuel may cause damage to the catalytic con verter e the fuel may have a considerably lower octane rating Unsuitable fuel can cause engine damage Some Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe through our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Operating safety Important safety notes A WARNING If you do not have the prescribed service maintenance work or any required repairs Ea Introduction carried out this can result in malfunctions or system failures There is a risk of an accident Always have the prescribed service mainte nance work as well as any required repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may igni
254. e Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Easy Entry Exit function If the Easy Entry Exit function is activa ted the vehicle steering wheel is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Further information on the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature gt page 121 Switching the belt adjustment on off gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Belt Adjustment function If the Belt Adjustment function is activa ted the vehicle seat belt is shown in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting For further information on belt adjustment see gt page 47 Switching the fold in mirrors when lock Restoring the factory settings ing feature on off gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Factory Setting submenu This function is only available on vehicles with the memory function gt page 125 This function is only available on vehicles with the memory function gt page 129 Pre
255. e e g when corner ing accelerating quickly and when braking There is a risk of an accident Do not exceed the stated maximum speed Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers and driving over obstacles curbs potholes off road This applies in particular to a laden vehicle Stop driving in emergency mode if e you hear banging noises e the vehicle starts to shake e you see smoke and smell rubber e ESP is intervening constantly e there are tears in the sidewalls of the tire After driving in emergency mode have the wheel rims checked at a qualified specialist workshop with regard to their further use The defective tire must be replaced in every case TIREFIT kit Important safety notes TIREFIT is a tire sealant You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to 0 16 in 4 mm particularly those in the tire tread You can use TIREFIT at outside tem peratures down to 4 F 20 C Z WARNING In the following situations the tire sealant is unable to provide sufficient breakdown assis tance as it is unable to seal the tire properly e there are cuts or punctures in the tire larger than those mentioned above e the wheel rim is damaged e you have driven at very low tire pressures or on a flat tire Flat tire There is a risk of an accident Using the TIREFIT kit Do not drive the vehicle Contact a qualified specialist workshop A WARNING The tire sealant is harmful and causes irrit
256. e front passenger seat accordingly e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle s Pets in the vehicle Safety Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Child proof locks for the rear doors Child proof lock rear door example Sedan You secure each door individually with the child proof locks on the rear doors A door secured with a child proof lock cannot be opened from inside the vehicle When the vehicle is unlocked the door can be opened from the outside gt To
257. e Lane Keeping Assist General notes Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle by means of multi function camera Q at the top of the wind shield Various different areas to the front rear and side of your vehicle are also moni tored with the aid of the radar sensor system Active Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and can warn you before you leave your lane unintentionally If you do not react to the warning a lane cor recting application of the brakes can bring the vehicle back into the original lane Driving systems This function is available in the range between 40 mph and 120 mph 60 km h and 200 km h For Active Lane Keeping Assist to assist you when driving the radar sensor system must be operational Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style Active Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of phys ics Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot take account of road and weather conditions It may not recognize traffic situations Active Lane Keeping Assist is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot continu ously keep your vehicle in its lane A WARNING Active Lane Keeping Assist cannot always clearly detect lane markings In such cases Active Lane Keeping Assis
258. e See Opera tor s Manual Collision Preven tion Assist Plus Inoperative PRE SAFE Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunc tioning gt Have the mbrace system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is temporarily not opera tional Possible causes are e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low e AMG vehicles ESP is deactivated When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Restart the engine gt AMG vehicles reactivate ESP gt page 76 COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is temporarily inoperative due to a malfunction Adaptive Brake Assist may also have failed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Important functi
259. e automatic headlamp feature is only an aid The driver is responsible for the vehicle s lighting at all times auto is the favored light switch setting The light setting is automatically selected accord ing to the brightness of the ambient light exception poor visibility due to weather con ditions such as fog snow or spray e SmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock the parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e With the engine running if you have acti vated the daytime running lamps function via the on board computer the daytime running lamps or the parking lamps and the low beam headlamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light gt To switch on automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to auto Canada only The daytime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day The day time running lamps function is required by law in Canada It cannot therefore be deactivated Exterior lighting ie When the engine is running and the vehicle is stationary if you move the selector lever from a drive position to P the daytime running lamps low beam headlamps go out after three minutes When the engine is running the vehicle is stationary and in bright ambient light if you turn the light switch to z002 the daytime running lamps and parking lamps switch o
260. e following hazards e a flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle e you could lose control of the vehicle e continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 345 Due to a source of radio interference no signals can be received from the wheel sensors The tire pressure monitor is temporarily malfunctioning gt Drive on The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several wheels The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunction display gt Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor The tire pressure monitor is deactivated gt Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes The tire pressure monitor is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop 2 On board computer and displays ln On board computer and displays 276
261. e front passenger must sit e with the seat belt fastened correctly e in an almost upright position with their back against the seat backrest e with their feet resting on the floor if possi ble If the front passenger does not observe these conditions OCS may produce a false classi fication e g because the front passenger e transfers their weight by supporting them selves on a vehicle armrest e sits in such a way that their weight is raised from the seat cushion If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the correct positioning of the child restraint system Never place objects under or behind the child restraint system e g cushions The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat back rest and the head restraint position accord ingly Only then can OCS be guaranteed to function correctly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions Occupant Classification System opera tion OCS The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp shows you whether the front passenger front air bag i
262. e front passenger seat are met gt page 52 gt If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit the front passenger seat may not be used gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center OCS is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the child seat gt Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forward facing child restraint system must lie as flat as pos sible against the backrest of the front passenger seat If nec essary adjust the position of the front passenger seat gt When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt is tight Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front passenger seat adjustment This could result in the seat belt and the child restraint system being pulled too tightly gt Check for correct installation of the child restraint system Make sure that the head restraint does not apply a load to the child restraint system If necessary adjust the head restraint accordingly gt Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto the seat gt If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat It is recommended that you install the restraint system on a suitable rear seat gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an autho
263. e hood gt Use a dry cloth to remove any moisture from the fuse box gt To open remove lines from the guides gt Move lines aside Route the lines behind connection to do this gt Open clamp gt Remove the fuse box cover forwards gt To close check whether the rubber seal is lying correctly in the cover gt Insert the cover at the rear of the fuse box into the retainer gt Fold down cover and close clamps 1 gt Secure lines 2 in the guides gt Close the hood Observe the important safety notes gt page 358 H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Open the trunk lid gt To open release cover Q at the top right and left hand sides with a flat object gt Open cover Q downwards in the direction of the arrow Observe the important safety notes gt page 358 H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses Oo Roadside Assistance gt Open the tailgate gt To open pull handle on the cover gt Open the cover downwards gt Swing paneling 2 forwards led
264. e in the deployment area of the air bag e For this reason always secure persons less than 5 ft 1 50 m tall in suitable restraint systems Up to this height the seat belt cannot be worn correctly If a child is traveling in your vehicle also observe the following notes e Always secure children under 12 years of age and less than 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable child restraint systems Child restraint systems should be installed on the rear seats Only secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front air bag is deactivated If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated gt page 43 Always observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification Sys tem OCS gt page 52 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 62 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions Occupant safety ee Objects in the vehicle interior may pre vent the air bag from functioning cor rectly Before starting your journey and to avoid risks resulting from the speed of the air bag as it deploys make sure that e there are no people animals or objects between the vehicle occupants and an air bag e there are no objects between the seat door and B pillar e no hard objects e g coat hangers hang on the grab handles or coat hooks e no acce
265. e is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary When telephoning you must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving gt Switch on the mobile phone see the man ufacturer s operating instructions gt Switch on COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Establish a Bluetooth connection to COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Press the K or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu You will see one of the following display mes sages in the multifunction display e Phone READY or the name of the network provider the mobile phone has found a network and is ready to receive e Phone No Service there is no network available or the mobile phone is searching for a network Accepting a call gt Press the Vain button on the steering wheel to accept an incoming call If someone calls you when you are in the Tel menu a display message appears in the mul tifunction display You can accept a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Rejecting or ending a call gt Press the wheel button on the steering You can end or reject a call even if you are not in
266. e is active Function PRE SAFE PLUS intervenes in certain situa tions if the radar sensor system detects an imminent head on or rear end collision PRE SAFE PLUS takes the following meas ures depending on the hazardous situation detected e if the radar sensor system detects that a head on collision is imminent the seat belts are pre tensioned e if the radar sensor system detects that a rear end collision is imminent the brake pressure is increased if the driver applies the brakes when the vehi cle is stationary the seat belts are pre tensioned The PRE SAFE PLUS braking application is canceled Safety i e if the accelerator pedal is depressed when a gear is engaged e if the risk of a collision passes or is no lon ger detected e if DISTRONIC PLUS indicates an intention to pull away If the hazardous situation passes without resulting in an accident the original settings are restored Immediately after an accident the following measures are implemented depending on the type and severity of the impact e the hazard warning lamps are activated e the emergency lighting is activated e the vehicle doors are unlocked e the front side windows are lowered al Children in the vehicle Safety e vehicles with a memory function the elec trically adjustable steering wheel is raised e the engine is switched off and the fuel sup ply is cut off e vehicles with mbrace automatic emer gency
267. e level Example Sedan The rear head restraints can only be removed and re installed on vehicles with the through loading facility gt Release the rear seat backrest and fold it slightly forwards gt page 297 gt To remove pull the head restraint up to the stop gt Press release catch and pull the head restraint out of the guides gt To re install replace the head restraint so that the notches on the bar are on the left when viewed in the direction of travel gt Push the head restraint down until you hear it engage in position gt Fold back the rear seat backrest until it engages The active multicontour seat is only available for the driver s side You can set the active multicontour seat using COMAND You can find further infor mation in the separate COMAND Operating Instructions Adjusting the 4 way lumbar support p k ry z i r F am 4 l uy k i f T To raise the backrest contour To soften the backrest contour To lower the backrest contour To harden the backrest contour You can adjust the contour of the front seat backrests individually to provide optimum support for your back Folding bench seat in the cargo com partment Wagon Important safety notes Z WARNING If the backrests of the rear bench seat are not locked in the upright position the backrest may fold down while driving In this case the seatbelt may not perform its intended protec tive function T
268. e lights up red This warning is always given when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from oy Driving systems Driving and parking the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged Active Blind Spot Assist is not operational The brightness of the warning lamps is auto matically adapted to the brightness of the surroundings Visual and acoustic collision warning If you switch on the turn signals to change lanes and a vehicle is detected in the side monitoring range you receive a visual and acoustic collision warning You then hear a double warning tone and red warning lamp flashes If the turn signal remains on detec ted vehicles are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp Q There are no further warning tones Course correcting brake application If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a lateral collision in the monitoring range a course correcting brake application is carried out This is meant to assist you in avoiding a collision Z WARNING A course correcting brake application cannot always prevent a collision There is a risk of an accident Always steer brake or accelerate yourself especially if Active Blind Spot Assist warns you or makes a course correcting brake appli cation Always maintain a safe distance at the sides
269. e marking rec ognize as being solid or broken Before this a warning must be given by means of intermit tent vibration in the steering wheel In addi tion a lane with lane markings on both sides must be recognized In the case of a broken lane marking being detected a lane correcting brake application can only be made if a vehicle has been detec ted in the adjacent lane The following vehi cles can have an influence on brake applica tion oncoming traffic vehicles that are over taking and vehicles that are driving parallel to your vehicle A further lane correcting brake applica tion can only occur after your vehicle has returned to the original lane No lane correcting brake application occurs if e you clearly and actively steer brake or accelerate e you cut the corner on a sharp bend e you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e you have switched on the turn signals e a driving safety system intervenes e g ESP PRE SAFE Brake or Active Blind Spot Assist e ESP is switched off e the transmission is not in position D e an obstacle has been detected in the lane in which you are driving e a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has been detected and displayed There is a possibility that the Active Lane Keeping Assist could misjudge the given traf fic situation An inappropriate brake applica tion may be interrupted at any time if you
270. e on board computer gt page 242 The system determines the attention level of the driver depending on the setting selected Standard selected the sensitivity with which the system determines the attention level is set to normal Sensitive selected the sensitivity is set higher The attention level detected by Atten tion Assist is adapted accordingly and the driver is warned earlier When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the symbol and OFF appear in the multi function display in the assistance display when the engine is running When ATTENTION ASSIST has been deactiva ted it is automatically reactivated after the engine has been stopped The sensitivity selected corresponds to the last selection activated standard sensitive Warning in the multifunction display If fatigue or increasing lapses in concentra tion are detected a warning appears in the multifunction display Attention Assist Take a Break In addition to the message shown in the mul tifunction display you will then hear a warn ing tone gt If necessary take a break gt Confirm the message by pressing the button on the steering wheel OK On long journeys take regular breaks in good time to allow yourself to rest properly If you do not take a break you will be warned again after 15 minutes at the earliest This will only happen if ATTENTION ASSIST still detects typical indicators of fatigue or increasing
271. e recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly Characteristics of ESP General information If the amp ESP warning lamp goes out before beginning the journey ESP is automatically active If ESP intervenes the ESP warning lamp flashes in the instrument cluster If ESP intervenes gt Do not deactivate ESP under any circum stances gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away gt Adapt your driving style to suit the prevail ing road and weather conditions ECO start stop function The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically when the vehicle stops moving The engine starts automati cally when the driver wants to pull away again ESP remains in its previously selected sta tus Example if ESP was deactivated before the engine was switched off ESP remains deactivated when the engine is switched on again Driving safety systems Deactivating activating ESP except AMG vehicles Important safety notes You can select between the following sta tuses of ESP e ESP is activated e ESP is deactivated WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deac
272. e sounds Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately You are driving with the parking brake applied A warning tone also sounds gt Release the parking brake There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir In addition the sraxe USA only Canada only warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds A WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This does not correct the malfunction Display messages Check Brake Pad Wear SOS mbrace Inoperative Collision Preven tion Assist Plus Currently Unavail abl
273. e sounds The parking symbol disappears and the multifunction display shows the Park Assist Canceled mes sage When Active Parking Assist is canceled you must steer and brake again yourself If a system malfunction occurs the vehicle is braked to a standstill To drive on depress the accelerator again General notes Example Sedan Rear view camera Q is located in the handle strip of the trunk lid tailgate Rear view camera 1 is an optical parking and maneuvering aid It shows the area behind your vehicle with guide lines in the COMAND display The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mirror image as in the rear view mirror The text of messages shown in the COMAND display depends on the language setting The following are examples of rear view camera messages in the COMAND display Important safety notes The rear view camera is only an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your imme diate surroundings You are always responsi ble for safe maneuvering and parking When maneuvering or parking make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering Under the following circumstances the rear view camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e if the trunk lid tailgate is open e in heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the camera is exposed to very bright light e if the area is lit b
274. e the temperature in the vehicle interior devi ates from the set range e the system detects moisture on the wind shield when the air conditioning system is switched on e the battery s condition of charge is too low Shifting the transmission to position P does not start the engine Deactivating activating the ECO start stop function All vehicles except AMG vehicles gt To deactivate press ECO button Q Indicator lamp 2 goes out gt To activate press ECO button Q Indicator lamp 2 lights up If the indicator lamp on the ECO button is off the ECO start stop function has been deac tivated manually or as the result of a mal function AMG vehicles Driving and parking gt To switch off in drive program C press ECO button Q or gt Switch to drive program S S or M gt page 169 Indicator lamp 2 goes out gt To activate press ECO button Q Indicator lamp 2 lights up If drive program S S or M is active the automatic transmission switches to drive program C If the indicator lamp on the ECO button is off the ECO start stop function has been deac tivated manually or as the result of a mal function oi ving Driving and parking Problems with the engine Problem The engine does not start The starter motor can be heard The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter motor Vehicles with a gaso line engine The engine is not run
275. e the vehicle is being towed e the vehicle is on a roller dynamometer You can also switch the automatic locking function on and off using the on board com puter gt page 246 If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 86 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise to position 1 The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 81 If the vehicle can no longer be locked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the trunk lid tailgate gt Press the locking button gt page 90 gt Check whether the locking knobs on the front passenger door and the rear doors are still visible Press down the locking knobs by hand if necessary gt Close the driver s door gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 86 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise as far as it will go to position gt Turn the mechanical key
276. e vehicle manually without inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock The Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in the vehicle This mode for starting the engine operates independently of the ECO start stop automatic engine start function gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Press the Start Stop button once gt page 158 Vehicles with a gasoline engine the engine starts Vehicles with a diesel engine preglow is activated and the engine starts General notes Z WARNING If the engine speed is above the idling speed and you engage transmission position D or R the vehicle could pull away suddenly There is a risk of an accident When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate H if a warning tone sounds and the Release Park Brake message appears in the multifunction display the parking brake is still applied Release the parking brake Depress the accelerator carefully when pulling away The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time You can also deactivate the automatic lock ing feature gt page 246 Itis only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal If the brake pedal is not depressed the DIREC
277. eactivate DISTRONIC PLUS you will see the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds The last speed stored remains stored until you switch off the engine DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is automatically deactiva ted if e you engage the parking brake ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e the transmission is in the P R or N position e you pull the cruise control lever towards you in order to pull away and the front passenger door or one of the rear doors is open e the vehicle is skidding e you activate Active Parking Assist If DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the DISTRONIC PLUS Off message in the multi function display for approximately five sec onds Tips for driving with DISTRONIC PLUS General notes Pay particular attention in the following traffic situations e Cornering going into and coming out of a bend e Vehicles traveling on a different line e Other vehicles changing lanes e Narrow vehicles e Obstructions and stationary vehicles e Crossing vehicles In such situations brake if necessary DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated Cornering going into and coming out of a bend Pa Fd The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehi cles when cornering is limited Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late Vehicles traveling on a differ
278. ear view mirror 124 interior lighting on off 134 Biting ony Buttons for the garage door aa Switches the auto opener 825 matic interior lighting con irollon ort ane 134 Microphone for mbrace emergency call system A Switches the right telephone and the Voice hand reading lamp on off 133 Control System see the me separate operating instruc SJ Opens closes the tee poranne oon sliding sunroof 104 E Opens closes the A Roadside Assistance panorama roof with power call button mbrace sys tilt sliding panel with roller tem 318 sunblind 105 Switches the left Gil MB Info call button hand reading lamp on off 133 mbrace system 519 Switches the front KSOS SOS button mbrace interior lighting on off 134 system 317 Cle Po Function M 1 2 3 Stores settings for the seat exterior mirrors and steer ing wheel Adjusts the seats electri cally wo Unlocks locks the vehicle Opens the door Lella l a LS Adjusts and folds the exte rior mirrors in out electri cally Page 125 112 90 89 122 Function Opens closes the side windows Activates deacti vates the override feature for the side windows in the rear compartment d Opens closes the trunk lid tailgate Page 100 68 96 Useful information eee 42 Panic alarm e ceteesc
279. ears in the assistance graphic in the instrument cluster Lights and windshield wipers 4 Replacing the wiper blades Important safety notes Z WARNING gt Firmly press release knob Q and pull wiper If the windshield wipers begin to move while blade upwards from the wiper arm in the you are changing the wiper blades you could direction of the arrow be trapped by the wiper arm There is a risk of ee 4 Installing the wiper blades Always switch off the windshield wipers and ignition before changing the wiper blades H To avoid damaging the wiper blades make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper H Never open the hood tailgate if a wiper arm has been folded away from the wind shield rear window Windshield wipers gt Position new wiper blade Q inthe retainer Position wiper blade parallel to wiper on the wiper arm and slide it into place in arm the direction of the arrow gt Fold wiper arm Q back onto the rear win The wiper blade audibly engages dow gt Make sure that the wiper blade is seated correctly gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the wind shield Replacing the rear window wiper blade Removing a wiper blade gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Fold wiper arm away from the rear win dow gt Position wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm a gt Hold wiper arm Q and press wiper blade in the direction of the arrow un
280. eas behind in front of and beside the vehicle You could otherwise endanger yourself and others The 360 camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e if the doors are open e if the exterior mirrors are folded in e if the trunk lid tailgate is open e in heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the cameras are exposed to very bright light e if the area is lit by fluorescent bulbs or LED lighting the display may flicker e if there is a sudden change in temperature e g when driving into a heated garage in winter e if the camera lenses are dirty or covered e if the vehicle components in which the cameras are installed are damaged In this event have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop Do not use the 360 camera in this case You can otherwise injure others or cause damage to objects or the vehicle Guide lines are always shown at road level Activation conditions The 360 camera image can be displayed if e your vehicle is equipped with a 360 cam era e the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock Driving and parking ih Driving systems e Driving and parking e COMAND Audio 20 is switched on e the 360 Camera function is switched on Activating the 360 camera using the SYS button SYS O button in the center con gt Press the sole for longer than 2 seconds Depending on whether
281. eased xe or an exit lane ESP must be active but not intervening e be so high in the right lane that you pass e Active Parking Assist must not be activa 69 vehicles driving on the left left hand drive ted S countries e the transmission must be in position D e be so high in the left lane that you pass e the driver s door must be closed when you a vehicles driving on the right right hand shift from P to D or your seat belt must be drive countries fastened If there is a change of drivers advise the new e the front passenger door and rear doors driver of the speed stored must be closed e the vehicle must not skid Cruise control lever Activating To store the current speed or a higher speed gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards To store the current speed or a lower you or press it up or down speed DISTRONIC PLUS is selected To deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt Press the cruise control lever repeatedly To store the current speed or call up the up or down until the desired speed is last stored speed set To set the specified minimum distance gt ha your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front but only up to the desired stored speed te Driving systems Driving and parking If the vehicle in front of you is stationary you can only activate DISTRONIC PLUS once your vehicle is stationary as well If you do no
282. ed at eye level by the center of the head restraint gt Observe the safety guidelines on steering wheel adjustment gt page 119 gt Make sure that steering wheel is adjus ted properly Adjusts the steering wheel electrically gt page 119 When adjusting the steering wheel make sure that e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instru ment cluster clearly gt Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts gt page 44 gt Check whether you have fastened the seat belt 2 properly gt page 46 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoul der e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mir ror and the exterior mirrors in such a way that you have a good view of road and traf fic conditions gt page 122 gt Vehicles with a memory function save the seat steering wheel and exterior mirror settings with the memory function gt page 125 Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they adjust the seats particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The seats can still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock Z WARNING
283. ed over 50 mph 80 km h The Raised level remains active when you are not driving within these speed ranges Setting the normal level gt Start the engine If indicator lamp Q is lit gt Press button Indicator lamp Q goes out The vehicle is adjusted to normal level Suspension tuning General notes The electronically controlled damping system works continuously This improves driving safety and ride comfort The damping is tuned individually to each wheel and depends on e your driving style e g sporty e the road surface condition e g bumps e your individual selection i e sports or com fort Your selection remains stored even if you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Sports tuning The firmer suspension tuning in Sport mode ensures even better contact with the road Select this mode when employing a sporty driving style e g on winding country roads gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp 2 lights up Sports suspen sion tuning is selected Driving systems The AIRMATIC SPORT message appears in the multifunction display Comfort tuning In comfort mode the driving characteristics of your vehicle are more comfortable There fore select this mode if you favor a more comfortable driving style Select comfort mode also when driving fast on straight roads e g on straight stretches of highway gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp lights up Comfort tuning is selected
284. edes Benz vehicle The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Children in the vehicle sec tion of this Operator s Manual gt page 62 in addition to the child Occupant safety E restraint system manufacturer s installa tion instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 52 Z WARNING The seat belts may not perform their intended protective function if Safety i e they are damaged modified extremely dirty bleach or dyed e the seat belt buckle is damaged or extremely dirty e the Emergency Tensioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels have been modi fied Seat belts may sustain non visible damage in an accident e g due to glass splinters Modi fied or damaged seat belts may tear or fail e g in an accident Modified Emergency Ten sioning Devices could accidentally trigger or fail to deploy when necessary This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify the seat belts Emergency Ten sioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels Make sure that the seat belts are undamaged not worn out and clean Follow ing an accident have the seat belts checked immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Only use seat belts that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz Any such modifi
285. ee 307 Rear view camera Cleaning instructions ce eee 340 FUNCtION NOTES ccecesseceeeeeseeees 214 Switching On Off eeeeeeees 214 Rear view mirror Anti glare manual Dipping automatic Rear window blind 000 Rear window defroster Problem malfunction s es 152 Switching on off neeese 151 Rear window wiper Replacing the wiper blade 138 Switching on off neeese 137 Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Important safety notes 0 0 418 Refueling Fuel SAU SC nanena 33 Important safety notes ee 173 Refueling process ecer 174 see Fuel Remote control Garage door Opener nesses 324 Programming garage door OPENET escsscesseerciesieametansserecuncuces 325 Replacing bulbs Important safety notes 0 0 134 Overview of bulb types s 135 Reporting safety defects 0 28 Reserve fuel tank see Fuel Reserve fuel Display message Warning lamp s ieccscccaccessscesseseeavsceess see Fuel Residual heat climate control 152 Restraint system Display MeSSage eeeeeseeseeeeeee 257 InthodUCtiON wc aaasdes 42 Warming lamp s ccsc esssescseseseesesceess 285 Warning lamp function 0 0 eee 43 Reverse gear Engaging automatic transmis SIOM sesesesesecesasecaseveteuteusievesetzeeeescedes 165 Reversing feature Panorama sliding sunroof 104 Roller SuNDIINdS 00 ee eeeeeeeeeeees 106 Side WINGOWS
286. ee ETS 4ETS Electronic Trac tion System AMATIC permanent four wheel drive ABS Anti lock Braking System Display message seene 252 FUNCtION NOTES ceeeeseseeeeeseeeeeeeees 69 Important safety notes eee 69 Warning lamp eseeseceeeeeseeceeeeeeees 282 Accident Automatic measures after an acci COMLAs a sscatetstescyasetesecceeststsiehad cists 61 Activating deactivating cooling with air dehumidification 147 Active Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating on board computer eeeeeeseeeeeeee eee 242 Display message eeeeeseeteeeeees 270 Function information ccce 224 Active Driving Assistance package 224 Active Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating on board Computer eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeee 242 Display MeSSage eeeeeseeeeeeeees 269 Function information cccce 227 Active multicontour seat Adjusting on the seat 0 114 Active Parking Assist Detecting parking spaces 210 Display message eccere 270 Exiting a parking Space ssec 212 FUNCtION NOTES sriserrcrrrisisisss 209 Important safety notes 0 209 Parking oz sccvesces ecesevsncussecceeeccsesesesss 211 ADAPTIVE BRAKE oe 78 Adaptive Brake Assist Function notes Adaptive Damping System ADS Adaptive Highbeam Assist Display message Function notes Switching on off neeese Additives engine oil Air bags Deployment Display message Front a
287. eeeeeeee Starting the engine with the SIMAMKSY ssscsesceseciseseauedssiastsastieseeece 160 Starting with KEYLESS GO s 160 Switching Off cceciesedccbisel ess aeeseeeiese 180 Tow starting vehicle seses 358 Engine electronics Problem malfunction 0 164 Engine oil AG GING oxcscecedeccesacesosesucesscesndevseseetsd 332 Ad dILIVES erann eera 416 Checking the oil level eee 331 Checking the oil level using the GIPSti CK sacsisccsstsectosssssntsdbcssdeasieaceess 332 Display message s 266 Filling Capacity nsciis iiris 416 Notes about oil grades s s 415 Notes on oil level consumption 331 Temperature on board com PUTET ereere E 247 WISCOSILY drer eS 416 ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram AMG menu on board computer 248 Characteristics oc eeeeeseeeeeeeneeees 75 Deactivating activating AMG VEMICIES geseen osn E 76 Deactivating activating except AMG VehiICIES sccccscccscsescecssscecessneesss 241 Deactivating activating notes except AMG vehicles nesese 76 Display MESSAGE cssccsseesessseecise 252 EDS 4ETS s ccseviessissistsairnieaeeans 75 FUNCtION NOTES ceeeeseceeeeeseeeeenens 74 General ntes 2 ccsc s0 scccesececeseccossneess 74 Important safety information 75 Warning lamp ccscvessesvevdaccentesseuvieeve 283 ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction Sys COM seven sea eee Wier aevie eects 75 Exhaust check e 182 Exhaust pipe cleaning instruc IONS ccs e5eecstosee ress
288. eering wheel and mirrors a Do not rotate the head restraints of the front r and rear seats Otherwise you cannot adjust Head restraint height the height and angle of the head restraints to the correct position Seat cushion angle Seat height Using the fore and aft adjustment adjust the head restraint so that it is as close as possible to your head Observe the important safety notes regarding f PRE SAFE is activated and the front the seats gt page 111 passenger seat is in an unfavorable posi tion it is moved to a better position Seat fore and aft adjustment Backrest angle You can store the seat settings using the memory function gt page 125 Vehicles with the through loading fea ture if you fold down a rear seat backrest the respective front seat is moved forwards slightly if necessary This prevents the seats from colliding Adjusting the angle of the head restraints Example Sedan gt Push or pull the lower edge of the head restraint in the direction of the arrow Adjusting the height of the head restraints electrically gt To adjust the head restraint height slide switch for head restraint adjustment 4 up or down in the direction of the arrow Adjusting the luxury head restraints mann gt To adjust the side bolsters of the head restraint push or pull right and or left hand side bolster Q into the desired posi tion gt To adjust the angle
289. ehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Switch the ignition off gt Have the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp in the center console and the multifunction display and check the fol lowing Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS has disabled the front passenger air bag gt page 52 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit or goes out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Pray On board computer and displays a Display messages _ On board computer and displ
290. el In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sun roof A WARNING While opening and closing the sliding sunroof body parts in close proximity could become trapped There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the opening and closing pro cedures If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening or closing procedure will be stop ped Z WARNING If children operate the sliding sunroof they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Sliding sunroof ee Opening and closing E ca Sliding sunroof Opening and closing bes H Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free of snow and ice Otherwise malfunctions may occur Do not allow anything to protrude from the sliding sunroof Otherwise the seals could be damaged H The weather can change abruptly It could start to rain or snow Make sure that the sliding sunroof is closed when you leave the vehicle The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the vehicle inte rior Resonance noises can occur in addition to the usual airflow noises when the sliding sunroof is open They are caused by minor p
291. en aE 81 Switching off the alarm s es 81 ATTENTION ASSIST Activating deactivating 242 Display message ceee 268 FUNCtION notes sssssiisiirrsrssier 219 Audio system see separate operating instructions Authorized Mercedes Benz Center see Qualified specialist workshop Authorized workshop see Qualified specialist workshop AUTO lights Display Message oscisisiiisirsiirsiassss 263 see Lights Automatic car wash care 336 Automatic engine start ECO start Stop FUNCTION eee 162 Automatic engine switch off ECO start stop function ee 162 Automatic headlamp mode 129 Automatic transmission Accelerator pedal position 168 Automatic drive program s es 170 Changing gear isseire 168 DIRECT SELECT lever cesses 166 Display message s e 276 Drive program display cee 166 Driving pS scs assvseteaucvasvetvesteuts 168 Emergency running mode 173 Engaging drive position s 168 Engaging neutral sese 167 Engaging park position AMG vehi CIOS aiies ssssisnuinersrereserrsrissinnss 165 Engaging reverse gear oee 167 Engaging the park position 166 KiekdoWn scernu nnen 169 Manual drive program sesse 171 Manual drive program AMG vehi GIES eaae E EE 172 OVOTVIOW sicaire ne 165 Problem malfunction 0 0 eee 173 Program selector button 169 Pulling AWAY ea sccecscsis oesteocecncsvertieesis 160 Selector l
292. ency release sccsscesessesss 175 OPENIN T ea E EEE R 175 Fuel filter display message 267 Fuel level Calling up the range on board COMPUTET esri 236 Fuel tank Capacity ci i essers 412 Problem malfunction eee 177 Fuse allocation chart vehicle tool Kit sscssessceseeshsssesdiescditesusstesasenentensceeness 344 Fuses Allocation Chart seess 358 Before changing sssrini 358 Fuse box in the cargo compart DECES oi A ET 359 Fuse box in the engine compart MEME air rE L R 358 Fuse box in the trunk seee 359 Important safety notes 0 0 358 Garage door opener Clearing the Memory eseese 327 General NOTES cvscccceccseseesceesecesovesees 324 Important safety notes 325 Opening closing the garage door 327 Programming button in the rear VIEW MITOY sesisiissiiesersriecsrusssres 325 Gear indicator on board com PUTET oes cece aacdnencnenie 247 Genuine parts a 23 Glove DOK seere 293 CE Handbrake see Parking brake HANDS FREE ACCESS 0 eee 94 Hazard warning lamps 6 131 Head bags Display message ceecee 258 Headlamps FOSSING UP c c c scessvececneecesssvecovsrccves 133 see Automatic headlamp mode Head restraints Adjusting ssc sieves cesdecesesectedssexeseeesess 112 Adjusting angle seee 113 Adjusting electrically 0 113 Adjusting rear oe eeeeeeeseeseeeneeeees 113 Installing removing rear n 114 LUXULY lt esticssrsssrecdeacstcosec
293. engthy period Consult a qualified spe cialist workshop if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a long period of time Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicle and do not require any electrical consumers The vehicle will then use very Pd Roadside Assistance Mod Roadside Assistance little energy thus conserving battery power A WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at tempera tures below freezing point When jump start ing the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Only use battery chargers with a maxi mum charging voltage of 14 8 V E Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point The jump starting connection point is in the engine compartment gt page 353 gt Open
294. ensive environmental protection The objectives are for the natural resources that form the basis of our existence on this planet to be used sparingly and in a manner that takes the requirements of both nature and humanity into account You too can help to protect the environment by operating your vehicle in an environmen tally responsible manner Fuel consumption and the rate of engine transmission brake and tire wear are affected by these factors e operating conditions of your vehicle e your personal driving style You can influence both factors You should bear the following in mind Operating conditions e avoid short trips as these increase fuel con sumption e always make sure that the tire pressures are correct e do not carry any unnecessary weight e remove roof racks once you no longer need them e a regularly serviced vehicle will contribute to environmental protection You should therefore adhere to the service intervals e always have service work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Personal driving style e do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting the engine e donot warm up the engine when the vehicle is stationary e drive carefully and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front e avoid frequent sudden acceleration and braking Introduction rs Protection of the environment e change gear in good time and use each gear only up to of its maximum engine speed
295. ensseecarecesns 113 see NECK PRO head restraints see NECK PRO luxury head restraints Heating see Climate control High beam headlamps Adaptive Highbeam Assist 132 Changing bulbs oe eeeeeeeeeeeeees 135 Display message eeeeeeseeteeeeees 262 Switching On Off eee eeeeeeeeeeee 130 Hill start assist 0 0 eee eeeeeee 161 HOLD function ACUVALIN Gs scccecssedsseessspencecotbcehanssstse 200 Deactivating cee eeesseeseeseeeeneeees 200 Display message sece 269 Function notes ccceeseseeeeereeees 200 Hood CLOSING sas cscecsas foes svasccasetesoas Setbceeseaed 331 Display message seee 277 Important safety notes 0 330 OPENING vecscseen ci nevaecsnes accross 330 OM EE E 32 Hydroplaning 5 scc cectesscbsssicessecsies 185 Ignition lock see Key positions Immobilizer 2 0 00 eee eeen 80 Indicator and warning lamps COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST 289 Indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Indicators see Turn signals Insect protection on the radiator Instrument cluster OVEIVICW seened resi ES 33 SEMINEE eorr a R Warning and indicator lamps 34 Instrument cluster lighting 244 Interior lighting Automatic Control oo ceeseeseeeeees 134 Delayed switch off on board COMPUTER vorian EnEn EEES 245 Emergency lighting cesses 134 Manual GOnttol sssrini 134 OVEIVICW 00 cecesteeceseeceeeeceeeeeseneeees 133 Reading lamp sesesccsssescs
296. ent line Po FOI DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect vehicles traveling on a different line The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Other vehicles changing lanes rr E E E ee a O al Po FP e 8 DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the vehi cle cutting in yet The distance to this vehicle will be too short Narrow vehicles i J Pe POAT DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected the vehicle in front on the edge of the road Driving systems because of its narrow width The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Obstructions and stationary vehicles l Driving and parking DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for obsta cles or stationary vehicles If for example the detected vehicle turns a corner and reveals an obstacle or stationary vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS will not brake for these Crossing vehicles DISTRONIC PLUS may mistakenly detect vehicles that are crossing your lane Activat ing DISTRONIC PLUS at traffic lights with crossing traffic for example could cause your vehicle to pull away unintentionally C FH FOTEN a Driving systems io Driving and parking DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot General notes DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot aids you in keeping the vehicle in the center of the driving lane by means of moderate steering interventions in the speed range from 0 125 mph 0 200 km h It mo
297. entally friendly manner Take discharged batteries to a qualified spe cialist workshop or a special collection point for used bat teries S Battery vehicle Ea HB Have the battery checked regularly at a qualified specialist workshop Observe the service intervals in the Main tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe cialist workshop for more information H You should have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop In the exceptional case that it is necessary for you to disconnect the battery yourself make sure that e you switch off the engine and remove the SmartKey On vehicles with KEYLESS GO ensure that the ignition is switched off Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off Otherwise electronic components such as the alternator may be damaged e you first remove the negative terminal clamp and then the positive terminal clamp Never swap the terminal clamps Otherwise the vehicle s electronic sys tem may be damaged e the transmission is locked in position P after disconnecting the battery The vehi cle is secured against rolling away You can then no longer move the vehicle The battery and the cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation Comply with safety precautions and take pro tective measures when handling batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are Xx prohibited when h
298. enter of the load sur face downward gt Pull the box out by handle in the direc To remove turn left hand rotating catch tion of the arrow all the way to the stop counter clockwise and right hand rotat gt Lowering the load surface push the cen ing catch clockwise by 90 ter of load surface 2 down by hand in the gt Move box Q downwards and pull it out direction of the arrow until load surface from anchorages 4 has reached the desired position and the box is the desired size Store the EASY PACK trunk box on a flat gt To raise the load surface press switch M after removal e g on a suitable Load surface of the box moves up auto matically EASY PACK load securing kit Wagon gt To stow the box push the box in by han dle all the way to the stop Components and storage The EASY PACK load securing kit allows you Removing and installing to use your cargo compartment for a variety of purposes The accessory parts are located under the cargo compartment floor gt Open the EASY PACK folding luggage com partment floor gt page 306 Stowage and features slots a zy iii Fa semmi EASY PACK load securing kit accessory parts Telescopic rod Bag containing the brackets and luggage holder gt Raise box Q and press hooks into anchorage 4 as far as they will go gt Turn left hand rotating catch clockwise and right hand rotating catch count
299. enu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Amb Light function You will see the selected setting gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to adjust the brightness to any level from Off to Level 5 bright gt Press the setting button to save the OK or p Setting the ambient lighting color gt Pressthe lt or button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W jor A Amb Light Col function gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to set the color to SOLAR NEUTRAL or POLAR gt Press the OK or button to save the setting button to select the Activating deactivating surround light ing and exterior lighting delayed switch off gt Press the lt q or button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press W or A to select the Sur round Lighting function If the Surround Lighting function is acti vated the light cone and the area around the vehicle are displayed in orange in the multifuncti
300. er clockwise by 90 Inserting the brackets into the loading rail gt Insert bracket into the center of loading rail gt Press release button 2 and push bracket into the desired position in load ing rail gt Let go of release button 2 gt Press locking button Bracket is locked in loading rail gt If necessary fold cargo tie down ring upwards Luggage holder H Only use the luggage holder to secure cargo with a maximum weight of 15 4 Ibs 7 kg and with dimensions that the luggage holder can safely and securely contain The luggage holder can be used to secure light loads against the side wall of the cargo compartment to prevent them from moving around gt To install insert two brackets into the left or right loading rail gt page 305 gt Press release button Q of the luggage holder and pull the strap out slightly gt Insert luggage holder 2 into brackets and while doing so press release button and push the luggage holder downwards until it engages gt Press release button Q of the luggage holder and pull the strap out in the direction of the arrow gt Place the load between the strap and the cargo compartment side wall gt Using one hand press locking button A of the luggage holder gt With your other hand let the strap go slowly until the load is secured gt Make sure that locking button on brack ets is pre
301. er tires D R18 Tires Alloy wheels EE BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm All weather tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 3 Available as MOExtended tires a Wheel and tire combinations E Wheels and tires Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Winter tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S A 3 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S 4 3 BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S A BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm E 350 Summer tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm FA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL FA 8 5 J x 18 H2 RA 265 35 R18 97 Y XL Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm RA 9 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm 3 Available as MOExtended tires Wheel and tire combinations ee All weather tires R17 Tires BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 8 BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S BA 245 45 R17 95 H XL M S 3
302. es in Wheel tire combinations 10 Wagon maximum permissible speed 220 km h 9 Only fine link snow chains are permitted 2 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section ial Wheels and tires a Emergency spare wheel i Wheels and tires Emergency spare wheel Z WARNING The wheelor tire size as well as the tire type of the spare wheel or emergency spare wheel and the wheel to be replaced may differ Mounting an emergency spare wheel may severely impair the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully e never mount more than one spare wheel or emergency spare wheel that differs in size e only use a spare wheel or emergency spare wheel of a different size briefly e do not switch ESP off e have a spare wheel or emergency spare wheel of a different size replaced at the nearest qualified specialist workshop Observe that the wheel and tire dimensions as well as the tire type must be correct When using an emergency spare wheel or spare wheel of a different size you must not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Snow chains must not be mounted on emer gency spare wheels You should regularly check the pressure of the emergency spare wheel particularly prior to long trips and correct the pressure as nec essary gt page 366 The value on the wheel is valid
303. es Benz parts or parts of equal quality Only use tires wheels and accessories that have been specifically approved for your vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject to strict quality control Every part has been spe cifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used More than 300 000 different genuine Mercedes Benz parts are available for Mercedes Benz models All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers main tain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addi tion strategically located parts delivery cen ters provide quick and reliable parts service Always specify the vehicle identification num ber VIN when ordering genuine Mercedes Benz parts gt page 410 Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of going to print Country specific differences are possi ble Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also applies to safety relevant systems and func tions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The original purchase agreement lists all sys tems installed in your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an au
304. es and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all the tires including the spare wheel Underinflated tires may e overheat leading to tire defects e adversely affect handling e wear excessively and or unevenly e have an adverse effect on fuel consumption Overinflated tires Z WARNING Tires with excessively high pressure can burst because they are damaged more easily by road debris potholes etc In addition they also suffer from irregular wear which can severely impair the braking properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all the tires including the spare wheel Overinflated tires may e increase the braking distance e adversely affect handling e wear excessively and or unevenly e have an adverse effect on ride comfort e be more susceptible to damage Maximum tire pressures a Example maximum permissible tire pres sure Never exceed the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure Always observe the rec ommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure gt page 366 The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Checking the tire pressures Important safety notes Observe the notes on tire pressure gt page 366 Information on air pressure for the tires on your
305. es with Performance Package Sedan 186 mph 300 km h The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac tory may be higher than the maximum speed that the electronic speed limiter permits Make sure that your tires have the required speed rating e g when buying new tires The required speed rating for your vehicle can be found in the Tires section gt page 389 Further information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop 1 OrM S 4 for winter tires All about wheels and tires Load index In addition to the load bearing index load index Q may be imprinted after the letters that identify speed index on the sidewall of the tire gt page 378 e If no specification is given no text as inthe example above represents a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced tire e Light Load represents a light load tire e C D E represents a load range that depends on the maximum load that the tire can carry at a certain pressure Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Maximum load rating Maximum tire load is the maximum per missible weight for which the tire is approved Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 372 The actual
306. ess and hold the cor responding switch gt To open fully press the switch beyond the point of resistance and release it Automatic operation is started gt To close manually pull and hold the cor responding switch gt To close fully pull the corresponding switch beyond the pressure point Automatic operation is started gt To interrupt automatic operation press pull the corresponding switch again If you press pull the switch beyond the point of resistance automatic operation is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again You can continue to operate the side win dows after you switch off the engine or remove the SmartKey This function is available for up to five minutes or until the driver s or front passenger door is opened When the override feature for the side windows is activated gt page 68 the side windows cannot be operated from the rear General notes You can ventilate the vehicle before you start driving To do this the SmartKey is used to carry out the following functions simultane ously e unlock the vehicle e open the side windows e open the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblinds e switch on the seat ventilation for the driv er s seat The convenience opening feature can only be operated using the SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the
307. esscesrcaezessoeiss 133 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting on board com PUET oe eveecescessseveneseceeatececaevsceespneueas 244 Setting the brightness of the dis play switch on board computer 244 Setting the color of the ambient lighting on board computer 245 See Jack Storage location siiis 344 r EE T 386 Jump starting engine 0 0 353 Ss KEYLESS GO Convenience closing feature 101 Display message sece 278 MOCKING micnnre noaea 85 Removing the Start Stop button 159 Start Stop button wo eee 158 Starting the Engine eese 160 WNlOCKINS creerii ieee 85 Key positions KEYLESS GO cheeses 158 SmartKey sisesssisisiiisiseirivissines 157 Kickdown DIVING tP Siceisssesessosccsarecasessncasesatess 169 Manual drive program sses 172 Knee ag sci csce kee cedeeseseseses 50 Lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating 242 Display MESSE eeeceeeeeeeeeteeees 269 Function information 00 222 Lane Tracking package 220 Lap time RACETIMER 045 248 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat AMCMONS eera S 64 License plate lamp display mes Sag E arere n R EE 262 Light function active Display message secere 263 Lights Activating deactivating the inte rior lighting delayed switch off 245 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 132 Automatic headl
308. evel the coolant temperature may rise to 248 F 120 C The battery is not being charged A warning tone also sounds Possible causes are e a defective alternator e a torn poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronics gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays zd Display messages H On board computer and displays Display messages Stop Vehicle See Operator s Manual Start Engine See Operator s Manual Check Engine 071 At Next Refueling Add Check Engine 0il Level Add 1 quart Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery is no longer being charged and the battery charge level is too low A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Observe the instructions in the display message E See Operator s Manual gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine is switched off and the battery charge level is too low gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster and interior lighti
309. ever scssi 165 Starting the engine sssini 160 Steering wheel paddle shifters 170 Transmission position display 165 Transmission position display DIRECT SELECT lever 0 166 Transmission positions 0 168 Automatic transmission emer gency mode 000 eee eseeseeceeeereees 173 iia BAS Brake Assist System 70 BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist FUNCtION NOTES eeeeseeceeeeseeeeeeees 70 Important safety notes eee 70 Battery SmartKey Checking eera aa na 87 REPIAGING a ceacdecsscsspsscuvecndeceseceseeseetse 87 Battery vehicle Charging orreri EA 352 Display MESSA EE snieni 265 Important safety notes s s s 349 JUMP Starting cscscicsticsceeterecsreesceisesss 353 Belt see Seat belts Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating on board computer sessen 242 Display message ecer 270 Notes fUNCtION s sssssciscsssiesicss 220 see Active Blind Spot Assist BlueTEC DEF ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 415 BlueTEC Adding DEF seavsuieescteseesescoseccesnsusects 177 Box trunk 222cs3cc53cc6s c eects teens 303 Brake Assist see BAS Brake Assist System Brake fluid Display message ssec 254 Note Smotre ARER 416 Brake lamps Display MeSSage siisriiieiseircsiees 262 Brakes ABS secccissistisentincdadiueassiintade 69 Adaptive Brake Assist eeeeeeeee 73 BAS ssaseinsnvcasenssscentsesvsasvseoneventeaeancetes 70 BAS PLU
310. ever up or down to the first point of resistance If the engine has been switched off the auto matic transmission automatically shifts to N If the automatic transmission is to remain in neutral N e g for washing the vehicle in car washes with a towing device please observe the following instructions Using the SmartKey Driving and parking e Make sure that the ignition is switched on e When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed e Shift to neutral N e Release the brake pedal e If the parking brake is engaged release it e Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Using KEYLESS GO e Make sure that the ignition is switched on e When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed e Engage park position P e Release the brake pedal e Remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock e Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock e Switch on the ignition e Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed e Shift to neutral N e Release the brake pedal e If the parking brake is engaged release it e Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Automatic transmission Engaging drive position D E Driving and parking gt f the transmission is in position R or N push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance gt If the transmission is in position P
311. everal times in succession corresponds to the different SmartKey positions in the ignition lock This is only the case if you are not depressing the brake pedal If you depress the brake pedal and press the Start Stop button the engine starts immedi ately Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example when starting the engine To start the vehicle without actively using the SmartKey e the Start Stop button must be inserted in the ignition lock e the SmartKey must be in the vehicle e the vehicle must not be locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO gt page 85 Do not keep the KEYLESS GO key e with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil e inside metallic objects e g a metal case This can affect the functionality of KEYLESS GO If you lock the vehicle with the SmartKey s remote control or with KEYLESS GO after a short time e you will not be able to switch on the ignition with the Start Stop button e you will not be able to start the engine with the Start Stop button until the vehicle is unlocked again If you lock the vehicle centrally using the but ton on the front door gt page 90 you can continue to start the engine with the Start Stop button The engine can be turned off while the vehicle is
312. eversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the roller sunblind during the closing process the roller sunblind opens again automatically The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is not a substitute for your attentiveness to the roller sunblind while it is closing Z WARNING The reversing feature especially does not react to soft light and thin objects such as small fingers This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trap ped in these situations There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped Overhead control panel To open To open To close gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press or pull the B sponding direction If you press or pull the E switch beyond the point of resistance an auto matic opening closing process is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing or pulling again switch in the corre H If the panorama roof with power tilt slid ing panel and the roller sunblinds cannot be fully opened or closed after resetting con tact a qualified specialist workshop Reset the panorama roof with power tilt sl
313. exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic Yellow lane marking tires at current steer ing wheel angle dynamic Yellow guide line for the maximum steer ing angle Driving systems Pih eal ae Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Vehicle center axle marker assistance Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the rear of the vehicle Bumper The guide lines are shown when the trans mission is in position R The distance specifications only apply to objects that are at ground level Top view with picture from the front cam era Le eel Symbol for the split screen setting with top view and front camera image Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 13 ft 4 0 m from the front of the vehicle Yellow guide line for the vehicle width including the exterior mirrors for current steering wheel angle dynamic Yellow lane marking tires at current steer ing wheel angle dynamic A Driving and parking e Driving and parking Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the front of the vehicle Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 12 in 0 30 m from the front of the vehicle Top view and enlarged rear view id al rh Symbol for the split screen setting with top view and rear view camera image enlarged Red guide line at
314. f the KEYLESS GO key are discharged gt Change the batteries gt page 87 The display message is shown for a maximum of 60 seconds and is only a reminder You have opened the driver s door with the engine switched off The KEYLESS GO key is not in the ignition lock gt Remember to take the KEYLESS GO key with you when you leave the vehicle Display messages Display messages Key Not Detected red display message Key Not Detected white display mes sage Remove Start But ton and Insert Key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The KEYLESS GO key is not in the vehicle A warning tone also sounds If the engine is switched off you can no longer lock the vehicle centrally or start the engine gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Locate the KEYLESS GO key The KEYLESS GO key is not detected while the engine is running because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock The KEYLESS GO key cannot be detected at present gt Change the location of the SmartKey with the KEY
315. fi cation function cannot be switched on malfunction Setting climate control to automatic _ General notes In automatic mode the set temperature is maintained automatically at a constant level The system automatically regulates the tem perature of the dispensed air the airflow and the air distribution The automatic mode functions optimally when the Cooling with air dehumidification function is activated If necessary cooling with air dehumidification can be deactivated If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore deactivate the cooling with air dehumidifica tion function only briefly Activating switching gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Set the desired temperature gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp above the button lights up Automatic air distribution and air flow are activated AUTO AUTO 3 zone automatic climate control when automatic mode is activated you can set the climate mode gt page 148 gt To switch to manual mode Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Dual zone automa
316. fly press cover at the front A WARNING Cover 3 moves back If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction e Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown around in such situations e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage spaces parcel nets or stowage nets e Close the lockable stowage spaces while AMG vehicles driving You can remove the cup holder to clean it e Always stow and secure heavy hard poin Clean with clear lukewarm water only ted sharp edged fragile or bulky objects in gt To open slide cover Q back the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 Stowage and features Cup holder in the rear seat armrest H Do not sit on or support your body weight on the rear seat armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it Hl Close the cup holder before folding the rear seat armrest up Otherwise the cup holder could be damaged Pikti jis ji Vehicles with a rear bench seat gt Fold down the rear seat armrest gt To open raise the rear seat armrest cover gt Press release catch 4 Cup holder folds out forwards gt Swing the rear seat armrest cover back down if necessary gt To close raise the rear seat ar
317. fog heavy rain or low beam SNOW The system automatically adapts the low e dirt on the sensors or the sensors are beam headlamp range depending on the dis obscured tance to the other vehicle Once the system no longer detects any other vehicles it reac tivates the high beam headlamps The system s optical sensor is located behind the windshield near the overhead control panel Interior lighting Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist indicator lamp in the multifunction display on off remains lit gt To switch off move the combination switch back to its normal position or move the light switch to another position The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Lights and windshield wipers T Certain climatic and physical conditions may y ia cause moisture to form in the headlamp This moisture does not affect the functionality of High beam headl High beam headlamps the headlamp Turn signal right High beam flasher Turn signal left Interior lighting gt To switch on turn the light switch to auto Overview of interior lighting gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q a The indicator lamp in the multifunc B tion display lights up when it is dark and the light sensor activates the low beam head 7 lamps If you are driving at speeds above approx imately 16 mph 25 km h
318. for an exten ded period Further information on the convenience closing feature gt page 101 gt To unlock the trunk lid tailgate pull the handle on the trunk lid tailgate The vehicle only unlocks the trunk lid tail gate You can change the settings of the locking system This means that only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap are unlocked when the vehicle is unlocked This is useful if you fre quently travel on your own gt To change the setting press and hold down the g and buttons on the SmartKey simultaneously for approx imately six seconds until the battery check lamp flashes twice gt page 87 If the setting of the locking system is changed within the Signal range of the vehi cle pressing the or a button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle O os Opening and closing i v2 smarty Opening and closing i The SmartKey now functions as follows gt To unlock the driver s door press the og button once gt To unlock centrally press the a but ton twice gt To lock centrally press the button The KEYLESS GO function is changed as fol lows gt To unlock the driver s door touch the inner surface of the door handle on the driver s door gt To unlock centrally touch the inner sur face of the door handle on the front passenger door or the rear door gt To lock centra
319. front air bag gt page 43 Front passenger front air bag 2 will only deploy if e the system based on the OCS weight sen sor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied gt page 52 e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is not lit gt page 52 e the restraint system control unit predicts a high accident severity Driver s knee bag a Occupant safety Driver s knee bag C deploys under the steer ing column The driver s knee bag is triggered together with the front air bag The driver s knee bag offers additional thigh knee and lower leg protection for the occu pant in the driver s seat Side impact air bags A WARNING Unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent the deployment of the air bags inte grated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the func tion of the Occupant Classification System OCS could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Example Sedan Front side impact air bags and rear side impact air bags 2 deploy next to the outer bolster of the seat backrest When deployed the side impact air bag offers additional thorax protection However it does not protect the e head e neck e arms In the event of a side impact the side impa
320. front passenger seat The Emergency Tensioning Devices in the rear compartment are deployed independ ently of the lock status of the seat belts Ea Occupant safety Safety Wd If the restraint system control unit detects a more severe accident further components of the restraint system are activated independ ently of each other in certain frontal collision situations e Front air bags and driver s knee bag e Window curtain air bag if the system deter mines that deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt The front passenger front air bag is activated or deactivated depending on the person on the front passenger seat The front passenger front air bag can only deploy in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp is off Observe the information on the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp gt page 43 Your vehicle has two stage front air bags During the first deployment stage the front air bag is filled with propellant gas to reduce the risk of injuries The front air bag is fully deployed with the maximum amount of pro pellant gas if a second deployment threshold is reached within a few milliseconds The deployment threshold of the Emergency Tensioning Devices and the air bag are deter mined by evaluating the rate of vehicle decel eration or acceleration which occurs at vari ous points in the vehicle This process is pre emptive in nature Deployment should take place
321. ful and causes irritation It must not come into contact with your skin eyes res piratory organs or clothing or be swallowed There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the electrolyte observe the following e Rinse off the electrolyte from your skin immediately with water e Immediately rinse the electrolyte out of your eyes thoroughly with clean water e If the electrolyte is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly Do not induce vomiting e If electrolyte comes into contact with your skin or hair or is swallowed seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with electrolyte e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately The rear view mirror and the exterior mirror on the driver s side automatically go into anti glare mode if the following conditions are met simultaneously e the ignition is switched on and e incident light from headlamps strikes the sensor in the rear view mirror The mirrors do not go into anti glare mode if reverse gear is engaged or if the interior light ing is switched on Setting and storing the parking position Using reverse gear Button for the driver s side exterior mirror Button for the front passenger side exte rior mirror Adjustment button Memory button M You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear w
322. g Assist will then be canceled e When transporting a load which protrudes from your vehicle you should not use Active Parking Assist e Never use Active Parking Assist when snow chains are installed e Make sure that the tire pressures are always correct This has a direct influence on the parking characteristics of the vehi cle Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces e parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel e that are on straight roads not bends e that are on the same level as the road e g not on the pavement Detecting parking spaces Objects located above the height range of Active Parking Assist will not be detected when the parking space is measured These are not taken into account when the parking procedure is calculated e g overhanging loads tail sections or loading ramps of goods vehicles Z WARNING If there are objects above the detection range e Active Park Assist may steer too early e the vehicle may not stop in front of these objects You may cause a collision as a result There is a risk of an accident If there are objects above the detection range stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist For further information on the detection range gt page 206 Active Parking Assist does not assist you parking in spaces at right angles to the direc tion of travel if e two parking spaces are located directly next to one another e the parking space is directly next t
323. g Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention A WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ven tilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a battery e It is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e Itis particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point When jump starting the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to
324. g it can be removed gt Open the trunk lid gt Press release catch Q Flap folds down gt Press catch in and pull out frame containing the skibag Through loading facility in the rear The through loading facility is opened from the trunk gt Fold down the rear seat armrest gt Press release catch Q The flap opens downwards Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 Through loading facility in the rear bench seat Sedan Important safety notes Z WARNING If the rear bench seat rear seat and seat backrest are not engaged they could fold for wards e g when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident e The vehicle occupant would thereby be pushed into the seat belt by the rear bench seat rear seat or by the seat backrest The seat belt can no longer offer the intended level of protection and could even cause injuries e Objects or loads in the trunk cannot be restrained by the seat backrest There is an increased risk of injury Before every trip make sure that the seat backrests and the rear bench seat rear seat are engaged Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 The left hand and right hand rear seat backr ests can be folded down separately to increase the trunk capacity Folding the seat backrest forward m Stowage and features a Stowage areas gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat Stowage and features Vehicles with memory funct
325. g eyes Otherwise the vehicle could When towing or tow starting another vehicle be damaged and its weight is greater than the permissible Hl Do not use the towing eye for recovery gross weight of your vehicle the this could damage the vehicle If in doubt e the towing eye could detach itself recover the vehicle with a crane e the vehicle trailer combination could roll over 356 Towing and tow starting ed Roadside Assistance H When towing pull away slowly and smoothly If the tractive power is too high the vehicles could be damaged H Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage the vehicle H When towing vehicles with KEYLESS GO use the key instead of the Start Stop but ton Otherwise the automatic transmission may shift to position P when the driver s or front passenger door are opened which could lead to damage to the transmission H The vehicle can be towed a maximum of 30 miles 50km The towing speed of 30 mph 50 km h must not be exceeded If the vehicle has to be towed more than 30 miles 50km the entire vehicle must be raised and transported H If you tow or tow start another vehicle its weight must not exceed the maximum per missible gross vehicle weight of your vehi cle HYBRID vehicles make sure that you read the HYBRID supplement included in the vehicle literature You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers e g due to high voltage It is better to have the vehicle transp
326. g instructions for the garage door system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press button 2 or which you have programmed to operate the garage door Garage door system with a fixed code indi cator lamp lights up green Garage door system with a rolling code indicator lamp Q flashes green The transmitter will transmit a signal as long as the button is pressed The transmission is halted after a maximum of ten seconds and indicator lamp lights up yellow Press but ton or again if necessary Clearing the memory Make sure that you clear the memory of the integrated garage door opener before selling the vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press and hold buttons 2 and The indicator lamp initially lights up yellow and then green gt Release buttons and The memory of the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror is cleared Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats b gt 7 Stowage and features securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do
327. g the head restraint 112 Cleaning the cover ceeeeeeeeeees 341 Correct driver s seat position 110 Folding the backrest rear com partment forwards back Important safety notes s OVEIVIEW eeceeececeesteeeteeees Seat heating problem Seat ventilation problem Storing settings memory func VOM ac cesececteaseessncsspecuacevencecsesansyeneces 125 Switching seat heating on off 117 Switching seat ventilation on off 118 Selector lever CIS AMIN Goes casstssscidesscnicscevecseees totes 341 Sensors cleaning instructions 340 Service menu on board com putere tech E RE 243 Service products Brake fl id ssni onan 416 Coolant engine n se 417 DEF special additives ee 415 EMSimecOlll J ssssse5secescesssecaseeassbetevaee 415 Fue leoo a ERER 412 Important safety notes s s s 411 Refrigerant air conditioning sys CET onera a E E EEE 418 Washer fluid 0 cecssecscsoneessoeoneees 418 Settings Factory on board computer 247 On board Computer ee eee 243 Setting the air distribution 149 Setting the airflow 0 ee 150 SETUP on board computer 248 Side impact air bag 0 0 eee 50 Side marker lamp display mes SAGO E 263 Side windows ClO AMIM Eo cisdsbeceeccesscdssslbcosstecesceseeees 339 Convenience closing feature 101 Convenience opening feature 100
328. g the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehi cle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Opening and closing r The side windows are equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts a side window during the closing process the side window opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing a side window A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e when closing the side window again man ually immediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If b gt 110 ide windows Opening and closing someone becomes trapped press the switch to open the side window again The switches for all side windows are located on the driver s door There is also a switch on each door for the corresponding side window The switches on the driver s door take prec edence Front left Front right Rear right Rear left gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt To open manually pr
329. ged e when the jumper cables are connected to the battery uninsulated sections of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal sections e the jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine is running such as the V belt pulley or the fan gt Apply the parking brake firmly gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Switch off all electrical consumers e g rear window defroster lighting etc gt Open the hood Position number identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump starting device a E c h Tuus Towing and tow starting ee gt Slide cover Q of positive terminal in the direction of the arrow gt Connect positive terminal 2 on your vehicle to positive terminal of donor battery using the jumper cable always begin with positive terminal on your own vehicle first gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Connect negative terminal of donor battery to ground point of your vehicle using the jumper cable connecting the jumper cable to battery of other vehicle first gt Start the engine gt Before disconnecting the jumper cables let the engine run for several minutes gt First remove the jumper cables from earth point G and negative terminal then from positive clamp and positive terminal Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first
330. gency spare wheel 404 Important safety notes ee 362 Interchanging changing 384 Mounting a new wheel seee 388 Mounting a wheel 0 0 ceeseeeeeeeees 385 Removing a wheel seese 388 STONDE siscsscsaccersagesiicshetsareaseesescscess 384 Tightening torque seeeeseeeseeeees 389 Wheel size tire size eeeeeeeee 389 Window curtain air bag Operati oeeie 51 Windows see Side windows Windshield Defrostng sesiis issritcostgssessiessts 150 Windshield washer fluid see Windshield washer system Windshield washer system Adding washer fluid cceeee 334 NOLES deiei 418 Windshield wipers Problem malfunction 139 Rear WINdOW WIPEF eeeeeeeseeeeee 137 Replacing the wiper blades 137 Switching on off sesse 136 Winter driving Important safety notes 0 0 364 Slippery road surfaces s s s 186 SNOW ChAINS essees eiieeii 365 Winter operation Radiator COVED eerren 331 Winter tires MES TINGS rerni R 364 Wiper blades CIG AMIN Seas cessevsasdenedsveuvsvevevexcereeess 339 Important safety notes 137 Replacing rear window 24 138 Replacing windshield 137 Wooden trim cleaning instruc TIONS 2 2cie costes aincnecean 341 Workshop see Qualified specialist workshop ZONE function SWIECHINE On Off iretsi General notes Q Environmental note Daimler s declared policy is one of compre h
331. ger assists you by performing steering inter ventions if e you actively change lanes e you switch on the turn signal e take your hands off the steering wheel or do not steer for a prolonged period of time After you have finished changing lanes Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are auto matically active again DISTRONIC PLUS Steering Assist does not provide assistance e on very sharp corners e when a loss of tire pressure or a defective tire has been detected and displayed Pay attention also to the important safety notes for DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 190 The steering interventions are carried out with a limited steering moment The system requires the driver to keep his hands on the steering wheel and to steer himself If you do not steer yourself or if you take your hands off the steering wheel for a prolonged period of time the system will first alert you with a visual warning A steering wheel sym bol appears in the multifunction display If you have still not started to steer and have not taken hold of the steering wheel after five seconds at the latest a warning tone also sounds to remind you to take control of the vehicle Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are switched to passive DISTRONIC PLUS remains active Driving systems ep Activating Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot gt Activate the DISTRONIC PLUS with Steer ing Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot function using the on board computer gt
332. gt Press MB Info call button This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in MB Info call button flashes while the connection is being made The multifunction display shows the Con necting Call message The audio system is muted If a connection can be made the Cal Con nected message appears in the multifunction display 7 Stowage and features Stowage and features If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants You receive information about operating your vehicle about the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and about other prod ucts and services from Mercedes Benz USA only you can find further information on the mbrace system under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system has not been able to initiate an MB Info call if e the indicator lamp in MB Info call but ton is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center
333. h KEYLESS GO open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt page 158 gt If included in the vehicle equipment remove the tire change tool kit from the vehicle gt page 344 gt Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Pad HE beeEN If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it can be found in the tire change tool kit gt page 344 The folding wheel chock is an additional safety measure to prevent the vehicle from rolling away for example when changing a wheel gt Fold both plates upwards Q gt Fold out lower plate gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into the openings in base plate 3 Fey Wheels and tires Pip had Di Securing the vehicle on level ground example Sedan gt On level ground place chocks or other suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change Wheels and tires Pad KT Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients example Sedan gt On light downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the front and rear axle Raising the vehicle Z WARNING If you do not position the jack correctly at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle the jack could tip over
334. harp edged pointed or fragile objects in the EASY PACK trunk box Always store and secure these or similar objects in the trunk outside of the EASY PACK trunk box gt Make sure that the cargo net is attached to the rear seat backrest gt page 301 H f you exceed the maximum permitted load of the EASY PACK trunk box objects Guide the cargo net up by tab and hook can be thrown out of the EASY PACK trunk it into eyelets box and strike vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction Always observe the maximum permitted load of the EASY PACK trunk box Always store and secure heavy objects in the trunk outside of the EASY PACK trunk box The maximum permitted load of the EASY PACK trunk box is 22 lbs 10 kg With a load of above approximately 11 Ibs 5 kg the bot tom of the box moves downward until it rests on the mat of the trunk floor Thus overload ing of the box is avoided Coat hooks on the tailgate Stowage and features Coat hook Adjusting the height to any position EASY PACK trunk box Important safety notes A WARNING When the load surface moves up your hands may become trapped on the frame of the EASY PACK trunk box There is a risk of injury When the load surface moves up make sure that your hands are not within the sweep of the load surface If someone becomes trap ped carefully push the c
335. he location of Points of Interest POIs impor tant destinations in the vicinity Furthermore you can download routes with up to 20 way points You are prompted to confirm route guidance to the address entered The system calculates the route and subse quently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be saved in the address book The destination download function is available if the relevant mobile phone net work is available and data transfer is pos sible The destination download function can only be used if the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system Route Assistance This service is part of the mbrace PLUS Pack age and cannot be purchased separately You can also use the Route Assistance function if your vehicle is not equipped with a navigation system Within the framework of this service you receive a professional and reliable form of navigation support without having to leave your vehicle The customer service representative finds a suitable route depending on your vehicle s current position and the desired destination You will then be guided live through the cur rent route section Search amp Send General notes To use Search amp Send your vehicle must be equipped with mbrace and a navi gation system Additionally an mbrace ser vice subscription must be completed Search amp Send is a destination entry ser vice A desti
336. he corner on a sharp bend In order that you are warned only when nec essary and in good time if you cross the lane marking the system recognizes certain con ditions and warns you accordingly oo pa a ge c bn S a Ea Driving systems Driving and parking The warning vibration occurs earlier if e you approach the outer lane marking on a bend e the road has very wide lanes e g a high way e the system recognizes solid lane markings The warning vibration occurs later if e the road has narrow lanes e you cut the corner on a bend Active Driving Assistance package __ General notes The Active Driving Assistance package con sists of DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 189 Active Blind Spot Assist gt page 224 and Active Lane Keeping Assist gt page 227 Active Blind Spot Assist General notes Active Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system pointed toward the rear of the vehi cle to monitor the area to the sides of the vehicle which the driver is unable to see A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the monitored area If you then switch on the cor responding turn signal to change lanes you will also receive a visual and audible collision warning If a risk of lateral collision is detec ted corrective braking may help you avoid a collision Before a course correcting brake application Active Blind Spot As
337. he exhaust pipe with acid based cleaning agents such as sanitary cleansers or wheel cleaners Impurities combined with the effects of road grit and corrosive environmental factors may cause flash rust to form on the surface You can restore the original shine of the exhaust pipe by cleaning it regularly especially in win ter and after washing gt Clean the exhaust pipe with a care product tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Interior care Cleaning the display H For cleaning do not use any of the fol lowing e alcohol based thinner or gasoline e abrasive cleaning agents e commercially available household clean ing agents These may damage the display surface Do not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning This could lead to irrepara ble damage to the display gt Before cleaning the display make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down gt Clean the display surface using a commer cially available microfiber cloth and TFT LCD display cleaner gt Dry the display surface using a dry micro fiber cloth Cleaning the plastic trim Z WARNING Care products and cleaning agents containing solvents cause surfaces in the cockpit to become porous As a result plastic parts may come loose in the event of air bag deploy ment There is a risk of injury Do not use any care products and cleaning agents to clean the cockpit H Do not affix the following to plastic surfa ces e stickers e
338. he illustration Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S government course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits ser vice practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate conditions Traction Z WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cor nering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics H Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage to the drive train The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfa ces You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Mercedes Benz recommends a minimum tread depth of in 4 mm on all four winter tires Observe the legally required m
339. he inside gt To unlock press button Q gt To lock press button 2 If all the doors are closed the vehicle locks Meanwhile the fuel filler flap will not be locked or unlocked You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can only open the rear doors from inside the vehicle if they are not secured by the child proof locks gt page 68 If a locked door is opened from the inside the previous unlock status of the vehicle will be taken into consideration if e the vehicle was locked using the locking button for the central locking or e if the vehicle was locked automatically The vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had pre viously been fully unlocked If only the driver s door had been previously unlocked only the door which has been opened from the inside is unlocked Automatic locking feature gt To deactivate press and hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds gt To activate press and hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds Ifyou press one of the two buttons and do not hear a tone the relevant setting has already been selected The vehicle is locked automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning You could therefore lock yourself out if e the vehicle is being pushed
340. he next gear Automatic transmission If the engine exceeds the maximum engine speed when shifting down the auto matic transmission protects against engine damage by not shifting down Automatic down shifting occurs when coasting Shift recommendation The gearshift recommendations assist you in adopting an economical driving style The rec ommended gear is shown in the multifunction display gt Shift to recommended gear 2 according to gearshift recommendation Q when shown in the multifunction display of the instrument cluster Deactivating If you have activated manual drive program M it will remain active for a certain amount of time Under certain conditions the minimum amount of time is extended e g in the case of lateral acceleration during an overrun phase or when driving on steep terrain If manual drive program M has been deacti vated the automatic transmission shifts into the automatic drive program that was last selected i e EorS You can also deactivate manual drive pro gram M yourself gt Pull on the right hand steering wheel pad dle shifter and hold it in place gt page 170 or gt Use the DIRECT SELECT lever to switch the transmission position gt page 166 Driving and parking Automatic transmission _ Driving and parking or gt Use the program selector button to change the drive program gt page 169 Manual drive program M is deactivated The aut
341. he other direction The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away gt Drive forwards and be ready to brake at all times Active Parking Assist brakes the vehicle to a standstill The Park Assist Active Select R Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display Further transmission shifts may be neces sary As soon as the parking procedure is com plete the Park Assist Disabled message appears in the multifunction display and you will hear a tone The vehicle is now parked The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled when you depress the accelerator pedal Active Parking Assist no longer supports you with steering interventions and brake appli cations When Active Parking Assist is fin ished you must steer and brake again your self PARKTRONIC is still available gt Maneuver if necessary gt Always observe the warning messages dis played by PARKTRONIC gt page 207 Parking tips e The way your vehicle is positioned in the parking space after parking is dependent on various factors These include the posi tion and shape of the vehicles parked in front and behind it and the conditions of the location It may be the case that Active Parking Assist gu
342. he parking space When driving at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h you will see the parking symbol as a status indicator in the instrument cluster When a parking space has been detected an arrow towards the right or the left also appears By default Active Parking Assist only displays parking spaces on the front passenger side Parking spaces on the driv er s side are displayed as soon as the turn signal on the driver s side is activated When parking on the driver s side this must remain Driving systems ae switched on until you acknowledge the use of Active Parking Assist by pressing the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The system automatically determines whether the parking space is parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel A parking space is displayed while you are driving past it and until you are approx imately 50 ft 15 m away from it Parking Z WARNING If you leave the vehicle when it is only being braked by Active Parking Assist it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident Before leaving the vehicle always secure it against rolling away Vehicles with automatic transmission When
343. he programming steps gt Press and hold one of buttons 2 to on the integrated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp Q lights up yellow gt Release the button Indicator lamp Q flashes yellow gt Press button of garage door remote control for two seconds then release it for two seconds gt Press button again for two seconds gt Repeat this sequence on button of remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programming is finished When indicator lamp flashes green pro gramming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button of remote control of the garage door drive If indicator lamp lights up red repeat the programming process for the correspond ing button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control and the rear view mirror The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Problems when programming If you are experiencing problems programing the integrated garage door opener on the rear view mirror take note of the following instructions e Check the transmitter frequency used by garage door drive remote control a
344. he transmission must be in position D E Driving and parking You can accept the current speed if you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h gt Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever up or down gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The vehicle automatically maintains the stored speed Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients The stored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out Cruise control maintains the stored speed on downhill gradients by automatically applying the brakes Storing the current speed or calling up the last stored speed A WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it is lower than the current speed the vehicle deceler ates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could decelerate unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again Driving systems Storing and maintaining the current speed gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The first time cruise control is activated it stores the current speed or regulates the speed of the vehicle to the previously stored speed Setting a speed gt Press the cruise c
345. heel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can store this posi tion gt Stop the vehicle and turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the preset parking position gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror to a position that allows you to see the rear wheel and the curb The parking position is stored If you shift the transmission to another position the exterior mirror on the front passenger side returns to the driving posi tion Using the memory button You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear This setting can be stored using memory button M gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt With the exterior mirror on the front passenger side activated use adjustment button 8 to adjust the exterior mirror In the exterior mirror the rear wheel and the curb should be visible gt Press memory button M and one of the arrows on adjustment button within three seconds The parking position is stored if the exterior mirror does not move gt If the mirror moves out of position repeat these steps Calling up a stored parking position set ting
346. hen abruptly changing direc tion This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants are seated properly with a correctly fastened seat belt Z WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the back rest to an almost vertical position When brak ing or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust the seat properly before beginning your journey Always ensure that the backrest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder Z WARNING Persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height cannot fasten the seat belt correctly without an addi tional suitable restraint system If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it cannot protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fas tened seat belt can cause additional injury for example in an accident during braking or an abrupt change of direction This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury For this reason always secure persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable restraint systems If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for this Merc
347. here is an increased risk of injury Make sure that the backrests of the rear bench seat are locked in the upright position The folding bench seat in the cargo compart ment is only suitable for persons no more than 4 6 ft 1 40 m tall and weighing a max imum of 110 Ib 50 kg Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 The maximum permissible weight available for passengers may be reduced by extensive optional extras and the vehicle load Observe the maximum gross vehicle weight and the gross axle weight rating which can be found on the vehicle identification plate gt page 410 The combined cargo cover and net must be installed if you are using the folding bench seat gt page 301 Folding out the folding bench seat gt Make sure that the backrests of the rear bench seat are locked in the upright posi tion gt Move the handle for the combined cargo cover and net upwards gt page 301 gt Pull release handle and fold the back rest of the folding bench seat upwards gt Hook the seat belts into retainers gt Pull release handle 2 and fold the folding bench seat cushion into the sitting posi tion gt Push down the seat cushion until the back rest engages fully gt Fold the head restraints upwards Seats steering wheel and mirrors Installing and removing the seat cush Folding back the folding bench seat ion Seats steering wheel and mirrors gt Pul
348. here is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear center The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the left hand or right hand window cur tain air bag The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be trig gered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Es Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Man ual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The front passenger air bag is deactivated during the journey even though e an adult or e a person larger than a certain size is occupying the front passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the seat the system may inter pret the occupant s weight as lower than it actually is A WARNING The front passenger air bag does not deploy during an accident There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the v
349. hese devices must accept any interference includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Introduction Diagnostics connection The diagnostics connection is only intended for the connection of diagnostic equipment at a qualified specialist workshop A WARNING If you connect equipment to the diagnostics connection in the vehicle it may affect the operation of the vehicle systems As a result the operating safety of the vehicle could be affected There is a risk of an accident Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos tics connection in the vehicle A WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another H If the engine is switched off and equip ment on the diagnostics connection is used the starter battery may discharge Connecting equipment to the diagnostics connection can lead to emissions monitoring information being reset for example This may lead to the vehicle failing to meet the requirements of the next emissions test dur ing the main inspection
350. high voltage You could receive an electric shock if the connector cable or the 115 V power socket is pulled out of the trim or is damaged or wet There is a risk of fatal injury e Use only connector cables that are dry and free of damage e When the ignition is off make sure that the 115 V power socket is dry e Have the 115 V power socket checked or replaced immediately at a qualified speci alized workshop if it is damaged or has been pulled out of the trim e Never plug the connector cable intoa 115 V power socket that is damaged or has been pulled out of the trim DANGER If you reach into the power socket or plug inappropriate devices into the power socket you could receive an electric shock There is a risk of fatal injury Only connect appropriate devices to the power socket H Note that work and repairs on the 115 V power socket should only be carried out by qualified specialist personnel General notes The 115 V power socket provides an alter nating voltage of 115 V so that small elec tronic devices can be connected These devi ces such as games consoles chargers and laptops should not consume more than a maximum of 150 watts altogether Requirements for operation of these devices e the electronic device that you connect has a Suitable connector and conforms to standards specific to the country you are in e the plug of the electronic device is plugged correctly into 115 V power socket e
351. hild Therefore be sure to observe the notes on the Occupant Clas sification System OCS gt page 52 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 62 There you will also find instructions on rear ward and forward facing child restraint sys tems on the front passenger seat All other persons depending on the clas sification of the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated page 52 Be sure to observe the notes on Seat belts gt page 44 and Air bags gt page 48 There you can also find infor mation on the correct seat position Seat belts Introduction Seat belts are the most effective means of restricting the movement of vehicle occu pants in the event of an accident or the vehi cle rolling over This reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle interior or being ejected from the vehicle Furthermore the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle occupant in the best posi tion in relation to the air bag The seat belt system comprises e Seat belts e Emergency Tensioning Devices for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear e Seat belt force limiters for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear If the seat belt is pulled out of the belt outlet quickly or with a jerky movement the belt retractor locks The belt strap cannot be extracted any further The Emergency Tensioni
352. hildren If you or other persons come into contact with DEF observe the following e Rinse DEF from your skin immediately with soap and water e If DEF comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If DEF has been swallowed rinse your mouth out immediately Drink plenty of water Seek medical assistance without delay e Change out of clothing contaminated with DEF immediately H Only use DEF in accordance with ISO 22241 Do not mix any additives with DEF and do not dilute DEF with water This may destroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas after treatment system H Rinse surfaces that have come into con tact with DEF immediately with water or remove DEF using a damp cloth and cold water If the DEF has already crystallized use a sponge and cold water to clean it DEF residues crystallize after time and contam inate the affected surfaces H DEF is not a fuel additive and must not be added to the fuel tank If DEF is added to the fuel tank this can lead to engine dam age H Only screw on the DEF refill bottle hand tight It could otherwise be damaged The DEF filler neck is under the trunk floor Refueling gt Switch the ignition off gt Open the trunk gt Lift up the trunk floor gt page 306 gt Turn DEF cap counter clockwise and remove it and open it Filler cap is secured with a plastic strip
353. hould pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point For more information on driving with snow chains see gt page 365 For more information on driving with summer tires see gt page 364 Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 364 Driving systems Driving systems Mercedes Benz Intelligent Drive stands for innovative driver assistance and safety sys tems which enhance comfort and support the driver in critical situations With these intelli gent co ordinated systems Mercedes Benz has set a milestone on the path towards autonomous driving Mercedes Benz Intelligent Drive embraces all elements of active and passive safety in one well thought out system for the safety of the vehicle occupants and that of other road users Further information on driving safety systems gt page 69 General notes Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you It brakes automatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed On long and steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden you must shift to a lower gear in time By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly Use cruise control only if road and traffic con ditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady speed for a prolonged period You can store
354. i menu e Cruise control e DISTRONIC PLUS e ASSYST PLUS service interval display Introduction a Menus and submenus a On board computer and displays Selecting the permanent display function You can determine whether the multifunction display permanently shows your speed or the outside temperature gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Inst Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Permanent Display function You will see the selected setting Outside Temperature or Additional Speedome ter km h Additional Speedometer mph gt Press the OK button to save the setting The speed is highlighted in km h or in mph conversely to your speedometer Lights Setting the brightness of the instrument cluster lighting and switches The lighting in the instrument cluster in the displays and the controls in the vehicle inte rior can be adjusted with the Brightness Display Switches function gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Brightness Display Switches func tion You will see the selected setting gt Press OK to confir
355. iab aaea a 340 Exterior lighting Setting option Soss eerste 128 see Lights Exterior mirrors AdJUSUNE ierra 122 Dipping automatic seses 124 Folding in out automatically 123 Folding in out electrically 123 Folding in when locking on board COMPUTER sisescctsdeseseeceeieseresscdese 247 Out of position troubleshooting 123 SGINE e aE ERR 123 Storing settings memory func HON oaeee E EE 125 Storing the parking position 124 Eyeglasses compartment 293 Filler cap see Fuel filler flap Flat tire MOExtended tires ceeeeeeeteees 345 Preparing the vehicle eee 345 TREN Kiteescrcedesectteccasestesesersertesc ate 346 see Emergency spare wheel FIOOFMatS s ic nacicsccnnccnununnne 327 Folding bench seat cargo com partment i e 115 Fuel AdGILIVGS sess cciccsstseeatinenies 413 Consumption statistics 05 235 Displaying the current consump TOM EE AAE AE 236 Displaying the range nesen 236 DEVIN S HPS esciti ierse 182 Flexible fuel vehicles c ee 414 FUCl SAU BCs ccicc aceciecaricssees ceases 33 Grade gasoline ce eeeeeeeseeeees 412 Important safety notes 0 0 412 Premium grade unleaded gaso INE en eree AE rer 412 Problem malfunction 0 0 eee 177 Quality diesel oc eee eeeeseeeeneees 413 RETUCIING s sscccsseccesesdechisesecenscerasbcsets 173 Tank content reserve fuel 412 Fuel filler flap Emerg
356. ibility of a serious or even fatal acci dent is greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or tak ing drugs Emission control Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Certain engine systems are designed to keep the level of poisonous components in exhaust fumes within legal limits These systems only work at peak efficiency if they are serviced exactly in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications For this reason only have work on the engine carried out by qualified and authorized Mercedes Benz technicians The engine settings must not be changed under any circumstances Furthermore all specific service work must be carried out at regular intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes Benz service requirements Details can be found in the Maintenance Booklet ECO display Example ECO display The ECO display provides feedback on how economical your driving characteristics are The ECO display assists you in achieving the most economical driving style for the selec ted settings and prevailing conditions Your driving style can significantly influence the vehicle s consumption The ECO display
357. icles except AMG vehicles gt Press program selector button A repeat edly until the letter for the desired gearshift program appears in the multifunction dis play The program selector button allows you to choose between different driving character istics E Economy Comfortable economical driving S Sport Sporty driving style For further information on the automatic drive program see gt page 170 The automatic transmission shifts to automatic drive program E each time the engine is started AMG vehicles Drive program selector with manual drive program Automatic transmission e Driving and parking gt Turn drive program selector Q until the desired drive program appears in the mul tifunction display in the speedometer The drive program indicator on drive pro gram selector lights up in red Further information about permanent drive program M gt page 172 As wellas this permanent drive program M you can also activate temporary drive pro gram M gt page 171 C Controlled Comfortable economical Efficiency driving S Sport Sporty driving style S SportPlus Extremely sporty driving style M Manual Manual gear shifting RS RACE Optimal vehicle accelera START tion from a standstill For further information on the automatic drive program see gt page 170 The automatic transmission shifts to automatic drive program C each time the engine is started RS canno
358. ics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e how various systems in your vehicle are operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seat belts are fastened Introduction ra e how far if at all the driver is depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e how fast the vehicle is traveling This data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement can combine the EDR data with the type of per sonal identification data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehi cle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties that have the special equipment such as law enforce ment can read the information by accessing the vehicle or the EDR EDR data may be used in civil and criminal matters as a tool in accident reconstruction accident claims and vehicle safety Since the Crash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extract data from the EDR is commercially available Mercedes Benz US
359. id ing panel and the roller sunblinds if the pan orama roof with power tilt sliding panel or the roller sunblinds do not move smoothly gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow Sliding sunroof until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is fully closed gt page 106 gt Keep the switch pulled for an addi tional second gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow until the roller sunblinds are fully closed gt Keep the switch pulled for an addi tional second gt Make sure that the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt page 105 and the roller sunblinds gt page 106 can be fully opened again gt If this is not the case repeat the steps above again Opening and closing PA fa Sliding sunroof Z WARNING If you close the sliding sunroof again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the sliding sunroof closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic
360. id tailgate does not open after several attempts wait at least ten seconds then move your foot under the bumper again If you hold your foot under the bumper for too long the trunk lid tailgate does not open or close Repeat the leg movement more quickly if this occurs Sedan to cancel the closing procedure e move your foot in sensor detection range under the bumper e pull the handle on the outside of the trunk lid e press the closing button in the trunk lid or e press the 5 button on the SmartKey If the closing procedure of the trunk lid is canceled the trunk lid opens again auto matically Wagon to stop the opening or closing pro cedure e move your foot in sensor detection range under the bumper e pull the handle on the outside of the tailgate Opening and closing Opening and closing e press the closing or locking button on the tailgate or e press the 5 button on the key If the tailgate closing procedure has been stopped e move your foot under the bumper again and the tailgate will open If the tailgate opening procedure has been stopped e move your foot under the bumper again and the tailgate will close Important safety notes A WARNING Parts of the body could become trapped dur ing automatic closing of the trunk lid or tail gate Moreover people e g children may be standing in the closing area or may enter the closing area d
361. ides you too far into a parking space or not far enough into it In some cases it may also lead you across or onto the curb If necessary you should can cel the parking procedure with Active Park ing Assist You can also select preselect transmission position D The vehicle redirects and does not drive as far into the parking space Should a gear be changed too early the parking procedure will be canceled A sen sible parking position can no longer be ach ieved from this position Exiting a parking space In order that Active Parking Assist can sup port you when you exit the parking space e the border of the parking space must be high enough at the front and the rear A curb is too small for example e the border of the parking space must not be too wide as the position of the vehicle must Driving systems not exceed an angle of 45 to the starting position as it is maneuvering into the park ing space e a maneuvering distance of at least 3 3 ft 1 0 m must be available Vehicles with automatic transmission If PARKTRONIC detects obstacles Active Parking Assist brakes automatically whilst the vehicle exits the parking space You are responsible for braking in good time Active Parking Assist can only assist you with exiting a parking space if you have parked the vehicle parallel to the direction of travel using Active Parking Assist gt Start the engine gt Release the parking brake gt Switch
362. ight and the weight of the acces sories TIN Tire Identification Number This is a unique identifier which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN is made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date Load bearing index The load bearing index also load index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Traction Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surface Treadwear indicators Narrow bars tread wear bars that are dis tributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of 16 in 1 6 mm has been reached D D ta o o Wheels and tires Changing a wheel Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib multiplied by the num ber of seats in the vehicle Changing a wheel The Breakdown assistance section gt page 345 contains information and notes on how to deal with a flat tire Information on driving with MOExtended tires in the event of a flat tire can be found under MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics gt page 345 Vehicle with emergency spare wheel in the event of a flat tire the emerge
363. in good time at the start of the collision The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelera tion and the direction of the force are essen tially determined by e the distribution of forces during the colli sion e the collision angle e the deformation characteristics of the vehi cle e the characteristics of the object with which the vehicle has collided Factors which can only be seen and measured after a collision has occurred do not play a decisive role in the deployment of an air bag nor do they provide an indication of air bag deployment The vehicle can be deformed considerably without an air bag being deployed This is the case if only parts which are relatively easily deformed are affected and the rate of decel eration is not high Conversely air bags may be deployed even though the vehicle suffers only minor deformation This is the case if for example very rigid vehicle parts such as lon gitudinal body members are hit and sufficient deceleration occurs as a result If the restraint system control unit detects a side impact or that the vehicle is rolling over the relevant restraint system components are activated independently of one another depending on the apparent type of accident If the system determines a need for additional protection for the vehicle occupants the Emergency Tensioning Devices are deployed e Side impact air bags and pelvis air bag on the side of impact independently of the Emergency Te
364. in motion by pressing and holding the Start Stop button for approximately three seconds This function operates independ ently of the ECO start stop automatic engine switch off function Key positions with KEYLESS GO Start Stop button Ignition lock As soon as the ignition is switched on all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light up If an indicator lamp does not go out after starting the engine or lights up while driving see gt page 281 If Start Stop button Q has not yet been pressed this corresponds to the SmartKey being removed from the ignition gt To switch on the power supply press Start Stop button Q once The power supply is switched on You can now activate the windshield wipers for example The power supply is switched off again if e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop button Q twice when in this position gt To switch on the ignition press Start Stop button Q twice The ignition is switched on The ignition is switched off when e the driver s door is opened and e you press Start Stop button Q once when in this position li Start Stop button USA Start Stop button Canada Removing the Start Stop button You can remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock and start the vehicle as nor mal using the SmartKey It is only possible to switch between Start Stop button mode and SmartKey operation when the transmission is
365. in position P gt Remove Start Stop button Q from ignition lock You do not have to remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock when you leave the vehicle You should however always take the SmartKey with you when leaving the vehi cle As long as the SmartKey is in the vehicle e the vehicle can be started using the Start Stop button e the electrically powered equipment can be operated Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation being ce oo e pen a To c 00 S m 60 ving __ Driving and pa
366. incor rectly or is not secured it can come loose in the event of an accident heavy braking or a sudden change in direction The child restraint system could be thrown about strik ing vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Always install child restraint systems prop erly even if they are not being used Make sure that you observe the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instructions You will find further information on stowing objects luggage or loads under Loading guidelines gt page 292 A WARNING Child restraint systems or their securing sys tems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident can no longer protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Replace child restraint systems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident as soon as possible Have the secur ing systems on the child restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop before you install a child restraint system again Securing systems for the child restraint sys tem are e the seat belt system e the ISOFIX LATCH type securing rings e the Top Tether anchorages If it is absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the information on the Occupant Classifica
367. ing products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the seat covers General notes H Do not use microfiber cloths to clean gen uine leather artificial leather or DINAMICA 1 Maintenance and care _ Maintenance and care covers If used often these can damage the seat sections to avoid leaving visible cover lines Note that regular care is essential to ensure that the appearance and comfort of the covers is retained over time WARNING Cleaning the seat belts Genuine leather seat covers Seat belts can become severely weakened if bleached or dyed This could cause the seat belts to tear or fail for instance in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or fatal injury Never bleach or dye the seat belts Leather is a natural product It exhibits natural surface characteristics for example e differences in the texture e marks caused by growth and injury e slight nuances of color H Do not clean the seat belts using chemical These are characteristics of leather and not cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts material defects by heating at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight H To retain the natural appearance of the leather observe the following cleaning instructions gt Use clean lukewarm water and soap solu tion e Clean genuine leather covers carefully with a damp cloth and then wipe the cov Sisaning the headliner aud carper
368. ing for a short period the tire is too d Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire ee badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair inflation compressor the tire in this instance Damaged tires anda gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist O tire pressure that is too low can significantly workshop and have the tire changed there impair the vehicle s braking and driving char gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced as acteristics There is a risk of accident soon as possible at a qualified specialist Do not continue driving Contact a qualified workshop specialist workshop gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced every four years at a qualified specialist work In cases such as the one mentioned shop above contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Can Battery vehicle ada gt Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi See the Tire and Special tools and expert knowledge are Loading Information placard on the driver s required when working on the battery e g side B pillar or the tire pressure table inthe removal and installation You should there fuel filler flap for values fore have all work involving the battery car gt To increase the tire pressure switch on ried out at a qualified specialist workshop the tire inflation compressor led Roadside Assistance Z WARNING Work carried out incorrectly on the ba
369. ing on the setting the panic alarm lasts five or ten seconds Afterwards the alarm switches off General notes The HomeLink garage door opener integra ted in the rear view mirror allows you to oper ate up to three different door and gate sys tems Use the integrated garage door opener only on garage doors that e have safety stop and reverse features and e meet current U S federal safety standards Once programed the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror will assume the function of the garage door system s remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system When programing a garage door opener park the vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programing Certain garage door drives are incompatible with the integrated garage door opener If you have difficulty programing the integrated garage door opener contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Alternatively you can call the following tele phone assistance services e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes e Canada Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 e HomeLink hotline 1 800 355 3515 free of charge More information on HomeLink and or compatible products is also available online at http www homelink com Notes on the declaration of conformity gt page 27 USA FCC ID CB2HMIHL4 Canada IC 279B HMIHL4 Important safety notes Z WARNING
370. ing on the specified minimum dis tance your vehicle will come to a standstill at a sufficient distance behind the vehicle in front The specified minimum distance is set using the control on the cruise control lever When DISTRONIC PLUS is activated the transmission is shifted automatically to posi tion P if e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient m Driving and parking _ Driving and parking Setting a speed gt Press the cruise control lever up for a higher speed or down for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up a or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced If you accelerate to overtake DISTRONIC PLUS adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished over taking Setting the specified minimum distance You can se
371. inimum tire tread depth gt page 363 Winter tires can reduce the braking distance on snow covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires The braking distance is still much further than on surfaces that are not icy or covered with snow Take appropriate care when driving Further information on winter tires M S tires gt page 364 Temperature Z WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinfla tion or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C They represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi pate heat when tested under controlled con ditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law All about wheels and tires B Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires Overview Mansa Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards gt page 382
372. ion when you fold one or both parts of the rear seat back rest forwards the respective front seat moves forward slightly when necessary in order to avoid contact gt Vehicles without memory function if nec essary move the driver s or front passenger seat forward gt Open the trunk gt Pull right hand or left hand rear seat back rest release handle Q The corresponding rear seat backrest is released The rear seat head restraints are lowered gt Fold rear seat backrest 2 forwards gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Folding the seat backrest back H Make sure that the seat belt does not become trapped when folding the rear seat backrest back Otherwise it could be dam aged forward if necessary gt Fold rear seat backrest Q back until it engages If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and locked this will be shown in the multifunc tion display in the instrument cluster A warning tone also sounds gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary You should always engage the rear seat backrests if you do not need the through loading feature This will prevent unauthor ized access to the trunk from the vehicle interior Important safety notes A WARNING If the rear bench seat rear seat and seat backrest are not engaged they could fold for wards e g when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident e The
373. ion on public roads You can start the RACETIMER when the engine is running or if the key is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the RACETIMER is shown gt To start press the OK RACETIMER button to start the Displaying the intermediate time button to select gt Press the lt q or gt Interm gt Press OK to confirm The intermediate time is displayed for five seconds Time Starting a new lap RACETIMER Fastest lap time best lap Lap gt Press OK to confirm New Lap It is possible to store a maximum of six teen laps The 16th lap can only be com pleted with Finish Lap Stopping the RACETIMER gt Press the wheel gt Confirm Yes with OK The RACETIMER interrupts timing if you stop the vehicle and turn the key to position 1 in the ignition lock If you turn the key to position 3 and then press OK to confirm Start tim ing is continued button on the steering Resetting the current lap gt Stop the RACETIMER gt Press the lt q or gt set ap SOL LOD gt Press OK button to select to reset the lap time to 0 Deleting all laps If you switch off
374. ions e OCS has detected that the front passenger seat is unoccupied e the front passenger seat belt is not fas tened If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the pelvis air bag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci dent situation occurs In this case deploy ment is independent of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Safety i Window curtain air bags Example Sedan Window curtain air bags Q are integrated into the side of the roof frame and deployed in the area from the A pillar to the C pillar When deployed the window curtain air bag enhances the level of protection for the head However it does not protect the chest or arms In the event of a side impact the window cur tain air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs If the system determines that they can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt a window curtain air bag may be deployed in other accident situations gt page 57 ea Occupant safety Safety IA Introduction The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the person in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the pelvis air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices Prerequisites To be classified correctly th
375. iper blades There is a risk of ns gt Fold the windshield wiper arms away from Injury P f the windshield o Always switch off the windshield wipers and Caref liycl Hewi blad ith E the ignition before cleaning the windshield or ne i oa SHE WIPE Dades With g wiper blades amp cioth gt Fold the windshield wiper arms back again H Do not use dry cloths abrasive products before switching on the ignition H Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths which are suitable for plastic light lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage H Clean the water drainage channels of the the plastic light lenses windshield and the rear window at regular intervals Deposits such as leaves petals and pollen may under certain circumstan ces prevent water from draining away This can lead to corrosion damage and damage to electronic components gt Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lighting using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths et Mi i gt Clean the inside and outside of the win irror turn signals dows with a damp cloth and a cleaning product that is recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning wiper blades Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the E Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses
376. ir bag driver front passenger Important safety notes Introduction Knee bag PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor lamp Pelvis air bag Side impact air bag Window curtain air bag Air conditioning system see Climate control Air filter display message AIRMATIC Display message Function notes Air vents Glove JOX i estesccessttteed aeeiseieadieetiaaia Important safety notes AT EEE E E AEE Setting Setting the center air vents Setting the side air vents Alarm ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Switching off ATA Switching the function on off ATA Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Ambient lighting Setting the brightness on board computer Setting the color on board com puter AMG adaptive sport suspension SYSUOM c scccsvesesesccdacsdssdesetasedenedessdsscetans 203 Anti lock braking system see ABS Anti lock Braking System Anti Theft Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Ashtray nnii 312 Assistance display on board com p ti irnos 241 Assistance menu on board com pUtEr siisii isaisa 240 ASSYST PLUS Displaying a service message 335 Hiding a service message 335 NOES cscicesccsesceteertceceesssetenseecacecue 334 Resetting the service interval dis Play wvsosvsccvsss casseecicssresssevecncnracanevenst 335 Service Message 0 eeeeeeeseeeeeeteeees 334 Special service requirements 335 ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Activating deactivating 0 0 81 UMC HOM airce Teres
377. is device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Radar sensors The Active Blind Spot Assist radar sensors are integrated into the front and rear bumpers and behind a cover in the radiator trim Make sure that the bumpers and the cover in the Driving systems es radiator grill are free of dirt ice or slush The rear sensors must not be covered for exam ple by cycle racks or overhanging cargo Fol lowing a severe impact or in the event of dam age to the bumpers have the function of the radar sensors checked at a qualified special ist workshop Active Blind Spot Assist may otherwise no longer work properly Monitoring area Z WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not detect all traffic situations and road users There is a risk of an accident Always make sure that there is sufficient dis tance on the side for other traffic or obstacles TER n EF com dh RS aj m PAO MI Example Sedan Active Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 0 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram The detection of obstacles can be impaired in the case of
378. ise to position 2j gt To unlock insert the mechanical key into the lock and turn it 90 counter clockwise to position Eyeglasses compartment There is a compartment to stow eyeglasses in the headliner on the driver s side gt To open pull down eyeglasses compart ment Q by the handle E Stowage and features Stowage and features All models except AMG vehicles gt To open slide cover Q forwards until it engages gt To close briefly press cover at the front Cover Q moves back A stowage compartment is located under the cup holder at the front of the center console Stowage compartment under the arm rest EN By a AMG vehicles gt To open press left hand button or right hand button Q The stowage compartment opens Ea Stowage areas Stowage compartment in the center console All models except AMG vehicles gt To open pull handle Q up The armrest folds out Depending on the vehicle equipment a USB connection or a Media Interface is installed in the stowage compartment A Media Interface is a universal interface for mobile audio equipment e g for an iPod or MP3 player see the separate COMAND Operating Instructions Stowage compartment under the front seats Z WARNING If you exceed the maximum load for the stow age compartment the cover may not be able to restrain the items Items may be thrown out of the st
379. isplay see illustration example Example current tire pressure display For information on the message display refer to the Checking the tire pressure electroni cally section gt page 371 Important safety notes WARNING Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once every two weeks when cold and inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire pres sure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire pressure label you should determine the proper tire pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale lights up you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underin b gt E Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that
380. isplay messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Radar Sensors At least one of the following driving systems or driving safety sys Dirty See Opera tems is temporarily restricted or inoperative tors Manual PRE SAFE Brake e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS e Active Lane Keeping Assist e Active Blind Spot Assist e DISTRONIC PLUS Possible causes are e the sensors in the radiator trim and or in the bumpers are dirty e the function of the driving system and or driving safety system is impaired due to heavy rain or snow A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears All driving systems driving safety systems are operative again Fy On board computer and displays If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Switch off the engine gt Clean the sensors in the following locations gt page 340 e in the radiator trim e in the front bumper e in the rear bumper particularly in the middle of the rear bumper gt Restart the engine The display message disappears Ly The restraint system is faulty The warning lamp also lights s up in the instrument cluster SRS Malfunction Service Required A WARNING The air bags or Emergency
381. isplay mode As soon as your vehicle exceeds a speed of 19 mph 30 km h with the function activa ted the function switches off The COMAND display switches back to the previously selec ted view You can also switch the display by selecting the symbol in the display and pressing the controller to confirm The 360 camera display is also ended if you select transmission position P ATTENTION ASSIST General notes ATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long monotonous journeys such as on highways It is active in the 37 mph 60 km h to 125 mph 200 km h range If ATTEN TION ASSIST detects typical indicators of fati gue or increasing lapses in concentration on the part of the driver it suggests taking a break Important safety notes ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It might not always recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system is not a substitute for a well rested and attentive driver Driving systems se The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST is restricted and warnings may be delayed or not occur at all e if the length of the journey is less than approximately 30 minutes e if the road condition is poor e g if the sur face is uneven or if there are potholes e if there is a strong side wind e if you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e if you are predominantly driving at a speed
382. itches to the following functions e maximum cooling e maximum airflow e air recirculation mode on Windows fogged up on the inside gt Activate the ase cooling with air dehu midification function gt Activate automatic mode AUTO Operating the climate control systems ed gt Adjust the side air vents so that the warmed air is directed to the side windows gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the Windshield defrosting function You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again Windows fogged up on the outside gt Dual zone automatic climate control press air distribution adjustment button 40 up or down gt page 143 until the or v4 symbol appears in the display gt 3 zone automatic climate control press air distribution adjustment button up or down gt page 145 until the w or rf symbol appears in the display gt Adjust the side air vents so that no air is directed to the side windows General notes The rear window defroster has a high current draw You should therefore switch it off as soon as the rear window is clear Otherwise the rear window defroster switches off auto matically after several minutes If the battery voltage is too low the rear win dow defroster may switch off Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey
383. ith the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed E in the instrument cluster The arrow next to the filling pump indicates the side of the vehicle Refueling Opening the fuel filler flap To open the fuel filler flap To insert the fuel filler cap Tire pressure table Fuel type to be used gt Switch the engine off gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed The driver s door can be closed again gt Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow Q The fuel filler flap opens slightly gt Open the fuel filler flap fully gt Turn the fuel filler flap counter clockwise and remove it gt Sedan insert the fuel filler cap into the bracket on the inside of fuel filler flap or gt Wagon insert the fuel filler cap into the recesses in the fuel filler flap hinge arm horizontally from above gt Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel pump nozzle into the tank hook in place and refuel gt Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle switches off Vehicles with a diesel engine the filler neck is designed for refueling at diesel fill ing pumps Do not add any more fuel after the pump stops filling for the first time Otherwise fuel may leak out Closi
384. ition 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt To switch on press button A repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out If the battery voltage is too low the seat ventilation may switch off You can open the side windows and the sliding sunroof using the Convenience opening feature gt page 100 The seat ventilation of the driver s seat automati cally switches to the highest level Steering wheel ee Problems with the seat ventilation Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat ventilationhas The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical con switched off prema sumers are switched on turely or cannot be gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as switched on the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the seat ventilation will switch back on automatically Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt To adjust the steering wheel height before starting the engine To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment
385. ituation must first be taught in to the tire pressure monitor If there is a substantial loss of pressure the warning threshold for the warning message is aligned to the reference values taught in Restart the tire pressure monitor after adjust ing the pressure of the cold tires gt page 371 The current pressures are saved as new reference values As a result a warning message will appear if the tire pres sure drops significantly The tire pressure monitor does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 366 The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indicat ing a pressure loss or malfunction Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up indi cates whether a tire pressure is too low or the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning e if the warning lamp is lit continuously the tire pressure on one or more tires is signif icantly too low The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e if the warning lamp flashes for around a minute and then remains lit constantly the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning In addition to the warning lamp a mes sage
386. ivating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt Press lt or P on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select Blind Spot Asst gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again OK Observe the additional information on the Blind Spot Assist driving system gt page 220 Observe the additional information on the Active Blind Spot Assist driving system gt page 224 Activating deactivating Lane Keeping Assist gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Dri veAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select Lane Keep Assist Observe the additional information on the Active Lane Keeping Assist driving system gt page 227 Selecting the unit of measurement for dis tance The Display Unit Speed Odometer function allows you to choose whether cer Maintenance menu tain displays appear in kilometers or miles in the multifunction display gt Pressthe lt or P button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Instr Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the In the Service menu you have the following
387. ives H Do not use any additives in the engine oil This could damage the engine Engine oil viscosity Big Ea Viscosity describes the flow characteristics of a fluid If an engine oil has a high viscosity this means that it is thick a low viscosity means that it is thin Select an engine oil with an SAE classification viscosity suitable for the prevailing outside temperatures The table shows you which SAE classifications are to be used The low temperature characteristics of engine oils can deteriorate significantly e g as a result of aging soot and fuel deposits It is therefore strongly recommended that you carry out reg ular oil changes using an approved engine oil with the appropriate SAE classification Brake fluid Z WARNING The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air This lowers the boiling point of the brake fluid If the boiling point of the brake fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the brake system when the brakes are applied hard This would impair braking efficiency There is a risk of an accident You should have the brake fluid renewed at the specified intervals Comply with the important safety notes for service products when handling brake fluid gt page 411 The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Maintenance Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz according to MB Approval 331 0 Information about approved brake fluid can be obtained at a
388. ixture of water and anti freeze corrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks e corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point If the coolant has antifreeze protection down to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the cool ant during operation is approximately 266 F 130 C The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentra tion in the engine cooling system should e be at least 50 This will protect the engine cooling system against freezing down to approximately 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C Otherwise heat will not be dissipated as effectively Mercedes Benz recommends an antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentrate in accord ance with MB Specifications for Service Prod ucts 310 1 When the vehicle is first delivered it is fil led with a coolant mixture that ensures adequate antifreeze and corrosion protec tion The coolant is checked with every main tenance interval at a qualified specialist workshop P Technical data bet Technical data Filling capacities Model E 400 E 400 4MATIC E 63 AMG E 63 AMG 4MATIC E 550 4MATIC E 63 AMG S MODEL E 63 AMG S MODEL 4MATIC E 250 BlueTEC E 250 BlueTEC AMATIC All other models Capacity Approx 10 9 US qt 10 3 Approx 11 4 US qt 10 8 I Approx 11 5 US qt 10 9 I Approx 11 0 US qt 10 4 I Approx 10 1 US qt 9 6 1
389. l away despite being braked by the HOLD function if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the HOLD function has been deactivated by pressing the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal e g by a vehicle occupant e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the HOLD function and secure the vehicle against rolling away Hi If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash Eat Driving systems Activation conditions You can activate the HOLD function if e the vehicle is stationary e the engine is running or if it has been auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e the driver s door is closed or your seat belt is fastened e the parking brake is released e the transmission is in position D R or N e DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Activating the HOLD function gt Make sure that the activation conditions are met gt Depress the brake pedal gt Quickly depress the brake pedal further until display The HOLD function is activated You can release the brake
390. l on the gasoline pump must clearly state that the standard for ULSD has been fulfilled If the label is not clear do not refuel the vehicle Do not refuel your vehicle with fuels unless they have been approved by Mercedes Benz Information on refueling gt page 174 Flexible Fuel vehicles Important safety notes WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children fe Service products and filling capacities If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Flexible Fuel vehicles can be refueled with the following fuel types e premium grade unleaded gasoline e E85 fuel e a
391. l the seat cushion upwards by tab You must remove the seat cushion if you wish and fold it back into its original position to lift the cargo compartment floor e g if the until it engages vehicle has a flat tire gt To remove fold seat cushion 2 upwards and remove it from seat cushion guides Q ee gt Press release button Q and fold the head restraints down H In order to avoid causing damage push the head restraints completely into their gt To install push seat cushion into seat cushion guides ata slight angle from the guides and click the seat belt buckles into rear their guides gt Fold seat cushion 2 back into its original position until it engages gt Press release button and push the head restraints all the way in gt Fold backrest 2 of the folding bench seat into its original position until it engages Switching on off Z WARNING Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can cause the seat cushion and backrest pads to become very hot The health of persons with limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high tempera tures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries There is a risk of injury Therefore do not switch the seat heating on repeatedly Canada only rear seat The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected Driver s and front passenger seat the
392. lable again after approx imately ten minutes gt page 209 gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Switch off and restart the engine If the display message continues to be displayed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop PARKTRONIC is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The vehicle is parked A warning tone also sounds The display message disappears automatically DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated gt page 189 If it was not deactivated by the driver a warning tone also sounds DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again after having been tempo rarily unavailable You can now reactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 189 DISTRONIC PLUS is temporarily inoperative Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible pa
393. lap ses in concentration General notes The Lane Tracking package consists of Blind Spot Assist gt page 220 and Lane Keeping Assist gt page 222 Blind Spot Assist General notes Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system to monitor the areas on both sides of your vehicle It supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h A warning display in the exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the moni tored area If you then switch on the corre sponding turn signal to change lanes you will also receive a visual and audible collision warning Blind Spot Assist uses sensors in the rear bumper for monitoring purposes Important safety notes A WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions care fully and maintain a safe lateral distance Blind Spot Assist is only an aid It may fail to detect some vehicles and is no substitute for attentive driving Always ensure that there is sufficient distance to the side for other road users and obstacles USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for
394. le available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Where will I find General notes The vehicle tool kit can be found in the stow age well under the trunk floor cargo com partment floor gt page 306 Depending on the vehicle equipment the vehicle tool kit is on the left hand side or the right hand side in the stowage well under the trunk floor cargo compartment floor Roadside Assistance Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit Vehicle tool kit in the left hand stowage well exam ple equipment and country specific variations possible Tire sealant filler bottle Folding wheel chock One pair of gloves under jack Tire inflation compressor Towing eye Jack Alignment bolt Fuse allocation chart Lug wrench gt Open the trunk lid tailgate gt Sedan lift up the floor of the trunk gt page 306 Vehicles with a spare wheel Minispare emergency spare wheel Example equipment and country specific varia tions possible Vehicle tool kit tray Stowage well Spare wheel Minispare emergency spare wheel gt Open the trunk lid tailgate gt Sedan lift up the floor of the trunk gt page 306 The
395. lect the Fold in mir rors when locking function in the on board computer gt page 247 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Briefly press button Q Folding the exterior mirrors in or out automatically This function is only available in Canada If the Fold in mirrors when locking function is activated in the on board computer gt page 247 e the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the out side e the exterior mirrors fold out again automat ically as soon as you unlock the vehicle and then open the driver s or front passenger door If the exterior mirrors have been folded in manually they do not fold out Exterior mirror pushed out of position If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of position proceed as follows gt Vehicles without electrically folding exterior mirrors move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually gt Vehicles with electrically folding exte rior mirrors press and hold mirror folding button until you hear a click and then the mirrors engage in position gt page 123 The mirror housing is engaged again and you can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual gt page 122 Seats steering wheel and mirrors m ea Mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors a Z WARNING Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto matic anti glare mirror breaks The electrolyte is harm
396. lly touch the outer sensor surface on one of the door handles gt To restore the factory settings press and hold down the g and buttons simultaneously for approximately six sec onds until the battery check lamp flashes twice gt page 87 General notes If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door or the trunk lid tail gate the antitheft alarm system will be trig gered gt page 81 There are several ways to turn off the alarm gt Toturn the alarm off with the SmartKey press the or button on the SmartKey or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock or gt To deactivate the alarm with KEYLESS GO press the Start Stop button in the igni tion lock The SmartKey must be in the vehicle or gt Lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked automatically gt To unlock the fuel filler flap insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Removing the mechanical key Pat FO ot gt Push release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey For further information about e unlocking the driver s door gt page 91 e unl
397. load Therefore you should only correct tire pres sures when the tires are cold Wheels and tires The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has been driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km The tire temperature changes depending on the outside temperature the vehicle speed and the tire load If the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar 1 5 psi Take this into account when check ing the pressure of warm tires Only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire pressure when the tires are warm the result ing value will be higher than if the tires were cold This is normal Do not reduce the tire pressure to the value specified for cold tires The tire pressure would otherwise be too low Observe the recommended tire pressures for cold tires e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap e on the yellow label on the emergency spare wheel depending on the vehicle equip ment Underinflated tires Z WARNING Tires with pressure that is too low can over heat and burst as a consequence In addition they also suffer from excessive and or irreg ular wear which can severely impair the brak ing properti
398. lock as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise from position 1 as far as it will go to posi tion 2 The trunk is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back to position and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key When you lock the vehicle gt page 91 the trunk is also locked Ea Trunk cargo compartment You can open the trunk lid from inside the vehicle with the emergency release button Er gt Press emergency release button Q briefly The trunk lid unlocks and opens The trunk lid can be unlocked and opened with the trunk lid emergency release when the vehicle is stationary or while driving The trunk lid emergency release does not open the trunk lid if the battery is disconnec ted or discharged Trunk lid emergency release light e emergency release button Q flashes for 30 minutes after the trunk lid is opened e emergency release button Q flashes for 60 minutes after the trunk lid is closed General notes H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate Tailgate opening dimensions gt page 419 If the tailgate can no longer be opened from outside the vehicle use the emergency release on the inside of the tailgate On vehicles with a folding bench seat you can use the handle to open the tailgate from i
399. locking and three times when locking You can also set an audible signal to confirm that the vehicle has been locked The audible signal can be activated and deactivated using the on board computer gt page 246 When it is dark the surround lighting also comes on if it is activated in the on board computer gt page 245 General notes Bear in mind that the engine can be started by any of the vehicle occupants if there is a KEY LESS GO key in the vehicle Locking unlocking centrally You can start lock or unlock the vehicle using KEYLESS GO To do this you only need carry the SmartKey with you You can combine the functions of KEYLESS GO with those of a con ventional SmartKey Unlock the vehicle by using KEYLESS GO for instance and lock it using the button on the SmartKey When locking or unlocking with KEYLESS GO the distance between the SmartKey and the corresponding door handle must not be greater than 3 ft 1 m Acheck which periodically establishes a radio connection between the vehicle and the SmartKey determines whether a valid Smart Key is in the vehicle This occurs for example e when the external door handles are touched e when starting the engine e while the vehicle is in motion gt To unlock the vehicle touch the inner surface of the door handle gt To lock the vehicle touch sensor sur face gt Convenience closing feature touch recessed sensor surface 2
400. m gt Pressthe W or A button to adjust the brightness to any level from Level 1 to Level 5 bright gt Press the OK or setting If the light switch is set to auto 200 lt or 2 the brightness is dependent upon the brightness of the ambient light button to save the The light sensor in the instrument cluster automatically controls the brightness of the multifunction display In daylight the displays in the instrument cluster are not illuminated Switching the daytime running lamps on off This function is not available in Canada gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press W or A to select the Day Lights function If the Day Lights function has been switched on the cone of light and the 3 symbol in the multifunction display are shown in orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting Further information on daytime running lamps gt page 129 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Lights subm
401. m culpable contraventions against these instructions is not covered either by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty Data stored in the vehicle Data recording This vehicle is capable of recording diagnostic information relating to vehicle operation mal functions and user settings This may include information about the performance or status of various systems including but not limited to engine throttle steering or brake sys tems that is stored and can be read out with suitable devices particularly when the vehi cle is serviced The data obtained is used to properly diagnose and service your vehicle or to further optimize and develop vehicle func tions COMAND mbrace Canada TELEAID If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND or mbrace additional data about the vehicle s operation the use of the vehicle in certain situations and the location of the vehicle may be compiled through COMAND or the mbrace system For additional information please refer to the COMAND User Manual and or the mbrace Terms and Conditions Event data recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record data that will assist in under standing how a vehicle s systems performed in certain crash or near crashike situations such as during air bag deployment or when hitting a road obstacle The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynam
402. maximum load of 1 356 Ib 615 kg that the tires can bear For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and Ibs see gt page 380 For further information on the load bearing index see Load index gt page 380 Speed rating speed rating specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Regardless of the speed rating always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and adapt your driving style to the traffic condi tions Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h All about wheels and tires Index Speed rating S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h W up to 168 mph 270 km h i up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR Y over 186 mph 300 km h ZR over 149 mph 240 km h e Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240 km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR18 The service specification is made up of load bearing index and speed rating If the size description of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifica tions ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed rating in the service
403. mechanical key KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning gt Lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey gt Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop If the vehicle can also not be locked unlocked using the remote control function gt Unlock gt page 91 or lock gt page 91 the vehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work shop gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well Problem You have lost the mechanical key The engine cannot be started using the SmartKey The engine cannot be started using KEYLESS GO The SmartKey is in the vehicle Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well The on board voltage is too low gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior lighting and try to start the engine again If this does not work gt Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 352 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 353 or gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The vehicle is locked gt Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again There is interference from a
404. mixture of E85 fuel and premium grade unleaded gasoline Flexible Fuel vehicles can be recognized by the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on the inside of the fuel filler flap Fuel consumption The energy content of E85 fuel is less than that of the same amount of premium grade gasoline The amount of fuel consumed when operating the vehicle with E85 fuel is there fore higher than with premium grade gaso line Maintenance Inform your authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter that you are operating or have operated the vehicle with E85 fuel Low outside temperatures If the outside temperature is below 32 F 0 C the starting procedure can take notice ably longer when operating with E85 fuel E85 fuel is not suitable for use at outside temperatures under 4 F 20 C Important safety notes Comply with the important safety notes for service products when handling DEF gt page 411 DEF is a water soluble fluid for the exhaust gas aftertreatment of diesel engines It is e not poisonous e colorless and odorless e not flammable When you open the DEF container small amounts of ammonia vapor may be released Ammonia vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating to the skin to mucous membranes and to the eyes You may expe rience a burning sensation in your eyes nose and throat Coughing and watering of the eyes are possible Do not inhale ammonia vapors Fill the DEF tank only in well ventilated area
405. moved from the ignition lock e the front wheels must be turned towards the curb on steep uphill or downhill gradi ents Important safety notes A WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake Vehicles with automatic transmission gt Apply the parking brake firmly gt All vehicles except AMG vehicles shift the transmission to position P Selector lever in AMG vehicles with P button ao Parking gt AMG vehicles when the vehicle is station ary press button Q Using the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it The immobilizer is activated If you switch the engine off with the trans mission in position R or D the automatic transmission shifts to N automatically If you then open the driver s door or the front passenger door or remove the Smart Key from the ignition the automatic trans mission shifts to P automatically If you shift the automatic transmission to N before switching off the engine the auto matic transmission remains in N even if the driver s door or the front passenger door is opened Using KEYLESS GO gt Press the Start Stop button gt page 158 The engine stops and
406. mp above the zone button goes out Vehicles with COMAND if you change the settings of the climate control system the climate status display appears for approx imately three seconds at the bottom of the screen in the COMAND display See also the separate COMAND operating instruc tions You will see the current settings of the various climate control functions ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control system only operates at a reduced capacity If you require the full cli Overview of climate control systems es Pua Fa It Canada only Front control panel Sets climate control to automatic gt page 148 Defrosts the windshield gt page 150 Switches the ZONE function on off gt page 150 Display Activates deactivates air recirculation mode gt page 152 Switches the residual heat function on off gt page 152 Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 147 Switches the rear window defroster on off gt page 151 Switches climate control on off gt page 146 Sets the temperature right gt page 149 Adjusts the climate mode settings gt page 148 Sets the airflow gt page 150 Sets the air distribution gt page 149 Sets the temperature left gt page 149 Sem c oO Rear control panel Increases
407. mrest cover Swing cup holder 2 back until it engages Vehicles with luxury single seats in the rear com partment gt To open press lightly on the upper section of cup holder Q and fold down the cover Cup holder in the folding bench seat Wagon gt To open press the front of cup holder 4 Cup holder is released gt Pull cup holder Q out to the stop Bottle holder Z WARNING If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction e Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown around in such situations e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage spaces parcel nets or stowage nets e Close the lockable stowage spaces while driving e Always stow and secure heavy hard poin ted sharp edged fragile or bulky objects in the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 H Make sure that any bottles weighing more than 1 1 lb 0 5 kg that are stored in the bottle holder rest on the vehicle floor The bottle holder could otherwise be damaged Retaining clip e g for a car park ticket Vanity mirror Mirror cover Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror light only functions if the sun visor is clipped into retainer 3 and mirror cover has been fol
408. n Current road Follow the road s course symbol Change of direction announced without a lane recommendation Road into which the change of direction leads c Distance to change of direction and visual amp distance display Change of direction symbol fo When a change of direction is announced you will see symbol 8 for the change of direction and distance graphic 2 The distance indi cator shortens towards the top of the display as you approach the point of the announced change of direction Change of direction announced with a lane recommendation Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Lanes not recommended Recommended lane and new lane during a change of direction Change of direction symbol On multilane roads lane recommendations can be displayed for the next change of direc tion if the digital map supports this data Dur ing the change of direction new lanes may be added Lane not recommended you will not be able to complete the next change of direction if you stay in this lane bel On board computer and displays Recommended lane and new lane during a change of direction in this lane you will be able to complete the next two changes of direction without changing lane Other status indicators of the naviga tion system e f2 you have reached the destination or an inte
409. n If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps USA only The daytime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day To do this the daytime running lamps function must be switched on using the on board computer gt page 244 If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 500 or 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps Low beam headlamps Z WARNING When the light switch is set to auto the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to Lights and windshield wipers E Even if the light sensor does not detect that it is dark the parking lamps and low beam headlamps switch on when the ignition is switched on and the light switch is set to the 2 position This is a particularly useful function in the event of rain and fog gt To switch on the low beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 The green 2 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Exterior lighting Lights
410. n 48 mm BA 8 5 x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Alloy wheels BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 18 50X 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Poy Wheels and tires eal Wheel and tire combinations _ Wheels and tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL M S BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm Winter tires R17 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S 4 4 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 H XL M S amp 3 BA 8 0 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 95 H M S 4 4 BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm BA 245 45 R17 99 HXL M S 4 BA 8 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 H XL M S A BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm E 550 4MATIC Summer tires R18 Tires Alloy wheels BA 245 40 R18 97 Y XL BA 8 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm 4 For Sedan only 3 Available as MOExtended tires All weather tires R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S Winter tires R18 Tires BA 245 40 R18 97 V XL M S 4 E 63 AMG Summer tires R18 Tires FA 255 40 ZR18 99 Y XL MO1 RA 285 35 ZR18 101 Y XL M
411. n button The adjustment process is stopped The memory function can be used at any time e g even when the SmartKey isn t in the igni tion lock With the memory function you can store up to three different settings e g for three dif ferent people The following settings are stored as a single memory preset e position of the seat backrest and head restraint e active multicontour seat seat contour dynamic function level e driver s side position of the exterior mir rors on the driver s and front passenger sides Memory function ie Seats steering wheel and mirrors m te Memory function gt Adjust the seat gt page 112 gt On the driver s side adjust the steering wheel gt page 119 and the exterior mirrors gt page 122 gt Press memory button M and one of the storage position buttons 1 2 or 3 within three seconds The settings are stored in the selected pre set position A tone sounds when the set tings have been completed gt Press and hold the relevant storage posi tion button 1 2 or 3 until the seat steering wheel and exterior mirrors are in the stored position The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as you release the storage position button Seats steering wheel and mirrors LJ Useful information 0 0 0 0 eee 128 Exterior lighting c cceeeee 128 Interionlighting ee 133 Replacing bulbs c cceeseeeee 134 Windshield wipers
412. n extended period next to long vehicles such as trucks The two radar sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the sides of the rear bumper Make sure that the bumper is free of dirt ice or slush in the vicinity of the sensors The sensors must not be covered for exam ple by cycle racks or overhanging loads Fol lowing a severe impact or in the event of dam age to the bumpers have the function of the sensors checked at a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist may otherwise not work properly Driving systems Ea bn a ge c bo 5 T m a Driving systems _ Driving and parking Indicator and warning display Yellow indicator lamp red warning lamp Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated When Blind Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yel low at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indica tor lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the blind spot monitoring range at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h warning lamp on the corre sponding side lights up red This warning is always emitted when a vehicle enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the difference in speed is less
413. n eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children b gt a Driving and parking Refueling If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Z WARNING Electrostatic buildup can create sparks and ignite fuel vapors There is a risk of fire and explosion Driving and parking Always touch the vehicle body before opening the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump nozzle Any existing electrostatic buildup is thereby discharged Z WARNING Vehicles with a diesel engine If you mix diesel fuel with gasoline the flash point is lower than that of pure diesel fuel When the engine Is running exhaust system components could overheat without being noticed There is a risk of fire Never refuel with gasoline Never mix gasoline with diesel fuel H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could
414. n system SETUP on board computer Switching air recirculation mode Tachometer Tailgate Display message Emergency unlocking Important safety notes Limiting the opening angle Opening closing automatically from inside Opening closing automatically from outside Opening closing from outside Opening dimensions Tail lamps Display message Tank see Fuel tank 170 248 Tank content FUG SAUBC siese s eksis 33 Technical data Capacities yoro ennn ne 411 Emergency spare wheel essees 407 Informations sessioissa 410 TireS WhEEIS cccceeecesseceeeesseeeeeeees 389 Vehicle data c c sc sc scceeccecase cess 419 TELEAID Call priority csciscossesteadescasscoracisschesss 320 Downloading destinations COMAND i sssstecsessscsetiaricers ces 320 Downloading routes sse 323 Emergency Call eeseeeseeseeseeeees 317 General NOLES sscesecssscesscsensesees 316 GOO TEMCING aer rre n a 324 Locating a stolen vehicle 322 MB info call button sses 319 Remote vehicle locking s es 322 Roadside Assistance button 318 SCARCH amp SOM sescssscsssssescessecansssecsie 321 Self test eirias 317 Speed alert cise ssssdesiseseeseeieeeseecs 324 SYSTEMI ac eccasveecinaiaesces 317 Triggering the vehicle alarm 324 Vehicle remote malfunction diag NOSIS eRe ERER 323 Vehicle remote unlocking 321 Telephone Accepting a call oo ee eeeeeeeeseeeees 239 Display message eere 278 Menu on boa
415. n display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly and the tires must be checked Observe the instructions and safety notes in the display messages in the Tires section gt page 274 If the wheel positions on the vehicle are rotated the tire pressures may be dis played for the wrong positions for a short time This is rectified after a few minutes of driving and the tire pressures are displayed for the correct positions Restarting the tire pressure monitor When you restart the tire pressure monitor all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go out The monitor uses the currently set tire pressures as the refer ence values for monitoring In most cases the tire pressure monitor will automatically detect the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure However you can also define reference values manually as described here The tire pressure monitor then monitors the new tire pressure values gt Set the tire pressure to the value recom mended for the corresponding driving sit Po Wheels and tires Loading the vehicle __ Wheels and tires uation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar gt page 366 Additional tire pressure values for different loads can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 366 gt Make sure that the tire pressure is correct on all four
416. n electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors It monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensors in the front bumper and six sensors in the rear bumper PARKTRONIC indicates visually and audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object PARKTRONIC is only an aid It is not a replace ment for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a park ing space When maneuvering parking or pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARKTRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle You could damage the vehicle or the objects The sensors may not detect snow and other objects that absorb ultrasonic waves Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash the compressed air brakes on a truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you e switch on the ignition e shift the transmission to position D Ror N e release the parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds Range of the sensors General notes PARKTRONIC doe
417. n the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid tailgate Never drive with the trunk lid tailgate open Z WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow these components to cool down before touch ing them The handling characteristics of a laden vehi cle are dependent on the distribution of the load within the vehicle For this reason you should observe the following notes when transporting a load e Never exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle mass or the gross axle weight rating for the vehicle including occupants The values are specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar of the driver s door e The trunk cargo compartment is the pre ferred place to store objects e Position heavy loads as far forwards as pos sible and as low down in the trunk cargo compartment as possible e The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrests e Always place the load against the rear or front seat backrests Make sure that the seat backrests are securely locked into place e Always place the load behind unoccupied seats if possible e Use the cargo tie down ring
418. n the road surface there is a danger of hydroplaning occurring even if e you drive at low speeds e the tires have adequate tread depth oo e pen a ge c o0 S m se ving s Driving and parking For this reason in the event of heavy rain or in conditions in which hydroplaning may occur you must drive in the following manner e lower your speed e avoid ruts e avoid sudden steering movements e brake carefully Driving on flooded roads H Do not drive through flooded areas Check the depth of any water before driving through it Drive slowly through standing water Otherwise water may enter the vehicle interior or the engine compartment This can damage the electronic compo nents in the engine or the automatic trans mission Water can also be drawn in by the engine s air suction nozzles and this can cause engine damage Winter driving J A WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Z DANGER If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequate ventilation is not possible poisonous gases such as carbon monoxide CO may enter the vehicle This is the case e g if the vehicle becomes trapped in snow There is a risk of fatal injury
419. n warning lamps gt page 283 Observe the information on display messages gt page 252 OK Activating deactivating PRE SAFE Brake PRE SAFE Brake is only available in vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS gt Press lt or P on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select PRE SAFE Brake Menus and submenus ee Displaying the assistance graphic ii On board computer and displays Ss Menus and submenus ba On board computer and displays gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again When PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated the assistance graphic shows the symbol in the multifunction display OK For more information on PRE SAFE Brake see gt page 78 Activating deactivating COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt Pressthe lt or buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Dri veAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select Collision Prevent gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again If COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is deactivated the assistance graphic shows the X s symbol in the multifunction dis play For fur
420. nation address which is found on Google Maps can be transferred via mbrace directly to your vehicle s navigation system Specifying and sending the destination address gt Go to the website http www maps google com and enter a desti nation address into the entry field gt To send the destination address to the e mail address of your mbrace account click on the corresponding button on the website Example If you select Send to vehicle and then Mercedes Benz the destination address will be sent to your vehicle gt When the Send dialog window appears Enter the e mail address you specified when setting up your mbrace account into the corresponding field gt Click Send Information on specific commands such as Address entry or Send can be found on the website Calling up destination addresses gt Switch on the ignition The destination address is loaded into the vehicle s navigation system A display message appears asking whether navigation should be started gt Select Yes by turning OJ or sliding the COMAND controller and press to confirm The system calculates the route and sub sequently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be saved in the address book If you have sent more than one destina tion address each individual destination must be confirmed separately Destination addresses are loaded in the same o
421. nclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected Driving systems ee e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the road Switching on Lane Keeping Assist gt Switch on Active Lane Keeping Assist using the on board computer to do so select Standard or Adaptive gt page 242 If you drive at speeds above 40 mph 60 km h and lane markings are detected the lines in the assistance graphics display gt page 241 are shown in green Lane Keeping Assist is ready for use Standard If Standard is selected no warning vibration occurs if e you have switched on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes such as ABS BAS or ESP Adaptive When Adaptive is selected no warning vibra tion occurs if e you have switched on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes e g ABS BAS or ESP e you accelerate hard e g kickdown e you brake hard e you steer actively e g swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly e you cut t
422. ncoming and crossing traffic As a result DISTRONIC PLUS may neither give warnings nor intervene in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS cannot always clearly iden tify other road users and complex traffic sit uations In such cases DISTRONIC PLUS may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e neither give a warning nor intervene e accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Continue to drive carefully and be ready to brake in particular when warned to do so by DISTRONIC PLUS Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with up to 50 of the maximum possible deceleration If this braking force is insufficient DISTRONIC PLUS warns you visually and audibly There is a risk of an accident In such cases apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action H If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash If you fail to adapt your driving style DISTRONIC PLUS can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions D
423. ncy spare wheel is mounted as described under Mount ing a wheel gt page 385 Z WARNING Interchanging the front and rear wheels may severely impair the driving characteristics if the wheels or tires have different dimensions The wheel brakes or suspension components may also be damaged There is a risk of acci dent Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions H On vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitor electronic components are loca ted in the wheel Tire mounting tools should not be used near the valve This could damage the elec tronic components Only have tires changed at a qualified spe cialist workshop Always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Mounting a wheel section gt page 385 The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the inter vals in the tire manufacturer s warranty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the tires should be rotated every 3 000 to 6 000 miles 5 000 to 10 000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Do not change the direction of wheel rotation Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc
424. nd whether it is supported The transmitter frequency can usually be found on the back of the garage door drive remote control The integrated garage door opener is com patible with devices that have units which operate in the frequency range of 280 to 433 MHz Replace the batteries in garage door remote control This increases the like lihood that garage door remote control will transmit a strong and precise signal to the integrated garage door opener When programming hold remote control at varying distances and angles from the button which you are programming Try var ious angles at a distance between 2and 12 inches 5to 30 cm or at the same angle but at varying distances If another remote control is available for the same garage door drive repeat the same programming steps with this remote con trol Before performing these steps make sure that new batteries have been installed in garage door drive remote control Note that some remote controls only trans mit for a limited amount of time the indi cator lamp on the remote control goes out Press button on remote control again before transmission ends e Align the antenna cable of the garage door opener unit This can improve signal recep tion transmission Opening closing the garage door After it has been programmed the integrated garage door opener performs the function of the garage door system remote control Please also read the operatin
425. nd vehicle speed increase e the tires may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steer ing and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Follow recommended tire inflation pressures and check the pressure of all the tires includ ing the spare wheel e monthly at least e if the load changes e before beginning a long journey e under different operating conditions e g off road driving If necessary correct the tire pressure Wheels and tires The specifications on the sample Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pres sure tables are examples Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here The tire pressure specifications that are valid for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard and tire pres sure table on the vehicle General notes The recommended tire pressures for the tires mounted at the factory can be found on the labels described here Operation with the emergency spare wheel gt page 404 Further information on tire pressures can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop BEREH Recommended tire pressures The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 372 The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires The
426. nds RACE START is can celed The RACE START Canceled mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Take your foot off the brake but keep the accelerator pedal depressed The vehicle pulls away at maximum accel eration The RACE START Active message appears in the multifunction display RACE START is deactivated when the vehicle reaches a speed of approximately 30 mph Canada 50 km h Drive program S is acti oo a ge c oo S kz m Ea Driving systems o Driving and parking vated SPORT handling mode remains activa ted RACE START is deactivated immediately if you release the accelerator pedal during RACE START or if any of the activation condi tions are no longer fulfilled The RACE START Not Possible See Operator s Manual message appears in the multifunction dis play If RACE START is used repeatedly within a short period of time it is only available again after the vehicle has been driven a certain distance Vehicle level Important safety notes A WARNING When the vehicle is being lowered people could become trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle body and the wheels or underneath the vehicle There is a risk of injury Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the wheel arches when the vehicle is being lowered Z WARNING Vehicles with level control The vehicle is slightly lowered if e you have selected comfort
427. ne per formance and increase fuel consumption Avoid driving at full throttle and sudden accel eration Never refuel using fuel with a lower AKI Information on refueling gt page 174 Additives HM Operating the engine with fuel additives added later can lead to engine failure Do not mix fuel additives with fuel This does not include additives for the removal and prevention of residue buildup gasoline must only be mixed with additives recom mended by Mercedes Benz Comply with the instructions for use on the product label More information about recommen Service products and filling capacities En ded additives can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz recommends that you use branded fuels that have additives The quality of the fuel available in some coun tries may not be sufficient Residue could build up in the injection system as a result In such cases and in consultation with an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the gaso line may be mixed with the cleaning additive recommended by Mercedes Benz You must observe the notes and mixing ratios specified on the container Diesel Fuel grade A WARNING If you mix diesel fuel with gasoline the flash point is lower than that of pure diesel fuel When the engine is running exhaust system components could overheat without being noticed There is a risk of fire Never refuel with gasoline Never mix gasoline with diesel fuel H
428. ng gt Leave the engine running for a few minutes or drive a long dis tance The battery is being charged The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level A warning tone also sounds gt Check the oil level when next refueling at the latest gt page 332 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 332 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com AMG vehicles the engine oil level is too low gt Check the oil level when next refueling at the latest gt page 332 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 332 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Display messages Display messages Fuel Level Low TS Gas Cap Loose Ultra Low sulfur Diesel Fuel Only Replace Air Filter Check Additive See Operator s Manual Remaining Starts 16 Possible causes consequences and gt
429. ng Device tightens the seat belt in an accident pulling the belt close against the body However it does not pull the vehicle occupant back in the direction of the backrest The Emergency Tensioning Device does not correct an incorrect seat position or the rout ing of an incorrectly fastened seat belt When triggered seat belt force limiters help to reduce the force exerted by the seat belt on the vehicle occupant The seat belt force limiters for the front seats are synchronized with the front air bags which absorb part of the deceleration force This can reduce the force exerted on the vehi cle occupants during an accident H If the front passenger seat is unoccupied do not insert the belt tongue into the buckle of the front passenger seat This may oth erwise lead to the triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device in the event of an accident which will then need to be replaced Important safety notes The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Even where this is not required by law all vehicle occupants should correctly fasten their seat belts before starting the journey Z WARNING If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it can not protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fastened seat belt can cause addi tional injury for example in an accident dur ing braking or w
430. ng of the trunk lid tail gate e using a car wash e using a power washer Make sure that the SmartKey is at least 6 5 ft 2 m away from the vehicle Observe the following to make sure that the automatic transmission stays in position N gt Make sure the vehicle is stationary and the ignition is switched off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 Use the SmartKey instead of the Start Stop button on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises caused by residue on the wind shield Washing by hand In some countries washing by hand is only allowed at specially equipped washing bays Observe the legal requirements in all coun tries concerned gt Do not use hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight gt Use a soft sponge to clean gt Use a mild cleaning agent such as a car shampoo approved by Mercedes Benz gt Thoroughly hose down the vehicle
431. ng style Select comfort mode also when driving fast on straight roads e g on straight stretches of highway gt Press button Q repeatedly until indicator lamps 3 and go out You have selected Comfort mode The AMG Suspension System COMFORT message appears in the multifunction dis play Storing and calling up settings Once the suspension tuning and drive pro gram have been selected you can store and call up your settings using AMG button gt To store press AMG button until you hear a tone gt To call up press AMG button The stored suspension tuning and drive program are selected gt To display briefly press AMG button 2 Your selection appears in the multifunction display Vehicle level Important safety notes A WARNING When the vehicle is being lowered people could become trapped if their limbs are between the vehicle body and the wheels or underneath the vehicle There is a risk of injury Make sure no one is underneath the vehicle or in the immediate vicinity of the wheel arches when the vehicle is being lowered The vehicle lowers when you press the button for selecting the suspension tuning or the AMG button The vehicle also lowers if it is stationary H If Sport or Sport suspension tuning has been selected the vehicle s ground clear ance decreases Make sure that no objects become trapped or that the vehicle does not become damaged for example on the curb
432. ng the fuel filler flap gt Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn clockwise until it engages audibly gt Press the fuel filler flap closed until it engages audibly Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle Otherwise the locking pin of the central locking prevents the fuel filler flap from closing Driving and parking If you are driving with the fuel filler cap open the Mm reserve fuel warning lamp flashes A message appears in the multi function display gt page 267 gt page 267 In addition the i Check Engine warning lamp may light up gt page 286 For further information on warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster see gt page 286 gt Sedan open the trunk lid gt Slide down the parcel net gt Open the right hand side trim panel 176 o Driving and parking A Refueling gt Detach the emergency release from retainer C gt Pull the emergency release in the direction of arrow 2 The fuel filler flap is unlocked gt Open the fuel filler flap gt Wagon open the tailgate gt Open the right hand side trim panel gt Fold down the paneling gt Pull emergency release Q in the direction of the arrow The fuel filler flap is unlocked gt Open the fuel filler flap Problems with fuel and the fuel tank Refueling This section provides descriptions of and solutions to safety relevant problem
433. nges of Children in the vehicle ra direction As a result child restraint systems cannot perform their intended protective function Rear seat backrests that are not locked can also cause additional injuries e g in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always lock rear seat backrests after instal ling a Top Tether belt Observe the lock veri fication indicator Adjust the rear seat backr ests so that they are in an upright position Safety J If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and locked this will be shown in the multifunction display in the instrument cluster A warning tone also sounds Top Tether anchorages Sedan The Top Tether anchorage points are installed in the rear compartment behind the head restraints Pes gt Move head restraint Q upwards gt Fold up cover 2 of Top Tether anchorage Children in the vehicle Safety i gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so gt Route Top Tether belt under head restraint Q between the two head restraint bars gt Hook Top Tether hook 4 into Top Tether anchorage 6 gt Make sure that Top Tether belt is not twisted gt Tension Top Tether belt 3 Always comply with the child restraint system manufactur er s installation instructio
434. ngs are worn dark or covered e g by dirt or snow When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Clean the windshield Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fi On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Blind Spot Assist Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inop Currently Unavail erative Possible causes are able See Opera e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow tor s Manual or Active Blind Spot e the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature Assist Currently ONES 7 O Unavailable See e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to Operator s Manual electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir rors When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is operational again
435. nitors the area in front of your vehicle by means of multifunction camera Q at the top of the windshield At speeds of 0 37 mph 0 60 km h Stop amp Go Pilot focuses on the vehicle in front taking into account lane markings e g when following vehicles in a traffic jam At speeds of more than 37 mph 60 km h Steering Assist focuses on detected lane markings left and right and only on the vehi cle in front if lane markings are missing If these conditions are not present Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot cannot provide assistance DISTRONIC PLUS must be active in order for the function to be available Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics It cannot take account of road weather and traffic conditions DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot does not detect road and traf fic conditions If you are following a vehicle which is driving towards the edge of the road your vehicle could come into contact with the curb or other road boundaries Be particularly aware of other road users e g cyclists that are directly next to your vehi
436. nly or try in which you are driving Some jurisdic Canada only indicator lamp goes out tions prohibit the driver from using a mobile in the instrument cluster phone while driving a vehicle If you make a call while driving always use hands free mode Only operate the telephone when the traffic situation permits If you are si ving s Driving and parking unsure pull over to a safe location and stop before operating the telephone Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph approximately 50 km h the vehicle covers a distance of 44 ft approximately 14 m per second Drive sensibly save fuel Observe the following tips to save fuel gt The tires should always be inflated to the recommended tire pressure gt Remove unnecessary loads gt Remove roof racks when they are not nee ded gt Warm up the engine at low engine speeds gt Avoid frequent acceleration or braking gt Have all maintenance work carried out as indicated by the service intervals in the Maintenance Booklet or by the service interval display Fuel consumption also increases when driv ing in cold weather in stop start traffic and in hilly terrain Drinking and driving Z WARNING Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judg ment The poss
437. not use acidic wheel cleaning products to remove brake dust This could damage wheel bolts and brake components Hl Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or increased corrosion of the brake discs and wiper blades brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean Do not pull the wiper blade Otherwise ing Braking heats the brake discs and the the wiper blade could be damaged brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked H Do not clean wiper blades too often and do not rub them too hard Otherwise the graphite coating could be damaged This solvents or cleaning agents containing sol vents to clean the inside of the windows Do Cleaning the exterior lighting not touch the insides of the windows with hard objects e g an ice scraper or ring There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windows Cleaning the windows f o could cause wiper noise 5 ZX WARNING E Hold the wiper arm securely when folding hd You could become trapped by the windshield back The windshield could be damaged if wipers if they start moving while cleaning the the wiper arm smacks against it suddenly windshield or w
438. ns The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical con sumers are switched on gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the steering wheel heating will switch back on automatically EASY ENTRY EXIT feature Important safety notes Z WARNING When the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature adjusts the steering wheel you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is mak ing adjustments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the steering wheel Move the steering wheel adjustment lever if there is a risk of entrapment by the steering wheel The adjustment process is stopped Vehicles with a memory function if there is a risk of becoming trapped by the steering wheel you can also one of the memory func tion position buttons The adjustment proc ess is stopped A WARNING If children activate the EASY ENTRY EXIT fea ture they can become trapped particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If you drive off while the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is making adjustments you could lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Always wait u
439. ns when doing so gt Fold down cover 2 of Top Tether anchor age gt Move head restraint CQ back down again slightly if necessary gt page 113 Make sure that you do not interfere with the cor rect routing of Top Tether belt Wagon The Top Tether anchorages are located on the rear side of the rear seat backrests PLT gt Move head restraint Q upwards gt Remove combined cargo cover and net gt page 300 gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so gt Route Top Tether belt under head restraint Q between the two head restraint bars gt Hook Top Tether hook into Top Tether anchorage 4 on the back of rear seat backrest gt Make sure that Top Tether belt is not twisted gt Tension Top Tether belt Always comply with the child restraint system manufactur er s installation instructions when doing so gt Move head restraint Q back down again slightly if necessary gt page 113 Make sure that you do not interfere with the cor rect routing of Top Tether belt gt Install combined cargo cover and net gt page 300 General notes Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you in
440. nside the vehicle gt page 93 Opening gt Fold the rear seat backrest forwards gt page 297 gt Remove cargo compartment cover gt page 301 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 86 gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the opening in paneling gt Turn mechanical key 2 90 clockwise gt Push mechanical key 2 in the direction of the arrow and open the tailgate gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key When you lock the vehicle gt page 91 the cargo compartment is also locked Z WARNING While opening the side windows body parts could become trapped between the side win dow and the door frame as the side window moves There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody touches the side win dow during the opening procedure If some body becomes trapped release the switch or pull the switch to close the side window again sce windows oo Z WARNING While closing the side windows body parts in the closing area could become trapped There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped release the switch or press the switch to open the side window again Z WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury Activate the override feature for the rear side windows When leavin
441. nsioning Device and the use of the seat belt on the driver s seat and outer seats in the second row the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat e Window curtain air bag on the side of impact independently of the use of the seat belt and independently of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e Window curtain air bags on the driver s and front passenger side in certain situations when the vehicle rolls over if the system determines that deployment can offer addi tional protection to that provided by the seat belt Not all air bags are deployed in an acci dent The different air bag systems work independently of each other Occupant safety E How the air bag system works is deter protection will not be available in the event of mined by the severity of the accident detec another rear end collision You can see that a ted especially the vehicle deceleration or NECK PRO head restraint NECK PRO luxury acceleration and the apparent type of acci head restraint has been triggered if it is tilted dent forward and can no longer be adjusted e frontal collision Mercedes Benz recommends that you have e side impact the functionality of the NECK PRO head _ rall ver restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a rear end collision Resetting a triggered NECK PRO head restrai
442. nt to protect the vehicle body the vehicle has covers next to the jacking points on the outer sills equipment fold cover 3 upwards Fy Wheels and tires Pdi dP ad Example gt Make sure the foot of the jack is directly beneath the jacking point gt Turn crank clockwise until jack sits completely on jacking point and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground gt Turn crank until the tire is raised a max imum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Changing a wheel Lt Wheels and tires Removing a wheel H AMG vehicles during removal and repo sitioning of the wheel the wheel rim can strike the ceramic brake disc and damage it Therefore you should proceed carefully and get a second person assist to you Alternatively you can use a second align ment bolt H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a dirty surface The bolt and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in ea tia Hh gt Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com pletely gt Screw alignment bolt Q into the thread instead of the wheel bolt gt Unscrew the remaining wheel bolts fully gt Remove the wheel Mounting a new wheel Z WARNING Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damaged wheel bolts hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose As a result you could lose a wheel while driving There is a risk of accident Never oil or grease wheel bolts In the event of damage
443. nt NECK PRO luxury head Important safety notes restraint Z WARNING NECK PRO head restraints The function of the head restraint may be impaired if you e attach objects such as coat hangers to the head restraints for example e use head restraint covers If you do so the head restraints cannot fulfill their intended protective function in the event of an accident In addition objects attached to the head restraints could endanger other vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury Example Sedan Do not attach any objects to the head 3 Do not insert your finger between the cushion restraints and do not use head restraint cov of the head restraint and the cover Pay par ba ticular attention while resetting the NECK PRO head restraints Method of operation si Tilt the top of the NECK PRO head restraint NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury Cushion forwards in the direction of head restraints offer additional protection arrow 4 against head and neck injuries Inthe event of Push the NECK PRO head restraint cushion arear collision of acertain severity the NECK down as far as it will go in the direction of PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head arrow 2 restraints on the driver s and front passenger With your hand flat firmly push the NECK seats are moved forwards and upwards This PRO head restraint cushion backwards in provides better head support the direction of arrow until it engage
444. ntil the adjustment process is complete before driving off The EASY ENTRY EXIT feature makes getting in and out of your vehicle easier You can activate and deactivate the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature in the on board com puter gt page 246 Position of the steering wheel when the EASY ENTRY EXIT feature is active The steering wheel swings upwards when you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e with KEYLESS GO open the driver s door KEYLESS GO must be in position 1 e with the SmartKey open the driver s door the SmartKey is in position O or 1 must be in the ignition lock gt page 157 The steering wheel only moves upwards if it has not already reached the upper stop Position of the steering wheel for driv ing The steering wheel is moved to the last selec ted position when e the driver s door is closed e with KEYLESS GO you press the Start Stop button once or e with the SmartKey you insert the Smart Key into the ignition lock Steering wheel fea Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 Mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors _ When you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on the steering wheel is also automatically moved to the previously set position The last position of the steering wheel is stored when you switch off the ignition or when you store the setting with the memory function gt page 125 Crash responsive EASY EXIT feature If the crash respon
445. ny qualified specialist work shop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Coolant Important safety notes A WARNING If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Let the engine cool down before you add anti freeze Make sure that antifreeze is not spilled next to the filler neck Thoroughly clean the antifreeze from components before starting the engine H Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You could otherwise damage the engine Further information on coolants can be found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB BeVo 310 1 e g on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Or con tact a qualified specialist workshop H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the engine cooling system is not sufficiently protected from corrosion and overheating Service products and filling capacities Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Comply with the important safety precautions for service products when handling coolant gt page 411 The coolant is a m
446. nz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada gt Toarm lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO Indicator lamp flashes The alarm sys tem is armed after approximately 15 seconds gt To disarm unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open e a door e the vehicle with the mechanical key e the trunk lid tailgate e the hood gt To switch the alarm off with the Smart Key press the or button on the SmartKey The alarm is switched off or gt Remove the Start Stop button from the ignition lock gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock The alarm is switched off Protection against theft a gt To stop the alarm using KEYLESS GO grasp the outside door handle The Smart Key must be outside the vehicle The alarm is switched off or gt Press the Start Stop button on the dash board The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle The alarm is switched off The alarm is not switched off even if you close the open door that triggered it for example If the alarm continues for more than 30 seconds the mbrace emergency call system automatically notifies the Cus tomer Assistance Center This is done either by text message or data connection The emergency call system sends the
447. o a low obstacle such as a low curb e you park forwards Active Parking Assist does not assist you parking in spaces that are parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel if e the parking space is on a curb e the system reads the parking space as being blocked for example by foliage or grass paving blocks e the area is too small for the vehicle to maneuver into e the parking space is bordered by an obsta cle e g a tree a post or a trailer Example detected parking space Detected parking space on the left Parking symbol Detected parking space on the right Active Parking Assist is switched on automat ically when driving forwards The system is operational at speeds of up to approximately 22 mph 35 km h While in operation the system independently locates and measures parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle Active Parking Assist will only detect parking spaces e parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel e that are parallel to the direction of travel and at least 59 in 1 5 m wide e that are parallel to the direction of travel and at least 39 5 in 1 0 m longer than your vehicle e that are at right angles to the direction of travel and at least 39 5 in 1 0 m wider than your vehicle Note that Active Parking Assist cannot measure the length of a parking space if it is at right angles to the direction of travel You will need to judge whether your vehicle will fit into t
448. o a vehicle in front e you have switched on the corresponding turn signal e DISTRONIC PLUS does not detect a danger of collision If these conditions are fulfilled your vehicle is accelerated Acceleration will be interrupted if changing lanes takes too long or if the dis tance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front becomes too small When changing lanes DISTRONIC PLUS monitors the left lane on left hand drive vehicles and the right lane on right hand drive vehicles Driving systems Stopping A WARNING When leaving the vehicle even if it is braked only by DISTRONIC PLUS it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated with the cruise control lever e g by a vehi cle occupant or from outside the vehicle e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle against rolling away For further information on deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 196 If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front is stopping it brakes your vehicle until it is stationary Once your vehicle is stationary it remains stationary and you do not need to depress the brake Depend
449. o not use these care products in the sun or on the hood while the hood is hot gt Use a suitable touch up stick e g MB Touch Up Stick to repair slight damage to the paintwork quickly and provisionally Matte finish care H Never polish the vehicle or the light alloy wheels Polishing causes the finish to shine H The following may cause the paint to become shiny and thus reduce the matte effect e Vigorous rubbing with unsuitable mate rials e Frequent use of car washes e Washing the vehicle in direct sunlight H Never use paint cleaner buffing or pol ishing products or gloss preserver e g wax These products are only suitable for high gloss surfaces Their use on vehicles with matte finish leads to considerable sur face damage shiny spotted areas Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H Do not use wash programs with a hot wax treatment under any circumstances Observe these notes if your vehicle has a clear matte finish This will help you to avoid damage to the paintwork due to incorrect treatment These notes also apply to light alloy wheels with a clear matte finish The vehicle should preferably be washed by hand using a soft sponge car shampoo and plenty of water Use only insect remover and car shampoo from the range of recommended and approved Mercedes Benz care products Cleaning the vehicle parts ao Cleaning the wheels H Do
450. o the border as possible before driving in these countries Asymmetrical low beam Have the headlamps converted back to asym metrical low beam headlamps at a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible after crossing the border again Setting options Exterior lighting can be set using e the light switch e the combination switch gt page 130 e the on board computer gt page 244 Light switch Operation 1 P Left hand standing lamps 2 Pe Right hand standing lamps 3 5002 Parking lamps license plate and instrument cluster lighting 4 avro Automatic headlamp mode control led by the light sensor 5 Low beam high beam headlamps L Rear fog lamp If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on gt Turn the light switch to AUTO The exterior lighting except the parking standing lamps switches off automatically if you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in position 0 Automatic headlamp mode A WARNING When the light switch is set to auro the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to Z Th
451. ocking the trunk gt page 98 e unlocking the tailgate gt page 98 e locking the vehicle gt page 91 Inserting the mechanical key gt Push mechanical key completely into the SmartKey until it engages and release catch is back in its basic position Checking the battery Fii hPa i button gt Press the Joro The battery is working properly if battery check lamp lights up briefly The battery is discharged if battery check lamp Q does not light up briefly gt Change the battery gt page 87 If the SmartKey battery is checked within the signal reseptiin range of the vehicle pressing the or g button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle You can get a battery at any qualified spe cialist workshop Replacing the battery You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 86 SmartKey gt Press mechanical key 2 into the opening in the SmartKey in the direction of the arrow until battery compartment cover 1 opens Do not hold battery compartment cover 1 closed while doing so gt Remove battery compartment cover Q Fii eh eho dt gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive ter minal facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so gt Make sure that the surface of the battery is free
452. of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly You can change the following bulbs The bulb type can be found in the legend Static LED headlamps High beam headlamp H7 55 W Turn signal lamp PSY 24 W High beam headlamps static LED head lamps gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Using the handle extension turn bulb holder counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers T Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers ead Turn signal static LED headlamps gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages Windshield wipers H Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry as this could damage the wiper
453. omatic transmission switches into the automatic drive program that was last selected i e E or S General information In this drive program you can permanently change gear yourself by using the steering wheel paddle shifters The transmission must be in position D As well as this permanent drive program M you can also activate temporary drive program M gt page 171 Switching on the manual drive program gt Turn the drive program selector gt page 169 until M appears in the multi function display The indicator M on the drive program selec tor lights up in red The manual drive program is only available for AMG vehicles Manual drive program M is different from drive programs S and S with regard to spon taneity responsiveness and smoothness of gear changes Manual drive program M can be selected using the drive program selector In manual drive program M you can change gear using the steering wheel paddle shifters if the trans mission is in position D The gear currently selected and engaged is shown in the multi function display Upshifting H In manual drive program M the automatic transmission does not shift up automati cally even when the engine limiting speed for the current gear is reached When the engine limiting speed is reached the fuel supply is cut to prevent the engine from overrewving Always make sure that the engine speed does not reach the red area of the tachometer There
454. on gt Open the front left hand door You will see vehicle identification plate Q This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special EET ET ist workshops gt page 27 pa gt pag Example vehicle identification plate USA only VIN TMCOUEMCe emer meriem Vehicle model A WARNING au j DAIMLER AG HYBRID vehicles It is imperative that you read EG ae ea the HYBRID Supplemental Operating Instruc WAFS ERD meat tions included in your vehicle literature port one ee RAR eae folio You may otherwise not receive all nec essary safety information and warning for the operation of your vehicle The data stated here specifically refers to aay a vehicle with standard equipment Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim VIN levels Paint code Example vehicle identification plate Canada only The data shown on the vehicle identifica TTT tion plate is used only as an example This kentn anon pintas data is different for every vehicle and can Vehicle identification plate with vehi deviate from the data shown here
455. on breaking in a new vehicle Driving Automatic transmission 165 Refueling rede See E 173 Parking c25 25 cece 179 Driving tips e ee 181 Driving systems ccesceeeerees 187 bd w Q ge G b0 S m __ Driving and parking Driving Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle The sensor system of some driving and driv ing safety systems adjusts automatically while a certain distance is being driven after the vehicle has been delivered or after repairs Full system effectiveness is not reached until the end of this teach in proce dure New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after sev eral hundred kilometers of driving Compen sate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal The more you look after the engine when it is new the more satisfied you will be with its performance in the future e You should therefore drive at varying vehi cle and engine speeds for the fir
456. on compressor is switched off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock gt If the tire pressure is higher than the speci fied pressure press pressure release valve fea Emergency spare wheel button 2 until the correct tire pressure has been reached gt Unscrew air hose union nut Q from the valve gt Screw the cap onto the valve of the col lapsible spare wheel again gt Stow connector and the hose in the lower section of the tire inflation compres sor gt Stow the tire inflation compressor in the vehicle Emergency spare wheel All vehicles except AMG vehicles Minispare emergency spare wheel Models with 4 cylinder engine Alloy wheels 4 0 B x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 54 in 39 mm Models with 6 cylinder engine Alloy wheels 4 0Bx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 34 in 34 mm Models with 8 cylinder engine Alloy wheels 4 5 Bx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 42 in 36 mm gt O lt o o o collapsible spare wheel Alloy wheels 6 5Bx 19 H2 Wheel offset 0 55 in 14 mm 407 Q gt ao 2 o Useful information eee 410 Information regarding technical data 2 cccyscssiiee rere eects 410 Identification plates 05 410 Service products and filling capaci ties eee sees 411 Vehicle data eee esses 419 E Technical data al Identification plates Technical data Useful informati
457. on display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Deactivating delayed switch off of the exte rior lighting temporarily gt Before leaving the vehicle turn the Smart Key to position 0 in the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock The exterior lighting delayed switch off is deactivated Delayed switch off of the exterior lighting is reactivated the next time you start the engine If you have activated the Surround Light ing function and the light switch is set to auto the following functions are activated when it is dark e surround lighting the exterior lighting remains lit for 40 seconds after unlocking with the SmartKey If you start the engine the surround lighting is switched off and automatic headlamp mode is activated gt page 129 e exterior lighting delayed switch off the exterior lighting remains lit for 60 seconds after the engine is switched off If you close all the doors and the trunk lid tailgate the exterior lighting goes off after 15 seconds Depending on your vehicle s equipment when the surround lighting and delayed switch off exterior lighting are on the fol lowing light up e Parking lamps e Side marker lamps e Surround lighting in the exterior mirrors Activating deactivating the interior light ing delayed switch off If you activate the Interior Lighting Dela
458. on flooded roads Driving safety systems ABS Anti lock Braking System ADAPTIVE BRAKE ecceceeseseeeeeees Adaptive Brake Assist eeseee BAS Brake Assist System BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic ASSISt escsscccescrticsgesseentevencecncasseanes COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Distance warning function 5 EBD electronic brake force distri DUTON o eet R ESP Electronic Stability Pro Eram eean E RR ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction SYSEOM cccesced is nier E Important safety information OVEIVIEW s c eececseesscesieeaceeneseee PRE SAFE Brake cscscscsesseseseseseeeees STEER CONTROL jsvecscesteiiaccsrassccens Driving systems SOO CAMELA sscsieseccecarcestetsisesentsocecs Active Blind Spot Assist 0 Active Driving Assistance pack BG es ves cues Nes eve ce A TT Active Lane Keeping Assist Active Parking Assist eeseeeee IRMA TG excess cectacecssevececsastactoveceees AMG adaptive sport suspension SYSTEM wecvccscscdssisseteresevsceeccsescsebavese 203 ATTENTION ASSIST 00 eeeeeeeeteeteees 219 Blind Spot Assist ce eeeeeeeeseeees 220 Cruise Control jcc ancueeiece 187 Display message eeeeeseeeeeeeees 268 DISTRONIC PEUS c cccstsccaredensteractee 189 DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot 198 HOLD FUN CtION icsiesccseceseecdesctersecness 200 Lane Keeping Assist cesse
459. on on the mul tifunction steering wheel or gt Use the volume controller of the audio sys tem COMAND The system offers various services e g e Automatic and manual emergency call e Roadside Assistance call e MB Info call USA only you can find information and a description of all available features under Owners Online at http www mbusa com System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carries out a self diagnosis A malfunction in the system has been detec ted if one of the following occurs e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the R A Roadside Assistance button does not light up during self diagnosis of the system e The indicator lamp in the amp i MB Info call button does not light up during self diag nosis of the system e The indicator lamp in one or more of the following buttons continues to light up red after the system self diagnosis SOS button R Roadside Assistance call button Qi MB Info call button e After the system self diagnosis the Inop erative or Service Not Activated message appears in the multifunction dis play If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expec ted In the event of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest au
460. on the door handle until the side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed sce vinsows or Opening and closing 102 side windows Make sure you only touch recessed sen sor surface Q gt Make sure that all the side windows and the sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Touch recessed sensor surface Q on the door handle again until the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt slid ing panel close gt To interrupt convenience closing release recessed sensor surface Q on the door handle Opening and closing bes If a side window can no longer be closed fully you must reset it gt Close all the doors gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is com pletely closed gt page 100 gt Hold the switch for an additional second If the side window opens again slightly gt Immediately pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side win dow is completely closed gt page 100 gt Hold the switch for an additional second gt If the corresponding side window remains closed after the button has been released the side window has been reset correctly If this is not the case repeat the steps
461. on the turn signal in the direction you are pulling away gt Shift the transmission to position D or R The Start Park Assist Yes OK No message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel the procedure press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or pull away or gt To exit a parking space using Active Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Pull away being ready to brake at all times Do not exceed a maximum speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h when exit ing aparking space Otherwise Active Park ing Assist will be canceled gt Shift the transmission to position D or Ras required or according to the message while the vehicle is stationary Active Parking Assist immediately steers in the other direction The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away b0 If you back up after activation the steering wheel is moved to the straight ahead posi i oO tion gt Drive forwards and back up as instructed 5 by the PARKTRONIC warning displays Once you have exited the parking
462. ons of PRE SAFE have failed All other occupant safety systems e g air bags remain available gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Display messages Ea Fy On board computer and displays Pa Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake is temporarily inoperative Functions Cur Possible causes are rently Limited See e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow Operator s Manual y e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e AMG vehicles ESP is deactivated e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears PRE SAFE Brake is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Restart the engine gt AMG vehicles reactivate ESP gt page 76 _ On board computer and displays PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake is inoperative due to a malfunction BAS PLUS Functions Limited with Cross Traffic Assist may also have failed Operator s Man Visit a qualified specialist workshop ua D
463. ontrol lever up for a higher speed or down for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up 4 or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up Q or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up 4 or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up Q or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced Cruise control is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal For exam ple if you accelerate briefly to overtake cruise control adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have fin ished overtaking There are several ways to deactivate cruise control gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards 1 or gt Brake Cruise control is automatically deactivated if e you depress the parking brake e you are driving at less than 20 mph 30 km h e ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e you shift the transmission to position N while driving If cruise control is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the Cruise Con trol Off message in the multifunction dis play for approximately five seconds When you switch off the engine the last speed stored is cleared
464. ontrol panel ceeeees 40 z 32 Cockpit Cockpit CVV 0100 IOO Function Steering wheel paddle shifters Combination switch Instrument cluster Horn DIRECT SELECT lever PARKTRONIC warning dis play Overhead control panel Climate control systems Ignition lock Start Stop button 166 206 39 142 157 158 000000 Pui i Function Adjusts the steering wheel electrically Steering wheel heating Cruise control lever Parking brake Diagnostics connection Opens the hood Releases the parking brake Light switch Page 119 120 187 180 2 330 180 128 Function Page Fuel level and fuel filler flap location indicator Coolant temperature 2S2 Speedometer with seg ments 233 Fuel filler flap location indicator the fuel filler cap is on the right hand side Adjust the instrument cluster lighting using the on board computer gt page 244 Instrument cluster Phd MEMP Ji Function Page _ Multifunction display with outside temperature dis play 234 Tachometer 232 33 At a glance Pa a a4 instrumentctuster OO 7 Warning and indicator lamps At a glance Cees Function Page Function Page amp EsP 283 A Seat belt 280 Sal SPORT hancling 00 Diesel engine pre
465. ook let with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ser vice advisor will record every service for you in the Service and Warranty Booklet Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program offers technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure USA or the Roadside Assis tance section in the Service and Warranty booklet Canada You will find both in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or change of own ership In the event of a change of address please send us the Notification of Address Change in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim ply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Center Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in con tacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave the entire literature in the vehicle so that it is available to the next owner If you have purchased a used car please send us the Notification of Used Car Purchase in the Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistanc
466. or Opening and closing sesse 306 EASY PACK load securing kit Components and storage 304 Inserting the brackets into the loading Tallissscsiscscsecseciasssscsesdesezesas s 305 EASY PACK rear sill protector 307 EASY PACK trunk box e eee 303 EBD electronic brake force distri bution Display message ecce 254 FUNCtION NOTES senissssssscsnseirisssrsn 78 ECO display FUNCHION NOLES s 050 00056eceesdeeeees 182 On board Computer ssec 236 ECO start stop function General information eee 161 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Stability Program Emergency Automatic measures after an acci JEME near tr errr ener ery oer 61 Emergency release Driver s AOON cc acsiiiieaiesenss 91 F elfiller flap ssissisrtseiesisiasss 175 O E 98 BSO eE EE EET 91 Emergency spare wheel General Notes sc scsieeccesessees 404 Important safety notes 404 REMOVINE cess cece esses testes oveocacesecapercseee Storage location STOWING oo eeeeeeeees Technicaldata sisisi Emergency Tensioning Devices AGUNGTION eee 57 Emergency unlocking We SatG nnne as 98 Emissions control Service and warranty information 24 Engine Check Engine warning lamp Display message oissisisiisiiisisse ECO start stop function Engine number ssec Irregular running eee eee Jump starting oo eee eee Starting problems cee eee
467. or the trunk lid tailgate until the trunk lid tailgate opens gt To close Sedan press remote operating switch for trunk lid Q until the trunk lid is completely closed gt To close Wagon turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press remote operating switch for tail gate Q until the tailgate is completely closed You can open and close the trunk lid tailgate from the driver s seat when the vehicle is sta tionary and unlocked Trunk cargo compartment Important safety notes H Make sure there is sufficient clearance to open the tailgate fully when setting the opening angle The tailgate could otherwise be damaged Ideally set the opening angle outside Activating You can limit the opening angle of the tail gate This is possible in the top half of its opening range up to approximately 8 in 20 cm before the stop gt To open the tailgate pull the handle on the tailgate gt To stop the opening procedure at the desired position press the closing button gt page 93 in the tailgate or pull the handle on the outside of the tailgate again gt To store the position press and hold the closing button in the tailgate until you hear a short tone The opening angle limiter is activated The tailgate will now stop in the stored position when opening Deactivating gt Press and hold the closing button gt page 93 in the tailgate until you hear two short tones Gene
468. or a front door is opened again the 2 seat belt warning lamp goes out If the driver s seat belt is not fastened after the engine is started an additional warning tone will sound This warning tone stops after six seconds or when the driver s seat belt is fastened If the vehicle s speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h once and the driver s and front passenger seat belts are not fastened a warning tone sounds The warning tone sounds with increasing intensity for 60 seconds or until the driver or front passenger have fastened their seat belts If the driver or front passenger unfasten their seat belts during the journey the seat belt warning is activated again For more information on the amp seat belt warning lamp see Warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster seat belts gt page 280 Air bags Introduction The installation point of an air bag can be rec ognized by the AIR BAG symbol An air bag complements the correctly fas tened seat belt It is no substitute for the seat belt The air bag provides additional protec tion in applicable accident situations Not all air bags are deployed in an accident The different air bag systems function inde pendently from one another gt page 57 However no system available today can com pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injury cau
469. or an accident for instance if you e transport other heavy or sharp edged objects in the skibag e do not secure the skibag with the lashing straps There is a risk of accident and injury Store only skis in the skibag Always secure the skibag with the lashing straps so that it cannot move around Stowage areas ae Stowage and features Stowage and features gt Fold down the rear seat armrest gt Press release catches 2 together and fold down cover Q gt Pull skibag Q into the vehicle interior and unfold it gt Open the trunk lid gt Pull strap tight by the loose end until the skis are held firmly inside the skibag r T E i rE gt Engage hook Q in securing ring gt Pull the strap tight by the loose end Removing skis and folding up the skibag gt Press release catch Q The flap opens downwards gt Slide the skis into the skibag from the trunk gt Loosen the two straps gt Remove hook Q from securing ring gt Take the skis out of the skibag gt Close the flap in the trunk gt Smooth out the skibag and fold it up gt Put the skibag into the backrest gt Fold the cover back up You should always close the flap in the trunk if you do not require the skibag This will prevent unauthorized access to the trunk from the vehicle interior Removing the skibag gm _ If you would like to clean or dry the skiba
470. or right hand cornering light is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand low beam headlamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear left hand or rear right hand turn signal is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left hand or front right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 135 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays Pe Display messages a On board computer and displays Display messages W Check Left Mirror Turn Signal or Check Right Mirror Turn Signal W Check Center Brake Lamp W Check Left Tail and Brake Lamps or Check Right Tail and Brake Lamps W Check Left High Beam or Check Right High Beam W Check Left License Plate Lamp or Check Right License Plate Lamp XY NA ear Fog Lamp Ps Check Left Reverse Lamp or Check Right Reverse Lamp Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The turn signal in the left hand or right hand exterior mirror is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The high mounted brake lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand tail lamp brake lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand high beam is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the
471. orkshop gt Press release button Q hold belt tongue firmly and guide it back towards belt outlet Seat belt adjustment The seat belt adjustment is an integral part of the PRE SAFE convenience function This function adjusts the driver s and front passenger seat belt to the upper body of the occupants The belt strap is tightened slightly when e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle and e the ignition is switched on The seat belt adjustment will apply a certain retraction force if any slack is detected between the vehicle occupant and the seat belt Do not hold on to the seat belt tightly while it is adjusting E Y q N Fe Occupant safety Safety J You can switch the seat belt adjustment on and off in the on board computer gt page 246 Belt warning for the driver and front passenger The amp seat belt warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is a reminder that all occupants must fasten their seat belts It may light up continuously or flash In addition there may be a warning tone Regardless of whether the driver s seat belt has already been fastened the 2 seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine is started If after six seconds the driver or front passenger seat belt has not been fastened and the doors are closed the 4 seat belt warning lamp lights up again As soon as the driver s and front passenger seat belts are fastened
472. orted than to have it towed away If the vehicle has suffered transmission dam age have it transported on a transporter or trailer The automatic transmission must be in posi tion N when the vehicle is being towed The battery must be connected and charged Otherwise you e cannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e cannot shift the automatic transmission to position N Disarm the automatic locking feature before the vehicle is towed gt page 90 You could otherwise be locked out when push ing or towing the vehicle Installing the towing eye A WARNING The exhaust tail pipe may be very hot There is a risk of burns when removing the rear cover Do not touch the exhaust pipe Take particular care when removing the rear cover Towing eye covers example Sedan The mountings for the removable towing eyes are located in the bumpers They are at the front and at the rear behind the covers gt Remove the towing eye from the vehicle tool kit gt page 344 gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards in the direction of the arrow gt Take cover A off the opening gt Screw in and tighten the towing eye clock wise to the stop Removing the towing eye gt Unscrew and remove the towing eye gt Attach cover Q to the bumper and press until it engages gt Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kit Towing and tow starting It is important that you observe the safety
473. ot fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 46 The warning lamp goes out There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 46 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases There are objects on the front passenger seat The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ee Safety systems Problem erake USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the vehicle is moving A warning tone also sounds prake USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds erake USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds Possible cau
474. ounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely paying attention to road and traffic conditions and select a higher vehicle level Depending on the malfunction it may be possible to raise the vehicle gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Ea Display messages Malfunction Off Lane Keeping Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual or Active Lane Keeping Assist Cur rently Unavailable See Operator s Man ual Lane Keeping Assist Inopera tive or Active Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The AIRMATIC function is restricted The vehicle s handling char acteristics may be affected gt Do not drive at speeds above 50 mph 80 km h gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The HOLD function is deactivated The vehicle is skidding A warning tone also sounds gt Reactivate the HOLD function later gt page 200 The HOLD function is deactivated When the brake pedal is firmly depressed an activation condition is not fulfilled A warning tone also sounds gt Check the activation conditions for the HOLD function gt page 200 Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog e there are no lane markings for a longer period e the lane marki
475. over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant observing the warning notes gt page 333 gt If you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Otherwise the engine could be damaged gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C The air flow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too low Z WARNING The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop
476. owage compartment and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Never exceed the maximum permissible load for the stowage compartment Stow and secure heavy objects in the trunk cargo com partment The maximum permissible load of the stow age compartment is 3 3 Ibs 1 5 kg gt To open pull handle Q up and fold cover 2 forwards On vehicles with a fire extinguisher the fire extinguisher is located in the stowage compartment under the driver s seat Stowage compartment in the rear H Do not sit on or support your body weight on the rear seat armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Close the cover of the stowage compart ment before folding the rear seat armrest back into the seat backrest gt To open fold down seat armrest 2 gt Fold cover Q of the armrest upwards Stowage net in the rear Stowage net Stowage nets Stowage nets are located in the front passenger footwell and on the left hand side of the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 and the safety notes regarding stowage spaces gt page 293 Skibag Unfolding the skibag and loading skis A WARNING The skibag in conjunction with the lashing straps cannot restrain any objects other than Skis Vehicle occupants could be struck in the event of sudden braking
477. ower steering is malfunctioning A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING You will need to use more force to steer There is a risk of an accident gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays 278 Lol On board computer and displays a DA Display messages Phone No Service Check Washer Fluid Display messages A Ey Eg amp A oR A Pas A on t Key J Fi ey Does Not elong to Vehicle ke Your Key from nition tain a New Key eplace Key Battery orget Your Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Your vehicle is outside the network provider s transmitter receiver range gt Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in the multifunction display The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum gt Add washer fluid gt page 334 Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock gt Use the correct SmartKey The SmartKey is in the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey The SmartKey needs to be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The batteries o
478. owflake symbol in addition to the M S marking pro vide the best possible grip in wintry road con ditions Only these tires will allow driving safety sys tems such as ABS and ESP to function opti mally in winter These tires have been devel oped specifically for driving in snow Use M S tires of the same make and tread on all wheels to maintain safe handling charac teristics Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M S tires you have mounted Once the winter tires are mounted gt Check the tire pressures gt page 369 gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 369 For more information on driving with the emergency spare wheel see gt page 404 Snow chains A WARNING If snow chains are installed to the front wheels they may drag against the vehicle body or chassis components This could cause damage to the vehicle or the tires There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e never install snow chains to the front wheels e always install snow chains in pairs to the rear wheels E On vehicles with AIRMATIC you must drive at raised vehicle level if snow chains have been mounted The vehicle may oth erwise be damaged H On some tire sizes there is not enough space for snow chains To avoid damage to the vehicle or tires observe the Wheel and tire combinations section under Tires and wheels Winter operation ae H Vehicles with steel wheels
479. ows 6 151 Defrosting the windshield 150 Dual zone automatic climate con LARO Aae E EE E 143 Important safety notes 0 0 0 142 Indicator lamp casessscessssseceseceeseeenceses 148 Information about using auto matic climate control seese 146 Information about using dual zone automatic climate control 144 Maximum cooling nsere 151 Overview of systems sesen 142 Problems with cooling with air Aehumidification oe eee cence 148 Problem with the rear window COTTOSLET 3 sccccsiesasesecessestaceescctazesiaes Rear control panel RETISCTANE enen nerra Refrigerant filling capacity 419 Setting the air distribution 149 Setting the airflow eee 150 Setting the air vents seee 153 Setting the climate mode 148 nto Setting the temperature 149 Setting the temperature with 3 zone automatic climate control 149 Setting the temperature with dual zone automatic climate control 149 Switching air recirculation mode OM Off sestsectcsteeesse sSesaccct scacaescaseeaace 152 Switching On Off sirisser 146 Switching residual heat on off 152 Switching the rear window defroster on off cceeessseeeeeeee 151 Switching the ZONE function on OM orere o EE ETE 150 Climate control system Automatic engine start 162 Automatic engine switch off 162 Deactivating activating 162
480. page 242 The DTR Steering Assistant On mes sage appears in the multifunction display Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are active Information in the multifunction display If Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are acti vated but not ready for a steering interven tion steering wheel symbol Q appears in gray If the system provides you with support by means of steering interventions sym bol is shown in green Deactivating Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot gt Deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot function using the on board computer gt page 242 The DTR Steering Assistant Off message appears in the multifunction dis play Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are deactivated When DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated or not available Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are deactivated automatically i Driving and parking nd parking 00 gt Q HOLD function General notes The HOLD function can assist the driver in the following situations e when pulling away especially on steep slopes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function deactivated when you depress the accelerator pedal to pull away Important safety notes Z WARNING When leaving the vehicle it can still rol
481. pedal HOLD appears in the multifunction f depressing the brake pedal the first time does not activate the HOLD function wait briefly and then try again Deactivating the HOLD function The HOLD function is deactivated automati cally if e you accelerate and the transmission is in position D or R e you shift the transmission to position P e you depress the brake pedal again with a certain amount of pressure until HoLo dis appears from the multifunction display e you activate DISTRONIC PLUS When the HOLD function is activated the transmission is shifted automatically to posi tion P if e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient Important safety notes Observe the safety notes for the SPORT handling mode gt page 76 RACE START is intended solely for activation on dedicated race circuits RACE START enables optimal acceleration from a standing start The precondition for this is a suitable high grip road surface RACE START is only available in AMG vehi cles Conditions for activation You can activate RACE START if e the doors are closed e the engine is running and it has reached an operating temperature of approximately 176 F 80 C This is the case
482. ponsible man ner H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents 1 Maintenance and care E Maintenance and care Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and protective film H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents rec ommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Washing the vehicle and cleaning the paintwork Automatic car wash Z WARNING Braking efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle There is a risk of an accident After the vehicle has been washed brake carefully while paying attention to the traffic conditions until full braking power is restored Hi If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To p
483. position D or R is engaged the following is shown e full screen display with the image from the front camera e full screen display with the image from the rear view camera Activating the 360 camera with COMAND gt Press the syso button in the center con sole or gt Select System by turning the COMAND controller and press to con firm gt Select 360 Camera and press to con firm Depending on whether position D or R is engaged the following is shown e a split screen with top view and the image from the front camera or e a split screen with top view and the image from the rear view camera Activating the 360 camera using reverse gear The 360 camera images can be automati cally displayed by engaging reverse gear gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the Activation by R gear function is selected in COMAND Audio 20 see the separate COMAND Audio 20 operating instructions gt To show the 360 camera image engage reverse gear The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND Audio 20 display in split screen mode You see the top view of the vehicle and the image from the rear view camera Selecting the split screen and full screen displays gt To switch between split screen views switch to the line with the vehicle icons by sliding the controller gt Turn COJ the controller and select one of the
484. pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more information contact a qualified spe cialist workshop Important notes on tire pressure Z WARNING If the tire pressure drops repeatedly the wheel valve or tire may be damaged Tire pressure that is too low may result in a tire blow out There is a risk of an accident e Check the tire for foreign objects e Check whether the wheel is losing air or the valve is leaking If you are unable to rectify the damage con tact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tire valves the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction which can cause tire pressure loss Due to their design retrofitted tire pres sure monitors keep the tire valve open This can also result in tire pressure loss There is a risk of an accident Only screw the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve fo Wheels and tires Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure On vehicles equipped with the electronic tire pressure monitoring sys tem the tire pressure can be checked using the on board computer The tire temperature and pressure increase when the vehicle is in motion This is depend ent on the driving speed and the
485. r Start Stop button in position O or 1 while the parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer Braking maneuvers triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system H Vehicles with 4MATIC as the ESP sys tem operates automatically the engine and the ignition system must be switched off SmartKey in position O or 1 in the ignition lock or Start Stop button in position 0 or 1 when e testing the parking brake on a brake dynamometer e you intend to have the vehicle towed with one of the axles raised Braking maneuvers triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system All checks and maintenance work on the brake system must be carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Consult a qualified specialist workshop to arrange this Have brake pads installed and brake fluid replaced at a qualified specialist workshop If the brake system has only been subject to moderate loads you should test the function ality of your brakes at regular intervals To do So press firmly on the brake pedal when driv ing at a high speed This improves the grip of the brake pads You can find a description of Brake Assist BAS at gt page 70 or of BAS PLUS with Intersection Assist at gt page 70 The braking characteristics of the vehicle can be seriously impaired if e brake pads other than those recommended are installed e the recommended brake fluid is not used Safe braking
486. r fluid all year round Climate control system refrigerant Important safety notes The climate control system of your vehicle is filled with refrigerant R 134a The instruction label regarding the refrigerant type used can be found on the radiator cross member H Only the refrigerant R 134a and the PAG oil approved by Mercedes Benz may be used The approved PAG oil may not be mixed with any other PAG oil that is not approved for R 134a refrigerant Other wise the climate control system may be damaged Service work such as topping up refrigerant or replacing components may only be carried out by a qualified specialist workshop All applicable regulations must be adhered to SAE standard J639 included Always have work on the climate control sys tem carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Refrigerant instruction label PO BATA Example refrigerant instruction label Warning symbol Refrigerant filling capacity Applicable standards PAG oil part number Type of refrigerant Warning symbol Q advises you about e possible dangers e having service work carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Filling capacities Missing values were not available at time of going to print AMG vehicles Capacity Refrigerant 22 6 0 4 oz 640 10 g PAG oil AVZ 1 aT Cod We ELT Ea All other models Capacity Refrigerant 20 8 0 4 oz 590 10 g PAG oil 4 2 oz 120 g AVZ aCe
487. r lamp flashes yellow gt To program the remote control point garage door remote control towards buttons 2 to on the rear view mirror at a distance of 2 to 8 inches 5 to 20 cm gt Press and hold button on remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programming is finished When indicator lamp Q flashes green pro gramming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button on remote control for the garage door drive system If indicator lamp lights up red repeat the programing procedure for the correspond i Stowage and features Stowage and features ing button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control 6 and the rear view mirror The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Synchronizing the rolling code Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 325 If the garage door system uses a rolling code you will also have to synchronize the garage door system with the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror To do this you will need to use the programming button on the door drive control panel The program ming button may be posi
488. r s door is open and the seat belt is not in the buckle Engaging reverse gear R E Only shift the automatic transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary gt f the transmission is in position D or N push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the first point of resistance gt If the transmission is in position P depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the first point of resistance The ECO start stop function is not avail able when reverse gear is engaged Further information on the ECO start stop function gt page 161 Shifting to neutral N Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children gt If the transmission is in position D or R push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first point of resistance gt If the transmission is in position P depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT l
489. r week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked with 3208 was manufactured in week 32 in 2008 Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Tire characteristics This information describes the type of tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall and under tire tread Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire ply composition and material used Describes the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Bar Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar Fey Wheels and tires Wheels and tires DOT Department of Transportation DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the United States Department of Transporta tion Normal occupant weight The number of occupants for which the vehi cle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 lb Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the
490. r wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays Ea Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Problem The yellow ESP warn ing lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion i OFF The yellow ESP OFF warning lamp is lit while the engine is running AMG vehicles only The yellow SPORT han dling mode warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated gt When pulling away only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary gt Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP In rare cases gt page 76 it may be best to deactivate ESP Observe the impo
491. ral notes H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate Tailgate opening dimensions gt page 419 Opening Inside of tailgate gt To unlock the tailgate slide locking catch 2 to the right gt To open pull the top of handle gt Swing the tailgate upwards gt To lock the tailgate slide locking catch 2 to the left You can lock the trunk separately If you then unlock the vehicle centrally the trunk remains locked and cannot be opened gt Close the trunk lid gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 86 Opening and closing r Opening and closing gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise from position 1 to position 2 gt Remove the mechanical key gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key H The trunk lid swings upwards when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above the trunk lid If the trunk cannot be unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO use the mechani cal key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the trunk lid the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 81 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 86 gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid
492. ransmission out of the p Visit a qualified specialist workshop and 2 parking position P seek advice e start the engine You can obtain information about trickle a In addition they may operate vehicle equip chargers from a qualified specialist work ment and become trapped There is a risk of shop S lt a Important safety notes Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving If you brake the vehicle with the parking brake the brake lamps will not light up Z WARNING If you operate mobile communication equip ment while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate this equipment when the vehicle is stationary gt To apply depress parking brake 2 firmly When the engine is running the erake USA only or Canada only indicator lamp lights up in the instrument cluster gt To release depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Pull release handle Q When the ignition is switched on or the Observe the legal requirements for the coun engine is running the erake USA o
493. ransmission to position D or R If D is selected the transmission shifts into second gear if R is selected the transmission shifts into reverse gear gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work shop immediately H Performance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer The brake system or transfer case could otherwise be damaged Contact a qualified specialist workshop for a performance test H To prevent ESP from intervening the ignition must be switched off SmartKey or the Start Stop button in position O or 1 if e the parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer e the vehicle is being towed with only one axle raised not permitted for vehicles with 4MATIC The brake system could otherwise be dam aged H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission This section is only valid for vehicles with 4 wheel drive 4MATIC Power is always trans mitted to both axles Refueling Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling A WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your ski
494. rature e air distribution to the windshield and front side windows e air recirculation mode off If the battery is not sufficiently charged blower output may be reduced Once the bat tery is sufficiently charged again full blower output will be available again gt To deactivate press the g button The indicator lamp above the g button goes out The previously selected settings are restored Air recirculation mode remains deactivated or gt Press the button The indicator lamp above the g button goes out Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Dual zone automatic climate control press temperature selection switch or up or down gt page 143 3 zone automatic climate control press temperature selection switch or up or down gt page 145 or gt Dual zone automatic climate control press airflow switch up or down gt page 143 3 zone automatic climate control press airflow switch 2 up or down gt page 145 AUTO The MAX COOL function is only available in vehicles for the USA MAX COOL is only operational when the engine is running gt To activate press the ax button The indicator lamp in the button lights up gt To activate press off road button wx again The indicator lamp goes out The previously selected settings are restored When you activate MAX COOL climate con trol sw
495. rd com puter Trip odometer Calling up Resetting on board computer Trunk Emergency release Important safety notes Locking separately s s Opening closing automatically from inside Opening closing automatically from outside Opening closing from outside HANDS FREE ACCESS Opening closing manually from outside Trunk lid Display message Opening dimensions Trunk load maximum Turn signals Changing bulbs front Display message Switching On Off cc ccsscssscsssceeces Type identification plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking ceeeee 91 From inside the vehicle central unlocking button essesi 90 Vanity mirror in the sun visor 311 Vehicle COnreCt USE s cccacnseances 28 Data ACQUISITION secsec 29 Display message ceecee 276 EgUPMENT siess isci scires raseeris 24 Individual settings s c 243 Limited Warranty eee 28 Loading sccecssccssseersedeveduestieneteeeesssy 372 Locking in an emergency 4 91 Locking SmartKey ceeeeeeeseeeee 84 OWE MING eseecdeck sacevesedividiceetes fovevtess 389 MaiINtemamCe sistere 25 Parking for a long period 181 Pullin AWAY nirst 160 RAISING esecuri iaiia 386 Reporting probleMSsssiisscssrisissesss 28 Securing from rolling away 385 TOWING AWAY cssssccescseccesesestsescsessieses 355 TRANS POULIN Sc eyccvenesbateeosndereeencve 357 Unlocking in an emergency
496. rd computer 239 Number from the phone book 240 Redialing scrissero 240 Rejecting ending a call 239 Telescopic rod EASY PACK load S CUNING Kit os 0 cccesccesstbcschtbeeessteczass 305 Temperature COOlAME secs i acecececsisessitseecstectaisierseds 232 Coolant on board computer 247 Engine oil on board computer 247 Outside temperature eeeee 233 Setting climate control 149 Through loading feature 297 Timing RACETIMER cece 248 TIREFIE Kitaro tecssssesecctee naceveses cesses 346 Tire pressure Calling up on board computer Checking manually seses Display message eeeeeeeeseeeeees Important safety notes 0 0 0 MAXIMUM essetis s Not reached TIREFIT 0 0 sees Reached TIREFIT eeeeeeereeeees Recommended sescc c seecesssesesesessanes Tire pressure monitor Checking the tire pressure elec tronically ceneni Function NOtES ssesssrosiiisiessserssorss General NOTES cestri Important safety notes 0 0 Radio type approval for the tire PFESSUTE MONTON o0ccerscecvsecees REStarting cincessceesssesveesaeecenseectcvs Warning laMp ccsssscscsesseceszeeaicesscese Warning message eee eeeeeseeeeeeeees Tires Aspect ratio definition Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition 00 B r GefMitlOM yesss osetis essetis Changing a wheel
497. rder as the order in which they were sent If you own multiple Mercedes Benz vehi cles with mbrace and activated mbrace accounts If multiple vehicles are registered under the same e mail address the destination will be sent to all the vehicles Vehicle remote opening You can use the vehicle remote opening if you have unintentionally locked your vehicle and a replacement SmartKey is not available The vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center E Stowage and features Stowage and features The vehicle can be immediately opened remotely within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time the remote unlock ing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be opened remotely gt Contact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password gt Return to your vehicle at the time agreed upon with the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA only alternatively the vehicle can be opened via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone application e g for iPhone Android To do this you will need your identification number and password Vehicle remote opening is only possible if the corresponding mobile phone network is accessible
498. re recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not ee Winter operation feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit may be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop Winter operation Have your vehicle winter proofed at a quali fied specialist workshop at the onset of win ter Observe the notes in the Changing a wheel section gt page 384 At temperatures below 45 F 7 C summer tires lose elasticity and therefore traction and braking power Change the tires on your vehi cle to M S tires Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to form thereby damaging the tires perma nently Mercedes Benz cannot accept responsibility for this type of damage A WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately A WARNING M S tires with a tire tread depth of less than Ye in 4 mm are not suitable for use in winter and do not provide sufficient traction There is a risk of an accident M S tires with a tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm must be replaced immediately At temperatures below 45 F 7 C use win ter tires or all season tires Both types of tire are identified by the M S marking Only winter tires bearing the 4 sn
499. recommended tire pressures are valid for the maximum permissible load and up to the maximum permissible vehicle speed Tire pressure table The tire pressure table is on the inside of the fuel filler flap id Se HMJ Example tire pressure table for all tires permitted for this vehicle by the factory The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Bae Se RE Example tire pressure table with tire dimensions If a tire size precedes a tire pressure the tire pressure information following is only valid for that tire size The load conditions partially laden and fully laden are defined in the table for different numbers of occupants and amounts of luggage The actual number of seats may differ Paks Sets ala Tit Some tire pressure tables show only the rim diameters instead of the full tire size e g R18 Rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall gt page 378 If the tire pressures have been set to the lower values for lighter loads and or lower road speeds the pressures should be reset to the higher values e if you want to drive with an increased load and or e if you want to drive at higher road speeds The tire pressures for increased loads and or higher road speeds shown in the tire pressure table may have a negative effect on driving comfort If the tire
500. reduce your speed immediately Stop the vehicle as soon as possible to check the wheels and tires for damage Hidden tire damage could also be causing the unusual handling characteristics If you find no signs of damage have the tires and wheels checked at a qualified specialist workshop When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar elevations try to do so slowly and at an obtuse angle Oth erwise the tires particularly the sidewalls may be damaged Z WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As aresult you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Regularly check the wheels and tires of your vehicle for damage at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Damaged wheels can cause a loss of tire pressure Pay particular attention to dam age such as e cuts in the tires e punctures e tears in the tires e bulges on tires e deformation or severe corrosion on wheels Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 363 If necessary turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the v
501. ressure fluctuations in the vehicle interior Change the position of the sliding sunroof or open a side window slightly to reduce or eliminate these noises Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel In this section the term sliding sunroof refers to both types of sliding sun roof The sliding sunroof is equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the sliding sunroof during the closing process the sliding sunroof opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing the sliding sunroof A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e when closing the sliding sunroof again man ually immediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped Opening and closing Overhead control panel To raise To open To clo
502. restricted or no longer available The brake system is still available with complete brake boosting effect and BAS Observe the restrictions described in the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 70 BAS PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a collision with a vehicle or a pedestrian and reduce the effects of such a collision If BAS PLUS detects a danger of collision you are assisted when braking Important safety notes Z WARNING BAS PLUS cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases BAS PLUS may e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation A WARNING BAS PLUS does not react e to small people e g children e to animals e to oncoming vehicles e when cornering As aresult BAS PLUS may not intervene in all critical situations There is a risk of an acci dent Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the rec ognition can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is also impaired in the event of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a n
503. result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Do not use gasoline to refuel vehicles with a diesel engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine The repair costs are high Notify a qualified specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system H Take care not to spill any fuel on painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork H Use a filter when refueling from a fuel can Otherwise the fuel lines and or injection system could be blocked by particles from the fuel can Do not get into the vehicle again during the refueling process Otherwise electrostatic charge could build up again If you overfill the fuel tank fuel could spray out when the fuel pump nozzle is removed Flexible Fuel vehicles can be recognized by the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on the inside of the fuel filler flap For further information on fuel and fuel quality gt page 412 Refueling _ General information Pay attention to the important safety notes gt page 173 The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked auto matically when you open or close the vehicle w
504. retainers on the left and right gt To retract unhook cargo compartment cover Q from the retainers on the left and right and guide it forwards by grab han dle 2 until it is fully retracted Installing removing the combined cargo cover and net You can reach the combined cargo cover and net to install and remove it from the cargo compartment and with the seat backrest fol ded forwards from the left hand rear door gt Make sure that the cargo net and the cargo compartment cover are rolled up gt To remove press button gt Fold the combined cargo cover and net for wards on the left hand side with the seat backrest folded forwards and fold it back wards with the seat backrest folded up gt First detach the combined cargo cover and net from left hand catch Q and then remove it from right hand fixture gt To install push the combined cargo cover and net up to the stop into right hand fix ture gt Place the combined cargo cover and net into the left hand fixture and push it into catch until the combined cargo cover and net engages audibly Stowage and features Stowage and features gt Make sure that red lock status indicator 4 is no longer visible The combined cargo cover and net will otherwise not be locked in place Attaching the combined cargo cover and net to the rear seat backrest H If you have attached the combined cargo cover and net to a rear seat b
505. revent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts H Make sure that e the side windows and the sliding sunroof are fully closed e the ventilation heating is switched off the OFF button has been pressed e the windshield wiper switch is in position 0 Otherwise the vehicle might be damaged H In car washes with a towing mechanism make sure that the automatic transmission is in transmission position N otherwise the vehicle could be damaged e Vehicles with a SmartKey Do not remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Do not open the driver s door or front passenger door when the engine is switched off Otherwise the automatic transmission selects park position P automatically and locks the wheels You can prevent this by shifting the automatic transmission to N before hand Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Do not open the driver s door or front passenger door when the engine is switched off Otherwise the automatic transmission selects park position P automatically and locks the wheels H If the SmartKey is within the rear detec tion range of KEYLESS GO the following situations for example could lead to the unintentional openi
506. rized Mercedes Benz Center Deployment of Emergency Tensioning Devices and air bags Important safety notes Z WARNING The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has been deployed There is a risk of injury Do not touch the air bag parts Have a deployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop as soon as possible Z WARNING A deployed air bag no longer offers any pro tection and cannot provide the intended pro tection in an accident There is an increased risk of injury Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special ist workshop in order to have a deployed air bag replaced It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash Z WARNING Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices that have been deployed are no longer opera tional and are unable to perform their inten ded protective function This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Therefore have pyrotechnic Emergency Ten sioning Devices which have been triggered immediately replaced at a qualified specialist workshop An electric motor is used by PRE SAFE to trigger the tightening of the seat belt in haz ardous situations This procedure is reversi ble If Emergency Tensioning Devices or air bag
507. rking Z WARNING Flammable materials introduced through environmental influence or by animals can ignite if in contact with the exhaust system or parts of the engine that heat up There is a risk of fire Carry out regular checks to make sure that there are no flammable foreign materials in the engine compartment or in the exhaust system H Do not depress the accelerator when starting the engine General notes Vehicles with a gasoline engine the catalytic converter is preheated for up to 30 seconds after a cold start The sound of the engine may change during this time Automatic transmission gt Shift the transmission to position P The transmission position display in the multifunction display shows P You can start the engine in transmission position P and N Starting procedure with the SmartKey To start the engine using the SmartKey instead of KEYLESS GO pull the Start Stop button out of the ignition lock gt Vehicles with a diesel engine turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 The 00 preglow indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni tion gt page 157 lock and release it as soon as the engine is running Vehicles with a diesel engine you can start the engine without preglow if the engine is warm Using KEYLESS GO to start the engine The Start Stop button can be used to start th
508. rmediate destination e New Route or Calculating Route calculating a new route Off Mapped Road or Road Not Mapped the vehicle position is outside the area of the digital map off map position e No Route no route could be calculated to the selected destination Audio menu Selecting a radio station Active station list Station frequency with memory position Station is displayed with the station frequency or station name The memory position is only displayed along with sta tion if this has been stored gt Switch on COMAND and select Radio see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or button on the steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select a stored station briefly press the A or W button gt To select a station from the station list press and briefly hold the A or Y button If no station list is received gt To select a station using the station search press and hold the A or Y button SIRIUS XM satellite radio functions like a normal radio You can find further information on radio mode in the Satellite radio section of the separate operating instructions Operating an audio player or audio media Audio data from various audio devices or media can be played depending on the equip ment installed in the vehicle gt Switch on COMAND and select
509. roaching at too high a speed There is a risk of an accident Always apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action provided it is safe to do so A WARNING PRE SAFE Brake cannot always clearly iden tify objects and complex traffic conditions In these cases PRE SAFE Brake may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e not give a warning or intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and be ready to brake especially if PRE SAFE Brake warns you Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation In order to maintain the appropriate distance to the vehicle in front and thus prevent a col lision you must apply the brakes yourself WARNING PRE SAFE Brake does not react e to small people e g children e to animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As a result PRE SAFE Brake may neither give warnings nor intervene in all critical sit uations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake In the event of snowfall or heavy rain the rec ognition can be impaired Recognition by the radar sensor system is also impaired in the event of e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in p
510. rtant safety notes on ESP gt page 75 ESP is deactivated A WARNING If ESP is switched off ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Reactivate ESP In rare cases gt page 76 it may be best to deactivate ESP Observe the important safety notes on ESP gt page 75 gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Drive on carefully gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop SPORT handling mode is activated A WARNING When SPORT handling mode is switched on ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Only switch to SPORT handling mode in accordance with the conditions described in the Activating deactivating SPORT handling mode section gt page 76 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ae Problem The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running 21S Ri The red restraint sys tem warning lamp is lit while the engine is run ning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PRE VENTION ASSIST PLUS PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake s
511. s Low outside temperatures DEF freezes at a temperature of approx imately 12 F 11 C The vehicle is delivered from the factory equipped with a DEF pre heating system Winter operation can thus be guaranteed even at temperatures below 12 F 11 C Additives H Only use DEF in accordance with ISO 22241 Do not use additives with DEF and do not dilute DEF with water This may destroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas after treatment system Purity H Impurities in DEF e g due to other ser vice products cleaning agents or dust lead to e increased emission values e damage to the catalytic converter Service products and filling capacities Ae e engine damage e malfunctions in the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system Assuring the purity of DEF is particularly important with respect to avoiding malfunc tions in the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreat ment system If DEF is pumped out of the DEF tank e g during repair work it must not be returned to the tank The purity of the fluid can no longer be guaranteed Filling capacities Model Total capacity All models 6 7 US gal 2551 General notes H Never use engine oil or an oil filter of a specification other than is necessary to ful fill the prescribed service intervals Do not change the engine oil or oil filter in order to achieve longer replacement intervals than those prescribed You could otherwise cause engine damage or damage to the e
512. s If the NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO Repeat this procedure for the second luxury head restraints have been triggered in NECK PRO head restraint an accident reset the NECK PRO head restraints NECK PRO luxury head restraints Resetting the NECK PRO head restraints on the driver s seat and the front passenger requires a lot of strength If you have diffi seat gt page 59 Otherwise the additional culty resetting the NECK PRO head restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Example Sedan Do not insert your finger between the cushion of the head restraint and the cover Pay par ticular attention while resetting the NECK PRO luxury head restraints gt Remove resetting tool Q from the vehicle document wallet gt Slide resetting tool Q into guide between the NECK PRO luxury head restraint and the rear cover of the head restraint gt Push resetting tool Q downwards until you hear the head restraint deployment mech anism engage gt Pull out resetting tool gt With your hand flat firmly push the NECK PRO luxury head restraint cushion back wards in the direction of arrow until it engages gt Repeat this procedure for the second NECK PRO luxury head restraint gt Put resetting tool Q back into the vehicle document wallet If you have difficulty resetting the NECK PRO luxury head restraints have this work carried out at a qualified specialist work
513. s Descriptions of and solutions to further problems can be found in the Digital Operator s Manual Problem Fuel is leaking from the vehicle A WARNING Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty Risk of explosion or fire gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it immediately gt page 157 gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop DEF BlueTEC vehicles only Important notes on use To function properly BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment must be operated with the reducing agent DEF Adding DEF is one of the tasks performed during maintenance Under normal operating conditions a tank of DEF lasts until the next service due date When the supply of DEF is almost used up the Check Additive See Operator s Manual message is shown in the multifunction dis play When the DEF supply drops to a minimum the Remaining Starts 16 message is shown in the multifunction display If the Remaining Starts 16 message appears in the multifunction display you can start the engine another 16 times If DEF is not refilled you will subsequently be unable to start the engine gt Add at least 1 gal 3 8 I of DEF gt Switch on the ignition for at least 60 sec onds gt Start the engine Have the DEF tank refilled at a qualified specialist workshop Use the special DEF refill bottle
514. s and cargo data from the Tire and Loading Information placard Step 2 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Number of peoplein 5 3 1 the vehicle driver and occupants Distribution of the Front 2 Front 1 Front 1 occupants Rear 3 Rear 2 Weight of the occu Occupant 1 150 lbs Occupant 1 200 lbs Occupant 1 150 Ibs pants 68 kg 91 kg 68 kg Occupant 2 180 lbs Occupant 2 190 Ibs 82 kg 86 kg Occupant 3 160 lbs Occupant 3 150 Ibs 73 kg 68 kg Occupant 4 140 Ibs 63 kg Occupant 5 120 Ibs 54 kg Gross weight of all 750 Ibs 340 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg occupants m Wheels and tires Wheels and tires Step 3 Example 1 Permissible load 1500 Ibs 680 kg maximum gross vehi 750 lbs 340 kg cleweightratingfrom 750 lbs 340 kg the Tire and Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occu pants Even if you have calculated the total cargo carefully you should still make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle gt page 372 Permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers load and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the permissi ble gross vehicle weight Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR the maximum permissible weight that can be car
515. s are deployed you will hear a bang and a small amount of powder may also be released The amp restraint system warning lamp lights up Occupant safety Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder that is released gener ally does not constitute a health hazard but it may cause short term breathing difficulties in people with asthma or other respiratory prob lems To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle or open the windows as soon as it is safe to do so Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tension ing Devices ETDs contain perchlorate mate rial which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guide lines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Method of operation During the first stage of a collision the restraint system control unit evaluates impor tant physical data relating to vehicle deceler ation or acceleration such as e duration e direction e intensity Based on the evaluation of this data the restraint system control unit deploys the Emergency Tensioning Devices during a fron tal or rear collision An Emergency Tensioning Device can only be deployed if e the ignition is switched on e the components of the restraint system are operational see Restraint system warning lamp gt page 43 e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on the respective
516. s consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction for example e in the engine management e in the fuel injection system e in the exhaust system e in the ignition system for vehicles with gasoline engines e in the fuel system The emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emergency mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop In some states you must immediately visit a qualified special ist workshop as soon as the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up This is due to the legal requirements in effect in these states If in doubt check whether such legal regulations apply in the state in which you are currently driving Vehicles with a diesel engine the fuel tank has been run dry gt page 177 gt After refueling start the engine three to four times If the yellow Check Engine warning lamp goes out emergency running mode is canceled The vehicle need not be checked The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist work shop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument
517. s 222 Lane Tracking package eee 220 PARKTRONIGC scsescsasesesseastecevscexeeves 206 RACE START AMG vehicles 201 Rear view camera seese 214 Driving tips AMG ceramic brakes sesse 185 Automatic transmission s s s 168 BraK OS ctscscedetscasssterssensetdscadetectascsaazs 183 Break in period ce eeeeeeseeeeeneees 156 Downhill gradient s es 183 Drinking and driving seses 182 Driving abroad ccssccesccccsshcacseseeees 128 Driving IN WINKET s cs0 cessesesovncesss 186 Driving on flooded roads 186 Driving on wet roads sses 185 Exhaust Check si ccccsdssceassescaccovasvens 182 Wel ee cenn n 182 GOMeT al esses ckscertecceccssenssecbevexscececes 181 Hyd roplaning sscccsscssscssscsscsesucesssciens 185 Icy road surfaces n se 186 Limited braking efficiency on sal ted TOS scsi ssccsvecesecensatiecenee 184 SMOW CHAINS sekers riris 365 Symmetrical low beam 006 128 Wet road surface ee eeeeeeeereeeeee 184 DVD video Operating on board computer 239 E EASY ENTRY feature Activating deactivating 246 FUNCtION NOTES eeeesseeeceeeeseeees 121 EASY EXIT feature Crash reSpOnsive sesiis 122 FUNCtION NOTES ceesseseeeesreeees 121 Switching On Off neseser 246 EASY PACK cargo compartment management system 0 0 304 EASY PACK folding floor Important safety notes 0 0 306 EASY PACK folding luggage com partment flo
518. s Q upwards gt Only secure the roof carrier to the anchor age points under covers Q gt Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions Attaching the roof carrier Wagon gt Secure the roof carrier to the roof rails gt Observe the manufacturer s installation instructions center console Features sd Cup holder in the front compartment Important safety notes AMG vehicles Z WARNING The cup holder cannot hold a container secure whilst traveling If you use a cup holder whilst a traveling the container may be flung around and liquid may be spilled The vehicle occu pants may come into contact with the liquid i a and if it is hot they may be scalded You may i be distracted from the traffic conditions and vehicles except AMG you could lose control of the vehicle There is You can remove the cup holder to clean it a risk of an accident and injury Clean with clear lukewarm water only EA Only use the cup holder when the vehicle is gt To open slide cover 3 forwards until it stationary Only use the cup holder for con engages z tainers of the right size Always close the con To remove slide catch forwards and a tainer particularly if the liquid is hot pull out cup holder Q H Only use the cup holders for containers of gt To insert insert cup holder and slide the right size and which have lids The back catch drinks could otherwise spill gt To close brie
519. s and the parcel nets to transport loads and luggage e Use cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load e When transporting objects in the cargo compartment the combined cargo cover and net must always be installed cargo compartment cover and cargo net e Secure the load with sufficiently strong and wear resistant tie downs Pad sharp edges for protection Stowage spaces Important safety notes A WARNING If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction e Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown around in such situations e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage spaces parcel nets or stowage nets e Close the lockable stowage spaces while driving e Always stow and secure heavy hard poin ted sharp edged fragile or bulky objects in the trunk cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 Glove box hots gt To open pull handle Q and open glove box flap gt To close fold glove box flap 2 upwards until it engages The glove box can be ventilated gt page 153 The glove box can only be locked and unlocked using the mechanical key gt To lock insert the mechanical key into the lock and turn it 90 clockw
520. s between the seat surface and the child restraint system The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s instal lation instructions After the system self test the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp displays the sta tus of the front passenger front air bag gt page 52 For more information about the OCS see Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 56 Ea Occupant safety Problems with the Occupant Classification System OCS Safety A Be sure to observe the notes on System self test gt page 54 Problem The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit even though the front passenger seat is occu pied by an adult or a person of a stature cor responding to that of an adult The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up and or does not stay on The front passenger seat is e unoccupied e occupied by the weight of a child up to 12 months old in a child restraint sys tem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The classification of the person on the front passenger seat is incorrect gt Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the per son on th
521. s disabled gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock or press the Start Stop but ton once or twice on vehicles with KEY LESS GO The system carries out self diagnostics The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must light up for approximately six seconds The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp then displays the status of the front passenger front air bag If the status of the front passenger front air bag changes while the vehicle is in motion an air bag display message may appear in the instrument clus ter gt page 260 When the front passenger seat is occupied always pay attention to the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp Be aware of the status of the front passenger front air bag both before and during the jour ney If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp e is lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated It will then not be deployed in the event of an accident e does not light up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If inthe event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed Z WARNING If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot perform its intended protective function A person in the front passenger seat could then for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior espe ci
522. s not take objects into con sideration that are e below the detection range e g people ani mals or objects e above the detection range e g overhang ing loads truck overhangs or loading ramps Fii dete dd Sensors in the front bumper left hand side example The sensors must be free from dirt ice or slush They can otherwise not function cor rectly Clean the sensors regularly taking care not to scratch or damage them gt page 340 Pi eT Example side view Pi bdr at Example top view Front sensors Center Approx 40 in approx 100 cm Corners Approx 24 in approx 60 cm Rear sensors Center Approx 48 in approx 120 cm Corners Approx 32 in approx 80 cm Minimum distance Center Approx 8 in approx 20 cm Corners Approx 6 in approx 15 cm If there is an obstacle within this range the relevant warning displays light up and a warn Driving systems ing tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Warning displays Warning display for the front area Segments on the left hand side of the vehicle Segments on the right hand side of the vehicle Segments showing operational readiness The warning displays show the distance between the sensors and the obstacle The warning display for the front area is located on the dashboard above the center air vents The warning display for the rear area is loc
523. s or objects are in the maneuvering range When PARKTRONIC is switched off Active Parking Assist is also unavailable Z WARNING While parking or pulling out of a parking space the vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of the oncoming lane This could result in a collision with another road user There is a risk of an accident Pay attention to other road users Stop the vehicle if necessary or cancel the Active Park ing Assist parking procedure E If unavoidable you should drive over obstacles such as curbs slowly and not at a sharp angle Otherwise you may damage the wheels or tires a Driving systems _ Driving and parking Active Parking Assist may possibly indicate parking spaces which are not suitable for parking for example e where parking or stopping is prohibited e in front of driveways or entrances and exits e on unsuitable surfaces Parking tips e On narrow roads drive as close to the park ing space as possible e Parking spaces that are littered or over grown might be identified or measured incorrectly e Parking spaces that are partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be identified as such or be measured incorrectly e Snowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parking space being measured inaccurately e Pay attention to the PARKTRONIC gt page 207 warning messages during the parking procedure e Youcan intervene in the steering procedure to correct it at any time Active Parkin
524. s the OFF The indicator lamp above the lights up AUTO button OFF button Operating the climate control systems General notes If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore deactivate the cooling with air dehumidifica tion function only briefly The Cooling with air dehumidification func tion is only available when the engine is run ning The air inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified according to the temperature selected Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when it is in cooling mode This is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunc tion Switching on off gt To activate press the ac button The indicator lamp above the ac button lights up gt To deactivate press the ae button The indicator lamp above the ae button goes out The Cooling with air dehumidifi cation function has a delayed switch off feature Climate control 4 E Operating the climate control systems Climate control E Problems with the Cooling with air dehumidification function Problem The indicator lamp in the ac button flashes three times or remains off The Cool ing with air dehumidi
525. screen mode or in six different split screen views on the COMAND display A split screen view also includes a top view of the vehicle This view is calculated from the data supplied by the installed cameras virtual camera The six split screen views are e top view and picture from the rear view camera 130 viewing angle e top view and image from the front camera 130 viewing angle without displaying the maximum steering wheel angle e top view and enlarged rear view e top view and enlarged front view e top view and pictures from the rearward facing mirror cameras rear wheel view e top view and pictures from the forward facing mirror cameras front wheel view When the function is active and you shift the transmission from D or R to N the dynamic guidelines are hidden When you change between transmission positions D and R you see the previously selected front or rear view Important safety notes The 360 camera is only an aid and may show a distorted view of obstacles show them Driving systems ES incorrectly or not at all The 360 camera is not a substitute for attentive driving You are always responsible for safe maneu vering and parking When maneuvering or parking make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering You are always responsible for safety and must always pay attention to your surround ings when parking and maneuvering This applies to the ar
526. scribed in the following Z WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck gt To open pull cap 1 upwards by the tab gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap Q onto the filler neck until it engages If the washer fluid level drops below the rec ommended minimum of 1 liter a message appears in the multifunction display prompt ing you to add washer fluid gt page 278 Further information on windshield washer fluid antifreeze gt page 418 Maintenance Service messages The ASSYST PLUS service interval display informs you of the next service due date Information on the type of service and service intervals see the separate Maintenance Booklet You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or at http www mbusa com USA only The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not show any information on the engine oil level Observe the notes on the engine oil level gt page 331 The multifunction display shows a service message for several seconds e g e Service A in days Service A Due e Service A Exceeded by Days Depending on the operating conditions of the vehicle the remaining time or distance until the next service due date
527. se lower gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press or pull the switch in the corre sponding direction If you press the switch beyond the point of resistance an automatic opening closing process is started in the corre sponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again The automatic opening and raising fea ture is available only when the sliding sun roof is closed The sun protection cover automatically opens along with the sliding sunroof You can open or close the sun protection cover manually when the sliding sunroof is raised or closed You can continue to operate the sliding sunroof after switching off the engine or removing the SmartKey from the ignition lock This function remains active for five minutes or until you open a front door Resetting H If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed fully after resetting con tact a qualified specialist workshop Reset the sliding sunroof if it does not move smoothly gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Raise the sliding sunroof fully at the rear gt page 104 gt Keep the second gt Make sure that the sliding sunroof can be fully opened and closed again gt page 104 gt If this is not the case repeat the steps above again switch pressed for another Overhead control panel
528. se you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department H A display message is shown if the coolant temperature is too high If the coolant temperature is over 248 F 120 C do not continue driving The engine will otherwise be damaged The coolant temperature gauge is in the instrument cluster on the left hand side gt page 33 Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant tem perature may rise to 248 F 120 C H Do not drive in the overrewving range as this could damage the engine The red band in the tachometer indicates the engine s overrewving range The fuel supply is interrupted to protect the engine when the red band is reached You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Bear in mind that the outside temperature display indicates the temperature measured and does not record the road temperature The outside temperature display is in the mul tifunction display gt page 234 Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay The segments in the speedometer indicate which speed range is available e Cruise control activated gt page 187 The segments light up from the stored speed to the maximum spee
529. sed by an air bag due to the high speed at which the air bag must be deployed Important safety notes A WARNING If you do not sit in the correct seat position the air bag cannot protect as intended and could even cause additional injury when deployed This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury To avoid hazardous situations always make sure that all of the vehicle s occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly including pregnant women e are sitting correctly and maintain the great est possible distance to the air bags e follow the following instructions Always make sure that there are no objects between the air bag and the vehicle s occu pants e Adjust the seats properly before beginning your journey Always make sure that the seat is in an almost upright position The center of the head restraint must support the head at about eye level e Move the driver s and front passenger seats as far back as possible The driver s seat position must allow the vehicle to be driven safely e Only hold the steering wheel on the out side This allows the air bag to be fully deployed e Always lean against the backrest while driv ing Do not lean forwards or lean against the door or side window You may other wise be in the deployment area of the air bags e Always keep your feet in the footwell in front of the seat Do not put your feet on the dashboard for example Your feet may oth erwise b
530. ses consequences and gt Solutions You are driving with the parking brake applied gt Release the parking brake The warning lamp goes out and the warning tone ceases A WARNING The brake boosting effect is malfunctioning and the braking char acteristics may be affected There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir Z WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Do not add brake fluid Adding more will not remedy the mal function gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display ry On board computer and displays ra Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Po
531. side of the EASY PACK folding luggage compartment floor The EASY PACK rear sill protector could otherwise be damaged gt Pull EASY PACK folding luggage compart ment floor 8 in the direction of the arrow by handle Q until it reaches the desired position and engages in side 4 gt To close disengage the EASY PACK fold ing luggage compartment floor and pull it back gt Press the EASY PACK folding luggage com partment floor down 2 until it engages lt E Stowage and features Installing and removing the folding aie cargo compartment floor The EASY PACK rear sill protector is attached to the underside of the EASY PACK folding cargo compartment floor by means of mag nets It is designed to prevent clothing becoming stained and the paintwork being scratched when loading gt Open the EASY PACK folding luggage com partment floor gt page 306 gt Use tab 2 to detach EASY PACK rear sill protector 1 from the magnets and place it over the loading sill 120 position gt Close the EASY PACK folding cargo com gt Remove the combined cargo cover and net partment floor gt page 301 gt To remove move EASY PACK folding lug gage compartment floor Q into the 120 position and lift it upwards Stowage and features Important safety notes Z WARNING When you load the roof the center of gravity of the vehicle rises and the driving character istics change If you
532. sist evalu ates the space in the direction of travel and at the sides of the vehicle For this Active Blind Spot Assist uses radar sensors which are pointed in the direction of travel Active Blind Spot Assist supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h Important safety notes Active Blind Spot Assist is only an aid and is not a substitute for attentive driving A WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Active Blind Spot Assist may nei ther give warnings nor intervene in such sit uations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions care fully and maintain a safe lateral distance USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful inter ference and 2 Th
533. sistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Tank capacity The total capacity of the fuel tank may vary depending on the equipment in the vehicle Model AMG vehicles Total capacity 17 4 US gal 66 01 or 21 1 US gal 80 0 1 All other models 21 1 US gal 80 0 I Ea Service products and filling capacities Model Of which reserve AMG vehicles Approx 3 7 US gal 14 0 I All other models Approx 2 4 US gal 9 0 1 Gasoline Fuel grade H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Only refuel using unleaded premium grade gasoline with at least 91 AKI 95 RON H Only use the fuel recommended Operat ing the vehicle with other fuels can lead to engine failure H Do not use the following e E85 gasoline with 85 ethanol e E100 100 ethanol e M15 gasoline with 15 methanol e M30 gasoline with 30 methanol e M85 gasoline with 85 methanol e M100 100 methanol e Gasoline with metalliferous additives e Diesel Do no
534. sive EASY EXIT feature is triggered in an accident the steering column will move upwards when the driver s door is opened This occurs irrespective of the posi tion of the SmartKey in the ignition lock This makes it easier to exit the vehicle and rescue the occupants The crash responsive EASY EXIT feature is only operational if the EASY EXIT ENTRY fea ture is activated in the on board computer gt page 246 gt Anti glare mode flick anti glare lever forwards or back Adjusting the exterior mirrors Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING The exterior mirror on the front passenger side reduces the size of the image Visible objects are actually closer than they appear This means that you could misjudge the dis tance from road users traveling behind e g when changing lane There is a risk of an acci dent For this reason always make sure of the actual distance from the road users traveling behind by glancing over your shoulder gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt Press button Q for the left hand exterior mirror or button for the right hand
535. soot and completely fil ters out pollen It also reduces gaseous pol lutants and odors A clogged filter reduces the amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior For this reason you should always observe the interval for replacing the filter which is specified in the Maintenance Booklet As it depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be shorter than stated in the Maintenance Booklet It is possible that the residual heat func tion may be activated automatically an hour after the SmartKey is removed The vehicle is then ventilated for 30 minutes to dry the automatic climate control Overview of climate control systems Control panel for dual zone automatic climate control Canada only Activates deactivates air recirculation mode gt page 152 Defrosts the windshield gt page 150 Switches the ZONE function on off gt page 150 Display Sets climate control to automatic gt page 148 Switches cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 147 Switches the rear window defroster on off gt page 151 Switches climate control on off gt page 146 Sets the temperature right gt page 149 Sets the air distribution gt page 149 Sets the airflow gt page 150 Sets the temperature left gt page 149 Climate control E Pug iii USA only Sets climate control to automatic gt page 148 Defrosts the windshield gt page
536. space com pletely the steering wheel is moved to the S straight ahead position You hear a tone and the Park Assist Finished message appears in the multifunction display You will then have to steer and merge into traffic on your own PARKTRONIC is still available You can take over the steering before the vehicle has exited the parking space completely This is useful for example when you recognize that it is already possible to pull out of the parking space Canceling Active Parking Assist You can cancel Active Parking Assist at any time gt Stop the movement of the multifunction steering wheel or steer yourself Active Parking Assist will be canceled at once The Park Assist Canceled mes sage appears in the multifunction display and you hear a tone or gt Press the PARKTRONIC button on the cen ter console gt page 208 PARKTRONIC is switched off and Active Parking Assist is immediately canceled The Park Assist Canceled message appears in the multifunction display and you hear a tone Active Parking Assist is canceled automati cally if e the transmission is shifted too early e transmission position P is selected Ea Driving systems E Driving and parking e parking using Active Parking Assist is no longer possible e you are driving faster than 6 mph 10 km h e a wheel spins ESP intervenes or fails In such cases the warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster A warning ton
537. specification Example 245 40 ZR18 97 Y In this exam ple 97 Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed rating The maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h The size description for all tires with maxi mum speeds of over 186 mph 300 km h must include ZR and the service specifi cation must be given in parentheses Exam ple 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y Speed rating Y indicates that the maximum speed of the tire is over 186 mph 300 km h Ask the tire manufacturer about the maximum speed Py Wheels and tires E Wheels and tires All weather tires and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S upto 100 mph 160 km h TM S upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S upto 130 mph 210 km h VM S upto 149 mph 240 km h Notall tires with the M S marking provide the driving characteristics of winter tires In addition to the M S marking winter tires also have the snowflake symbol on the tire wall Tires with this marking fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Manufac turers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC regarding the tire traction on snow They have been espe cially developed for driving on snow An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding the following speeds e All vehicles except AMG vehicles 130 mph 210 km h e AMG vehicles 155 mph 250 km h e AMG vehicles with Performance Package Wagon 174 mph 280 km h e AMG vehicl
538. ss tOK toconfitim This function is only available in Canada The Reset All Settings message When you switch on the Auto fold in appears function the exterior mirrors are folded in when the vehicle is locked If you unlock the vehicle and then open a door the exterior mirrors fold out again gt Press the lt q or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the _W or A button to select the i Sa i Auto fold in function AMG menu in AMG vehicles Ifthe Auto fold in function is switched 9 on the vehicle s exterior mirroris displayed AMG displays in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the W or A button to select No or Yes gt Press OK to confirm the selection If you select Yes the multifunction display shows a confirmation message For safety reasons the Day Lights function in the Lights submenu is only reset if the vehicle is stationary rl On board computer and displays gt Press the OK button to save the setting Digital speedometer Gear indicator Upshift indicator Engine oil temperature Coolant temperature Status indicator for ECO start stop func If you have switched on the Auto Mirror tion gt page 16
539. ssed This keeps brackets in place on the loading rail gt To remove press release button 3 on respective bracket 6 and remove luggage holder 2 by pulling upwards and out E Stowage and features Telescopic rod The telescopic rod can be used to secure the load against the rear seats to prevent it from moving around gt To install insert one bracket into both the left and the right loading rails and slide it to the desired position gt page 305 gt Insert telescopic rod Q into brackets 2 and while doing so press release but Stowage and features ton and push the rod downwards until it engages gt Make sure that locking button on brack ets 2 is pressed This keeps brackets 2 in place on the loading rail gt To remove press release button on respective bracket 2 and remove tele scopic rod Q by pulling it upwards and out Stowage well under the trunk floor Sedan H Unhook the handle before again before closing the trunk lid and clip it in securely to prevent the handle flap from protruding Otherwise you could damage the handle The TIREFIT kit the vehicle tool kit etc are located in the stowage compartment gt To open pull handle up gt Hook handle Q into rain trough EASY PACK folding floor with stowage compartment under the cargo com partment floor Wagon Important safety notes Z WARNING If you drive when the EASY PACK
540. sses Characteristics c cccsseseoseseess Checking Curb weight definition Definition Of terms ce eeeeeeeeeeees Direction of rotation sisirin Display message ssec Distribution of the vehicle occu pants definition seee DOT Tire Identification Number TIN eiiieaen DOT Department of Transporta tion definition perisis GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating QETIM tiOn 25 sssscsssessveesvevanseedcscevess GVW Gross Vehicle Weight def IMEI ON E cosntvsrescedesn sears GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat IN GEFIMIEON erisir Important safety notes s Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition Kilopascal kPa definition 382 Labeling overview eese 378 Load bearing index definition 383 odd INdeOX sirios 380 Load index definition 382 Maximum loaded vehicle weight definition si2ccpccacvietessdetecsiveceeseaes 382 Maximum load on a tire defini LION ssssesiivssessterasiesieeraauen 383 Maximum permissible tire pres Sure definition siseses 383 Maximum tire load cceeeeeeeees 380 Maximum tire load definition 383 MOEXtended tires ssec 364 Optional equipment weight defi MILLION EAr e a ETE ET 383 PSI pounds per square inch def IMION as cissesetcebesezesesacsvecasctsesstihatens 383 Replacing wc ccraaee 384 SERVICE lifes e a 364 Sidewall definition eee 383 Speed rating definition
541. ssible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System is deactivated due to a malfunc tion Therefore BAS Brake Assist System BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP Elec tronic Stability Program PRE SAFE PRE SAFE Brake the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also deacti vated ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If the ABS control unit is faulty there is also a possibility that other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic trans mission will not be available Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Ea Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds erare USA only Canada only amp The red brake warning lamp the yellow ESP and ESP
542. ssible tire pressure for one tire Maximum load on one tire Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two PSI pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for tire pressure Aspect ratio Relationship between tire height and tire width in percent Tire pressure This is pressure inside the tire applying an outward force to each square inch of the tire s surface The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold Cold tire pressure The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has been driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km All about wheels and tires ee Tread The part of the tire that comes into contact with the road Bead The tire bead ensures that the tire sits securely on the wheel There are several steel wires in the bead to prevent the tire from coming loose from the wheel rim Sidewall The part of the tire between the tread and the bead Weight of optional extras The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard parts and more than 2 3 kilograms 5 Ibs These optional extras such as high perform ance brakes level control a roof rack or a high performance battery are not included in the curb we
543. ssist and Stop amp Go Pilot are operative again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Clean the windshield Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are faulty However the DISTRONIC PLUS functions are still available A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Crui se Control Cruise control is defective Inoperative A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Cruise Control A condition for activating cruise control has not been fulfilled mph You have tried to store a speed below 20 mph 30 km h for example gt If conditions permit drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and store the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 187 Fj On board computer and displays Display messages Display messages Correct Tire Pressure Check Tire s _ On board computer and displays Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity gt page 369 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure
544. ssories such as cup holders are attached to the vehicle within the deploy ment area of an air bag e g to doors side windows rear side trim or side walls e no heavy sharp edged or fragile objects are in the pockets of your clothing Store such objects in a suitable place A WARNING If you modify the air bag cover or affix objects suchas stickers to it the air bag can no longer function correctly There is an increased risk of injury Never modify an air bag cover or affix objects to it Z WARNING Sensors to control the air bags are located in the doors Modifications or work not per formed correctly to the doors or door panel ing as well as damaged doors can lead to the function of the sensors being impaired The air bags might therefore not function properly any more Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do There is an increased risk of injury Never modify the doors or parts of the doors Always have work on the doors or door pan eling carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Front air bags Driver s air bag Q deploys in front of the steering wheel front passenger front air bag 2 deploys in front of and above the glove box When deployed the front air bags offer addi tional head and thorax protection for the occupants in the front seats The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp informs you about the status of the front passenger
545. st 1000 miles 1500 km e Avoid heavy loads e g driving at full throt tle during this period e Change gear in good time before the tach ometer needle is 7 3 of the way to the red area of the tachometer e Try to avoid depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the point of resistance kick down After 1000 miles 1500 km you can increase the engine speed gradually and accelerate the vehicle to full speed Additional breaking in notes for AMG vehi cles e Do not drive faster than 85 mph 140 km h for the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km e Only allow the engine to reach a maximum engine speed of 4 500 rpm briefly e Change gear in good time You should also observe these notes on breaking in if the engine or parts of the drive train on your vehicle have been replaced Always observe the respective speed lim its Your vehicle is equipped with a self locking differential on the rear axle To protect the differential on the rear axle carry out an oil change after a breaking in phase of 2 000 miles 3 000 km This oil change pro longs the service life of the differential Have the oil change carried out at a qualified spe cialist workshop Driving Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed
546. st folds for wards gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Folding the rear seat backrest back H Make sure that the seat belt does not become trapped when folding the rear seat backrest back Otherwise it could be dam aged pi Stowage and features gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Fold seat backrest 1 back until it engages If the rear seat backrest is not engaged and locked this will be shown in the multifunc tion display in the instrument cluster A warning tone also sounds gt Adjust the head restraints if necessary gt page 113 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Stowage and features Securing cargo Plastic hooks Sedan On vehicles without a through loading feature in the rear bench seat six plastic hooks are installed to the trunk floor Cargo tie down rings General notes Observe the following notes on securing loads e Observe the loading guidelines gt page 292 e Secure the load using the cargo tie down rings e Distribute the load on the cargo tie down rings evenly e Do not use elastic straps or nets to secure a load as these are only intended as an anti slip protection for light loads e Do not route tie downs across sharp edges or corners e Pad sharp edges for protection Trunk cargo compartment Cargo tie down rings Wagon EASY PACK cargo compartment cover
547. stacle e there is no longer a risk of collision e there is no longer an obstacle detected in front of your vehicle General information STEER CONTROL helps you by transmitting a noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in the direction required for vehicle stabilization This steering assistance is provided in partic ular if e both right wheels or both left wheels are on a slippery road surface when you brake heavily e the vehicle starts to skid Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 69 No steering support is provided from STEER CONTROL if e ESP is malfunctioning e the lighting is faulty Power steering will however continue to function Protection against theft The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct SmartKey gt To activate with the SmartKey remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt To activate with KEYLESS GO switch the ignition off and open the driver s door gt To deactivate switch on the ignition When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Any one can start the engine if a valid SmartKey has been left inside the vehicle The immobilizer is always deactivated when you start the engine In the event that the engine cannot be star ted yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Be
548. stall the child restraint system on a rear seat If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 52 Children in the vehicle You can thus avoid the risks that could arise Always observe the child restraint system as a result of manufacturer s installation and operating e an incorrectly categorized person in the instructions front passenger seat e the unintentional deactivation of the front Child proof locks passenger front air bag ieee eatin e the unsuitable positioning of the child Important safety notes i h N system e g too close to the das WARNING If children are traveling in the vehicle they Rearward facing child restraint system ould e open doors thus endangering other people or road users e exit the vehicle and be caught by oncoming If it is absolutely necessary to install a rear ward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always make sure that the front passenger front air bag is deactiva traffic ted Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF e operate vehicle equipment and become indicator lamp is permanently lit gt page 43 trapped is the front passenger front air bag deactiva There is a risk of an accident and injury ted Always activate the child proof locks and Always observe the child restraint system override fe
549. standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Overview of climate control systems Observe the settings recommended on the following pages The windows could other wise fog up To prevent the windows from fogging up e switch off climate control only briefly e switch on air recirculation mode only briefly e switch on the cooling with air dehumidifi cation function e switch on the defrost windshield function briefly if required Climate control regulates the temperature and the humidity in the vehicle interior and filters undesirable substances out of the air Climate control can only be operated when the engine is running Optimum operation is only achieved with the side windows and roof closed The residual heat function can only be acti vated or deactivated with the ignition switched off gt page 152 Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather e g using the con venience opening feature gt page 100 This will speed up the cooling process and the desired vehicle interior temperature will be reached more quickly The integrated filter filters out most par ticles of dust and
550. stem If the battery is defective the automatic transmission will be locked in position P To shift the automatic transmission to position N you must provide power to the vehicle s electrical system in the same way as when jump starting gt page 353 Have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be started by tow starting This could otherwise damage the transmission You can find information on Jump start ing at gt page 353 A WARNING If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if you replace it with a fuse with a higher amper age the electric cables could be overloaded This could result in a fire There is a risk of an accident and injury Always replace faulty fuses with the specified new fuses having the correct amperage H Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Otherwise components or sys tems could be damaged The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down faulty circuits If a fuse blows all the compo nents on the circuit and their functions stop operating Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart If a newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified spe cialist workshop e g an authori
551. straint system and the child s stature It is recommended that you install the child restraint system on a suit able rear seat the front passenger seat is occupied by a person of smaller stature e g a teenager or small adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit after the system self test depending on the result of the classification or alternatively goes out If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Alterna tively a person of small stature can sit on a rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit a person of smaller stature should not use the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult or a person of a stature correspond ing to that of an adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp goes out after the system self test This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated If children are traveling in the vehicle be sure to observe the notes on Children in the vehi cle gt page 62 When OCS is malfunctioning the red amp restraint system warning lamp in the instru ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp light up simultaneously The front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted in this case and does not deploy during an accident Have the system checked by quali fied technicians as soon as possible Consult an authorized
552. suspension tun ing and e you lock the vehicle within approximately 60 seconds of switching off the engine You and people in the vicinity of the wheel arch or the underbody may thus become trap ped There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the wheel arch or the underbody when you lock the vehicle H The vehicle is lowered by about 15 mm if e you have selected Comfort tuning e you switch off the engine and then e you lock the vehicle within approximately 60 seconds When parking position your vehicle so that it does not make contact with the curb as the vehicle is lowered Your vehicle could otherwise be damaged If you unlock the vehicle within 60 seconds of having switched the engine off the vehicle is lowered slightly when Comfort suspension mode is selected Setting the vehicle level Select the Normal setting for normal road surfaces and Raised for driving with snow chains or on particularly poor road surfaces Your selection remains stored even if you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Setting raised level gt Start the engine If indicator lamp Q is not lit gt Press button Indicator lamp Q lights up The vehicle height is adjusted to raised level The Vehicle Rising message appears in the display The Raised level setting is canceled if you e drive at a speed over approximately 75 mph 120 km h e drive for approximately three minutes at a spe
553. t gt Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is finger tight gt Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel inflate the collapsible spare wheel gt page 405 Only then lower the vehicle Lowering the vehicle A WARNING The wheels could work loose if the wheel nuts and bolts are not tightened to the specified tightening torque There is a risk of accident Have the tightening torque immediately checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a wheel is changed H Vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel before lowering the vehicle inflate the collapsible spare wheel with the tire inflation compressor The wheel rim could otherwise be damaged Pad IT Tightening the wheel nuts example vehicle with an emergency spare wheel gt Turn the crank of the jack counter clock wise until the vehicle is once again standing firmly on the ground gt Place the jack to one side gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross wise pattern in the sequence indicated 4 to The specified tightening torque is 96 lb ft 130 Nm gt Turn the jack back to its initial position gt Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicle tools in the trunk cargo compartment again gt AMG vehicles and vehicles with AMG equipment insert the cover into the outer sill gt Check the tire pressure of the newly moun ted wheel and adjust it if necessary Observe the recommended tire pressure gt page 366 All wheels mounted
554. t can e give an unnecessary warning and then make acourse correcting brake application to the vehicle e not give a warning or intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and keep within the lane especially if Active Lane Keeping Assist alerts you Ter minate the intervention in a non critical driv ing situation The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet Driving and parking a Driving systems __ Driving and parking e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e the radar sensors in the front or rear bump ers or the radiator trim are dirty e g obscured by snow e there are no several or unclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the road If no vehicle is detected in the adjacent lane an
555. t be selected during normal driv ing For further information on RACE START see gt page 201 In the manual drive program you can change gears manually using steering wheel paddle shifters and Further information about permanent drive program M gt page 172 Further information about temporary drive program M gt page 171 You can only change gear with the steer ing wheel paddle shifters when the trans mission is in position D Automatic drive program E Drive program E drive program C on MAG vehicles is characterized by the following e comfort oriented engine settings e optimal fuel consumption resulting from the automatic transmission shifting up sooner e the vehicle pulling away more gently in forward and reverse gears unless the accelerator pedal is depressed fully e increased sensitivity This improves driving stability on slippery road surfaces for example e the automatic transmission shifting up sooner This results in the vehicle being driven at lower engine speeds and the wheels being less likely to spin Automatic drive program S Drive program S or in the case of AMG vehi cles drive programs S and S is character ized by the following e sporty engine and automatic transmission settings e the automatic transmission shifting up later e the fuel consumption possibly being higher as a result of the later automatic transmis sion shift points Manual drive progr
556. t fully release the accelerator pedal the DISTRONIC PLUS Override message appears in the multifunction dis play The set distance to a slower moving vehicle in front will then not be maintained You will be driving at the speed you deter mine by the position of the accelerator pedal You can also activate DISTRONIC PLUS when stationary The lowest speed that can be set is 18 mph 30 km h gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 2 up or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected Activating at the current speed last stored speed Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you 4 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is activated The first time it is activated the current speed is stored Otherwise it sets the vehicle cruise speed to the previously stored value Driving with DISTRONIC PLUS Pulling away and driving gt If you want to pull away with DISTRONIC PLUS remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you
557. t mix such fuels with the fuel recom mended for your vehicle Do not use addi tives Otherwise engine damage may occur This does not include cleaning addi tives for the removal and prevention of res idue build up Gasoline may only be mixed with cleaning additives recommended by Mercedes Benz see Additives You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center H To ensure the longevity and full perform ance of the engine only premium grade unleaded gasoline must be used If standard unleaded gasoline is unavaila ble and you have to refuel with unleaded gasoline of a lower grade observe the fol lowing precautions e Only fill the fuel tank to half full with reg ular unleaded gasoline and fill the rest with premium grade unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Do not drive at the maximum speed e Avoid sudden acceleration and engine speeds over 3 000 rpm You will usually find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the pump ask the staff for assis tance For further information consult a quali fied specialist workshop or visit http www mbusa com USA only 10 fuel contains up to 10 bioethanol Your vehicle is E10 compatible You can refuel your vehicle using E10 fuel Asa temporary measure if the recommended fuel is not available you may also use regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI 91 RON This may reduce engi
558. t the specified minimum distance for DISTRONIC PLUS by varying the time span between one and two seconds With this func tion you can set the minimum distance that DISTRONIC PLUS keeps to the vehicle in front dependent on vehicle speed You can see this distance in the multifunction display gt page 195 Make sure that you maintain a sufficient distance to the vehicle in front and comply with the minimum distance as required by Driving systems law Adjust the distance to the vehicle in front if necessary You can set the specified minimum distance for DISTRONIC PLUS by varying the time span between one and two seconds With this func tion you can set the minimum distance that DISTRONIC PLUS keeps to the vehicle in front dependent on vehicle speed You can see this distance in the multifunction display gt page 195 gt To increase turn control 2 in direction DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a greater distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front gt To decrease turn control 2 in direc tion DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a shorter distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the speed ometer Example vehicles featuring automatic transmis sion with a DIRECT SELECT lever When DISTRONIC PLUS is activated one or two segments 2 in the set speed range light up If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front segments 2 between speed of the
559. t when the engine is running Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 69 Z WARNING If ABS is faulty the wheels could lock when braking The steerability and braking charac teristics may be severely impaired Addition ally further driving safety systems are deac tivated There is an increased danger of skid ding and accidents Drive on carefully Have ABS checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop When ABS is malfunctioning other systems including driving safety systems will also become inoperative Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp gt page 282 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 252 ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph 8 km h regardless of road surface condi tions ABS works on slippery surfaces even if you only brake gently Driving safety systems Safety E Braking gt If ABS intervenes continue to depress the brake pedal vigorously until the braking sit uation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and func tions as a reminder to take extra care while driving General information BAS operates in emergency braking situa tions If you depress the br
560. tched off after no more than three minutes Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers 4 Exterior lighting pal Important safety notes General notes A WARNING Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize road users e who have no lights e g pedestrians e who have poor lighting e g cyclists e whose lighting is blocked e g by a barrier In very rare cases Adaptive Highbeam Assist may fail to recognize other road users that have lights or may recognize them too late In this or similar situations the automatic high beam headlamps will not be deactivated or activated regardless There is a risk of an acci dent Always carefully observe the traffic conditions and switch off the high beam headlamps in good time Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into account road weather or traffic conditions You can use this function to set the head Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid You lamps to change between low beam and high re responsible for adjusting the vehicle s beam automatically The system recognizes _ lighting to the prevailing light visibility and vehicles with their lights on either approach traffic conditions ing from the opposite direction or traveling in In particular the detection of obstacles can Lights and windshield wipers tt front of your vehicle and consequently be restricted if there is switches the headlamps from high beamto poor visibility e g due to
561. te if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system There is a risk of fire When driving off road or on unpaved roads check the vehicle s underside regularly In particular remove parts of plants or other flammable materials which have become trapped In the case of damage contact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Modifications to electronic components their software as well as wiring can impair their function and or the function of other net worked components In particular systems relevant to safety could also be affected As a result these may no longer function as inten ded and or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle There is an increased risk of an accident and injury Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec tronic components or their software You should have all work to electrical and elec tronic equipment carried out at a qualified specialist workshop If you make any changes to the vehicle elec tronics the general operating permit is ren dered invalid H There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if e the vehicle becomes stuck e g ona high curb or an unpaved road e you drive too fast over an obstacle e g a curb or a hole in the road e a heavy object strikes the undercarriage or parts of the chassis In situations like this the body the under carriage chassis parts wheels or tires could be damaged without the damage being visible Components damaged in this
562. tecting them against corro sion Limited braking performance on salt treated roads If you drive on salted roads a layer of salt residue may form on the brake discs and brake pads This can result in a significantly longer braking distance e In order to prevent any salt build up apply the brakes occasionally while paying atten tion to the traffic conditions e Carefully depress the brake pedal and the beginning and end of a journey e Maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead Servicing the brakes H If the red brake warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and you hear a warn ing tone while the engine is running the brake fluid level may be too low Observe additional warning messages in the multi function display The brake fluid level may be too low due to brake pad wear or leaking brake lines Have the brake system checked immedi ately This work should be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H Vehicles with 4MATIC function or per formance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer If you are planning to have the vehicle tested on such a dyna mometer contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain further information first Otherwise you could damage the drive train or the brake system H Vehicles with 4MATIC as the ESP sys tem operates automatically the engine and the ignition must be switched off Smart Key in position 0 or 1 in the ignition lock o
563. tensity of the rain In the position the rain sensor is more sensitive than in the position causing the wind shield wipers to wipe more frequently If the wiper blades are worn the windshield will no longer be wiped properly This could prevent you from observing the traffic condi tions Windshield wipers Switching the rear window wiper on Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a off wiper blade back onto the windshield rear window Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade If you release the wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield rear window the windshield rear window may be damaged by the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop To wipe with washer fluid I To switch on intermittent wiping 0 To switch off intermittent wiping 4 To wipe with washer fluid Removing the wiper blades gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or turn it to position O KEYLESS GO SI Switch Replacing the wiper blades a 3 4 5 gt Fold the wiper arm away from the wind gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the shield ignition lock gt Turn switch Q on the combination switch to the corresponding position When the rear window wiper is switched on a symbol app
564. ter vents 3 Directs the airflow through the defroster center and side air vents Canada only Directs air through the defroster and footwell vents Regardless of the air distribution setting airflow is always directed through the side air vents The side air vents can only be closed when the controls on the side air vents are turned downwards Climate control 4 fe Operating the climate control systems Climate control i Setting the air distribution gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Dual zone automatic climate control press air distribution adjustment button 40 up or down until the desired symbol appears in the display gt page 143 gt 3 zone automatic climate control press air distribution adjustment button up or down until the desired symbol appears in the display gt page 145 Dual zone climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce press airflow switch Q up or down gt page 143 3 zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce front compart ment airflow press airflow switch 2 up or down gt page 145 gt To increase reduce the rear compart ment airflow press the 8 or switch If the battery is not
565. th trunk lid remote closing fea ture the trunk lid can be e opened and closed manually from outside e opened closed automatically from outside e opened closed automatically from inside e locked separately e opened with the emergency release button e unlocked with the mechanical key Wagon you can e open and close the tailgate manually from outside e open the tailgate manually from inside Wagon with a folding bench seat e open and close the tailgate automatically from outside e open and close the tailgate automatically from inside e limit the opening angle of the tailgate e unlock the tailgate using the mechanical key Trunk lid tailgate reversing feature _ The trunk lid tailgate is equipped with an automatic reversing feature It reacts if a solid object obstructs or restricts the trunk lid tailgate during the closing procedure The trunk lid tailgate opens again automatically The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is not a substitute for your attentiveness to the trunk lid tailgate while it is closing Z WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 3 in 8 mm of the closing movement This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped
566. the Tel menu Fe On board computer and displays al Menus and submenus La On board computer and displays Dialing an entry from the phone book gt Press the lt or buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the A W or OK button to switch to the phone book gt Authorize access to the phone book on the phone gt Pressthe A jor Y desired name or gt To begin rapid scrolling press and hold the A or W button for longer than one second Rapid scrolling stops when you release the button or reach the end of the list gt If only one telephone number is stored for a name press the or OK button to start dialing or gt If there is more than one number for a particular name press the or OK button to display the numbers gt Press the _ amp or W button to select the number you want to dial gt Press the or OK button to start dial ing or gt To exit the phone book press the t button button to select the amp or Redialing The on board computer saves the last names or numbers dialed in the redial memory gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the button to switch to the redial memory gt
567. the engine the RACETIMER is reset to 0 after 30 seconds All laps are deleted You cannot delete individual stored laps If you have stopped 16 laps the current lap does not have to be reset gt Reset the current lap gt Press OK Reset Race Timer appears in the multi function display gt Press the W button to select Yes and press the OK button to confirm All laps are deleted to confirm Reset RACETIMER overall evaluation Total time driven Average speed Distance covered Maximum speed This function is shown if you have stored at least one lap and stopped the RACETIMER gt Press 4 or gt to select the AMG gt Press the A button repeatedly until the overall evaluation is shown on the steering wheel 3 menu Lap statistics Lap Lap time Average lap speed Lap length Top speed during lap Sea Menus and submenus This function is only available if you have stored at least two laps and have stopped the RACETIMER gt Press lt or P on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the lap evaluation is shown Each lap is shown in a separate submenu The fastest lap is indicated by flashing sym bol gt Press the A or V button to select a different lap evaluation On
568. the hood gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and ground point in the same order as when connecting the donor bat tery in the jump starting procedure gt page 353 ee Battery vehicle If at low temperatures the indicator lamps warning lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up it is highly likely that the dis charged battery has frozen In this case you may neither charge the battery nor jump start the vehicle The service life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting charac teristics may be impaired especially at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Never charge a battery still installed in the vehicle unless a battery charger unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used A battery charger unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benzis available as an accessory It permits the charging of the bat tery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information and availability Read the battery charger s operating instructions before charging the battery staring se Jump starting For the jump starting procedure use only the jump starting connection point consisting of a positive terminal and a ground point in the engine compartment A WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothin
569. ther information about COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS see gt page 72 OK Activating deactivating Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Dri veAssist menu gt Using A Jor W selectDTR Steer Asst gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again When Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are activated the multifunction display shows the DTR Steer Asst On mes sage Further information about DISTRONIC PLUS with Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot gt page 198 OK Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Press lt or P on the steering wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press A or W to select Attention Assist gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to set Off Standard or Sensitive gt Press the OK button to save the setting When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the mtorr symbol appears in the multifunc tion display in the assistance graphics dis play For further information about ATTENTION ASSIST see gt page 219 Act
570. thorized Mercedes Benz Center Introduction The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Warranty The implied warranty for your vehicle applies in accordance with the warranty terms and conditions in the Service and Warranty Infor mation booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will replace and repair all factory installed parts in accordance with the following warranty terms and conditions e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachu setts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys tem Warranty e State warranty enforcement laws lemon laws Replacement parts and accessories are cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Acces sories warranties These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and War ranty Information booklet have an author ized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement The new Service and War ranty Information booklet will be posted to you Information for customers in Califor nia Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a rea sonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its author ized repair or service facilities f
571. thorized Mercedes Benz Center or contact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 Emergency call Important safety notes A WARNING It can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle even if you have pressed the SOS button in an emergency if e you see smoke inside or outside of the vehi cle e g if there is a fire after an accident e the vehicle is on a dangerous section of road E Stowage and features e the vehicle is not visible or cannot easily be seen by other road users particularly when dark or in poor visibility conditions There is a risk of an accident and injury Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so Move to a safe location along with other vehi cle occupants In such situations secure the vehicle in accordance with national regula tions e g with a warning triangle You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To reg ister press the Q i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hot lines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 637
572. tic climate control press air distribution adjustment button gt page 143 3 zone automatic climate control press air distribution adjustment button 43 gt page 145 The indicator lamp above the goes out or gt Dual zone automatic climate control press airflow adjustment button Q gt page 143 3 zone automatic climate control press airflow adjustment button 2 gt page 145 The indicator lamp above the auto button goes out auto button Adjusting the climate mode settings The Set climate mode function is only avail able on vehicles for Canada with 3 zone auto matic climate control You can select the following climate mode settings in automatic mode FOCUS high airflow that is set slightly cooler medium airflow standard setting low airflow that is set slightly warmer and with less draft MEDIUM DIFFUSE Operating the climate control systems ie gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press the auto button gt Press climate mode selection button Q up or down and select the desired level gt page 145 Dual zone automatic climate control Different temperatures can be set for the driver s and front passenger sides gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt To increase reduce press temperature selection switch or up or down gt page 143 Only
573. til it releases gt Remove wiper blade Lights and windshield wipers Ted Installing a wiper blade gt Place new wiper blade onto wiper arm 4 gt Hold wiper arm Q and press wiper blade in the opposite direction to the arrow until it engages gt Make sure that wiper blade is seated correctly Windshield wipers be Problem The windshield wipers are jammed The windshield wipers fail completely Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Leaves or snow for example may be obstructing the windshield wiper movement The wiper motor has been deactivated gt For safety reasons you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or gt Switch off the engine using the Start Stop button and open the driver s door gt Remove the cause of the obstruction gt Switch the windshield wipers back on The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning gt Select another wiper speed on the combination switch gt Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop Lights and windshield wipers rq Useful information 00 142 Overview of climate control sys TOMS onone a a E ates 142 Operating the climate control sys tems ooe eee eens 146 Setting the air vents 00 153 Climate control i Climate control Overview of climate control systems Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all
574. tional ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS and PRE SAFE Brake may also have failed The erare USA only Canada only amp and warning lamps in the instrument cluster also light up ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase Display messages Ea Display messages Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately ESP BAS PRE SAFE the HOLD function and hill
575. tioned at different locations depending on the manufacturer It is usually located on the door drive unit on the garage ceiling Familiarize yourself with the garage door drive operating instructions e g under Pro gramming of additional remote controls before carrying out the following steps Your vehicle must be within reach of the garage door or gate opener drive Make sure that neither your vehicle nor any persons objects are present within the sweep of the door or gate gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Get out of the vehicle gt Press the programming button on the door drive unit Usually you now have 30 seconds to ini tiate the next step gt Get into the vehicle gt Press previously programmed button 2 or on the integrated garage door opener until the door closes The rolling code synchronization is then complete Notes on programming the remote con trol Canadian radio frequency laws require a break or interruption of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds Therefore these signals may not last long enough for the integrated garage door opener The signal is not recognized during programming Comparable with Canadian law some U S garage door openers also fea ture a break Proceed as follows e if you live in Canada e if you have difficulties programming the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using t
576. tire Recommended tire pressure The recommended tire pressure applies to the tires mounted at the factory The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maximum permissible vehicle speed The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment This is the combined weight of all standard and optional equipment available for the vehi cle regardless of whether it is actually instal led on the vehicle or not Rim This is the part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side All about wheels and tires Speed rating The speed rating is part of the tire identifica tion It specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The gross vehicle weight includes the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools the spare wheel accessories installed occupants lug gage and the drawbar noseweight if applica ble The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR
577. tivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin Deactivating activating ESP gt To deactivate gt page 241 The ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To activate gt page 241 The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes In such situa tions ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e ESP still provides support when you brake Deactivating activating ESP AMG vehicles Important safety notes You can select between the following sta tuses of ESP e ESP is activated e SPORT handling mode is activated e ESP is deactivated Z
578. tness of the ambient light ing may be set using the on board computer gt page 244 Automatic interior lighting control gt To activate deactivate press the aa button When the automatic interior lighting con trol is activated the button is flush with the overhead control panel The interior lighting automatically switches on if you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock The interior light is activated for a short while when the SmartKey is removed from the igni tion lock You can activate this delayed switch off using the on board computer gt page 245 Manual interior lighting control gt To switch the front interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the rear interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the reading lamps on off press the button The interior lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt To switch off the crash responsive emergency lighting press the hazard warning lamp button or gt Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey Replacing bulbs Z WARNING Bulbs lamps and connectors can get very hot when operating If you change a bulb you could burn yourself on these components There is a risk of injury Allow these components to cool down before changing a bulb Vehicles with
579. to a limited degree and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e PRE SAFE is no longer available nor is it activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes e PRE SAFE Brake is no longer available it is also not activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes e ESP still provides support when you brake Driving safety systems A Y Ge N A v Ge N General information EBD monitors and controls the brake pres sure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 69 Z WARNING If EBD is malfunctioning the rear wheels can lock e g under full braking This increases the risk of skidding and an accident You should therefore adapt your driving style to the different handling characteristics Have the brake system checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop Observe information regarding indicator and warning lamps gt page 282 as well as dis play messages gt page 254 Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 69 ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety and offers increased braking comfort In addi tion to the braking function ADAPTIVE BRAKE also has the HOLD function gt page 200 an
580. to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 157 gt Press the 8 button The indicator lamp above the lights up or goes out button RE Sm c oO oO oO fe Operating the climate control systems Climate control i Problems with the rear window defroster Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear window The battery has not been sufficiently charged defroster has deactiva switch off any consumers that are not required e g reading ted prematurely orcan lamps interior lighting or the seat heating not be activated When the battery is sufficiently charged the rear window defroster can be activated again Activating deactivating air recircula Air recirculation mode deactivates auto tion mode matically e after approximately five minutes at out side temperatures below approximately General notes You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if 41 F 5 C unpleasant odors are entering the vehicle _ e after approximately five minutes if cool from outside The air already inside the vehi ing with air dehumidification is deactiva cle will then be recirculated ted If you switch on air recirculation mode the e after approximately 30 minutes at out windows can fog up more quickly in particu side temperatures above approximately lar at low temperatures Only use air recircu 41 F 5 C if the Cooling with air dehu lation mo
581. to the threads contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads replaced renewed Do not continue driving Z WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised the jack could tip over There is a risk of injury Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes in the Changing a wheel sec tion gt page 384 Only use wheel bolts that have been designed for the wheel and the vehicle For safety rea sons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use wheel bolts which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and the respective wheel i AMG vehicles during removal and repo sitioning of the wheel the wheel rim can strike the ceramic brake disc and damage it Therefore you should proceed carefully and get a second person assist to you Alternatively you can use a second align ment bolt H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt g e Pig Pt Positioning a wheel example vehicle with an emergency spare wheel gt Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces gt Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the alignment bolt and push it on gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin ger tight Wheel and tire combinations gt Unscrew the alignment bol
582. traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving when operating the on board computer Z WARNING If the instrument cluster has failed or mal functioned you may not recognize function restrictions in systems relevant to safety The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired There is a risk of an accident Drive on carefully Have the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop immedi ately The on board computer only shows messages or warnings from certain systems in the mul tifunction display You should therefore make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired pull over as soon as it is safe to do so Contact a qualified specialist workshop Hybrid vehicles always read the HYBRID operating instructions You could otherwise fail to recognize dangers e g due to high volt age For an overview see the instrument panel illustration gt page 33 Displays and operation Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expo
583. traint system is malfunctioning restraint system components may be triggered unin tentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with a high rate of vehicle deceleration This can affect the Emer gency Tensioning Device or air bag for exam ple This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Have the restraint system checked and repaired in a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is part of the Occupant Classification System OCS The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp informs you about the status of the front passenger front air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp e is lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated It will then not be deployed in the event of an accident e does not light up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If inthe event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed Occupant safety Safety 1 Ea Occupant safety Safety Depending on the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag must either be disabled or enabled see the following points You must make sure of this both before and during a journey e Children in a child restraint system whether the front passenger front air bag is enabled or deactivated depends on the installed child restraint system and the age and size of the c
584. transmission position is engaged Ideally you should select trans mission position D and drive program E or S The current transmission position and drive program appear in the multifunction display The arrows in the transmission position display show how and into which transmis sion positions you can change using the DIRECT SELECT lever d Automatic transmission Transmission position display Drive program display Engaging park position P Hl If the engine speed is too high or the vehi cle is moving do not shift the automatic transmission directly from D to R from R to D or directly to P The automatic transmis sion could otherwise be damaged D i ameng Park position with parking lock Reverse gear Neutral Drive gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever in the direc tion of arrow P oj z v The automatic transmission shifts into park position P automatically e if you open the driver s door while the vehicle is stationary in transmission posi tion D or R e if you open the door while traveling at very low speeds in transmission position DorR Automatic transmission HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS if the vehicle is braked using the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS the automatic transmis sion shifts automatically to transmission position P In addition at least one of the fol lowing conditions must be fulfilled e the engine is switched off e the drive
585. ts to position N gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service Display messages Display messages o a or S o9 Rear Left Backrest Not Latched or Rear Right Back rest Not Latched Power Steering Mal function See Oper ator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Sedan the trunk lid is open gt Close the trunk lid Wagon the tailgate is open A WARNING When the engine is running exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the tailgate is open There is a risk of poisoning gt Close the tailgate The hood is open A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Close the hood At least one door is open A warning tone also sounds gt Close all the doors Sedan with through loading facility in the rear compartment The backrest in the rear is not engaged on the left hand and or right hand side A warning tone also sounds gt Push the backrest back until it engages The p
586. ttery can lead for example to a short circuit and thus damage the vehicle electronics This can lead to function restrictions applying to safety relevant systems e g the lighting sys tem ABS anti lock braking system or ESP Electronic Stability Program The operating safety of your vehicle may be restricted You could lose control of the vehicle for example e braking e in the event of abrupt steering maneuver and or when the vehicle s speed is not adapted to the road conditions There is a risk of an accident In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci dent contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Do not drive any further You should have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop For further information about ABS and ESP see gt page 69 and gt page 74 A WARNING Electrostatic build up can lead to the creation of sparks which could ignite the highly explo sive gases of a battery There is a risk of an explosion Before handling the battery touch the vehicle body to remove any existing electrostatic build up The highly flammable gas mixture forms when charging the battery as well as when jump starting Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatically charged A build up of electrostatic charge can be caused for example e by wearing clothing made from synthetic fibers e due to friction between clothing and se
587. turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 157 gt When the Please follow the instruc tions received by phone and move your vehicle to a safe position message appears follow the customer ser vice representative s instructions The message in the display disappears If you select Cancel the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis is canceled com pletely The vehicle operating state check begins You will see the Vehicle diagnosis activated message When the diagnosis is completed the Send vehicle diagnostics data Voice connection may be interrupted dur ing data transfer message appears The vehicle data can now be sent to the Customer Assistance center gt Press OK to confirm the message The voice connection with the Customer Assistance Center is terminated You will see the Vehicle Diagnosis Transferring data message The vehicle data is sent to the Customer Assistance Center Depending on what the customer service rep resentative agreed with you the voice con nection is re established after the transfer is complete If necessary you will be contacted at a later time by another means e g by e mail or phone Another function of the vehicle remote mal function diagnosis is the transfer of service data to the Customer Assistance Center If a service is overdue the COMAND display shows a message about various special offers at your workshop USA only this information can also be
588. ucts that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Information on tested and approved products can be obtained at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can recognize service products approved by Mercedes Benz by the following inscrip tion on the containers e MB Freigabe e g MB Freigabe 229 5 1 e MB Approval e g MB Approval 229 5 1 Other designations or recommendations indi cate a level of quality or a specification in accordance with an MB Sheet Number e g MB 229 5 They have not necessarily been approved by Mercedes Benz Py Technical data bel Technical data Fuel Important safety notes Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical as
589. umbwheel right Center vent thumbwheel left gt To open close turn thumbwheels and up or down Setting the side air vents Side air vent Thumbwheel for side air vent gt To open close turn thumbwheel 3 up or down Setting the glove box air vent H Close the air vent when heating the vehi cle At high outside temperatures open the air vent and activate the cooling with air dehu midification function Otherwise temper Setting the air vents Climate control E Setting the air vents Climate control net ature sensitive items stored in the glove box could be damaged VE AHLI Air vent thumbwheel Air vent When the climate control system is activated the glove box can be ventilated for instance to cool its contents The level of airflow depends on the airflow and air distribution settings gt To open close turn thumbwheel 1 to the left or right Setting the center vents in the rear com partment Rear compartment air vent thumbwheel Rear compartment air vent right Rear control panel only for Canada with 3 zone automatic climate control Rear compartment air vent left gt To open close turn thumbwheel Q up or down Setting the B pillar air vent B pillar air vent Thumbwheel for B pillar air vent gt To open close turn thumbwheel 2 to the left or right Useful information 006 156 Notes
590. uring the closing process There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the closing area during the closing process Use one of the following options to stop the closing process e Press the 5 button on the SmartKey e Press the remote operating switch on the driver s door e Press the closing or locking button on the trunk lid tailgate e Pull the handle on the trunk lid tailgate Z WARNING The trunk lid tailgate can be automatically opened or closed even if the SmartKey is not in the vehicle If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could activate the func tions There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle z Trunk cargo compartment Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the trunk lid tailgate is open when the engine is running especially if the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of poisoning Always switch off the engine before opening the trunk lid tailgate Never drive with the trunk lid tailgate open H The trunk lid tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the trunk lid tailgate Opening and closing a hae gt To open pull remote operating switch f
591. values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration DOT Tire Identification Number TIN US tire regulations stipulate that every tire manufacturer or retreader must imprint a TIN in or on the sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN enables the tire manufacturers or retread ers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety relevant matters It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affec ted tires The TIN is made up of manufacturer identifi cation code tire size tire type code and manufacturing date DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q marks that the tire complies with the requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer identification code manu facturer identification code provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols For further information about retreaded tires see gt page 362 Tire size identifier describes the tire size All about wheels and tires Tire type code tire type code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 for the first calenda
592. ve been exceeded i On board computer and displays submenus The From Reset trip computer is automati cally reset if the value exceeds 9 999 hours or 99 999 miles ECO display gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the rip menu gt Press the A or W button to select ECO DISPLAY If the ignition remains switched off for longer than four hours the ECO display will be auto matically reset For further information on the ECO display see gt page 182 Displaying the range and current fuel consumption gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Pressthe A or W button to select the current fuel consumption not for AMG vehicles and the approximate range The approximate range that can be covered depends on the fuel level and your current driving style If there is only a small amount of fuel left in the fuel tank the display shows a vehicle being refueled lt instead of the range Digital speedometer gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Pressthe A or W button to select the digital speedometer In addition the multifunction display may show a gearshift recommendation t Observe the information on gearshift rec ommendation t
593. vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap e in the Tire pressure section Checking tire pressures manually To determine and set the correct tire pres sure proceed as follows gt Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to be checked gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve gt Read the tire pressure and compare it with the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 366 gt If the tire pressure is too low increase it to the recommended value gt Ifthe tire pressure is too high release air by pressing down the metal pin in the valve Use the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat these steps for the other tires Tire pressure monitor General notes If a tire pressure monitor is installed the vehi cle s wheels have sensors that monitor the tire pressures in all four tires The tire pres sure monitor warns you if the pressure drops in one or more of the tires The tire pressure monitor only functions if the correct sensors are installed on all wheels Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes of driving the current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the Service menu of the mul tifunction d
594. vehicle in front Q and stored speed light up For design reasons the speed displayed in the speedometer may differ slightly from the speed set for DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the multi function display General notes In the Assistance menu gt page 240 of the on board computer you can select the assis tance display Driving systems ee Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is deacti vated Vehicle in front if detected Distance indicator current distance to the vehicle in front Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Own vehicle gt Select the Assistance Graphic function using the on board computer gt page 241 Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is activa ted a MON DISTRONIC PLUS 130 km h Vehicle in front if detected Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Own vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS active text only appears when the cruise control lever is actuated gt Select the Assistance Graphic function using the on board computer gt page 241 Driving and parking a Driving systems __ Driving and parking You will see the stored speed for about five seconds when you activate DISTRONIC PLUS Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS There are several ways to deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards Q or gt Brake unless the vehicle is stationary When you d
595. very trip make sure that the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system is engaged correctly in both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings H When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt for the middle seat does not get trapped The seat belt could otherwise be damaged When installing the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system fold protective caps of LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings inwards gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system on both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings ISOFIX is a standardized securing system for specially designed child restraint systems on the rear seats LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings Q for two LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems are installed on the left and right rear seats Non LATCH type ISOFIX child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seats according to the manufacturer s instructions Introduction Top Tether provides an additional connection between the child restraint system secured with a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat mount and the vehicle This helps reduce the risk of injury even further If the child restraint sys tem is equipped with a Top Tether belt this should always be used Important safety notes A WARNING If the rear seat backrests are not locked they could fold forwards in the event of an acci dent heavy braking or sudden cha
596. ving systems or driving safety systems e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 195 e PRE SAFE Brake gt page 78 e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 242 e ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 219 e Lane Keeping Assist gt page 222 e Active Lane Keeping Assist gt page 227 Deactivating activating ESP Observe the Important safety notes sec tion in the description of ESP gt page 75 A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activating deactivating ESP on AMG vehi cles gt page 76 For further information about ESP see gt page 74 gt Start the engine gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select ESP gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again ESP is deactivated if the warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up continu ously when the engine is running If the amp warning lamp and the amp warn ing lamp are lit continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information o
597. way can unexpectedly fail or in the case of an accident no longer withstand the strain they are designed to If the underbody paneling is damaged combustible materials such as leaves grass or twigs can gather between the underbody and the underbody paneling If these materials come in contact with hot parts of the exhaust system they can catch fire In such situations have the vehicle checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop If on con tinuing your journey you notice that driving safety is impaired pull over and stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traffic conditions In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop Declarations of conformity Vehicle components which receive and or transmit radio waves USA The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Oper ation is subject to the following two condi tions 1 These devices may not cause harm ful interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired oper ation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 These devices may not cause interference and 2 T
598. when adding DEF between maintenance intervals Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center with any questions or if necessary contact Road side Assistance gt page 25 If the outside temperature is below 12 F 11 C it may be difficult to top up If DEF is frozen and there is an active warning indica tor it may not be possible to add DEF Park the vehicle in a warmer place e g in a garage until DEF has become fluid again It will then be possible to add DEF again Alternatively have the DEF tank refilled at a qualified spe cialist workshop Further information about BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment and DEF is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Important safety notes on the refilling procedure DEF is a water soluble fluid for the exhaust gas aftertreatment of diesel engines It is e not poisonous e colorless and odorless e not flammable When you open the DEF container small amounts of ammonia vapor may be released Ammonia vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating to the skin to mucous Driving and parking Driving and parking membranes and to the eyes You may expe rience a burning sensation in your eyes nose and throat Coughing and watering of the eyes are possible Do not inhale ammonia vapors Fill the DEF tank only in well ventilated areas DEF must not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and must not be swal lowed Keep DEF away from c
599. with a gentle jet of water gt Do not point the water jet directly towards the air inlet gt Use plenty of water and rinse out the sponge frequently gt Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry thoroughly with a chamois gt Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paintwork When using the vehicle in winter remove all traces of road salt deposits carefully and as soon as possible Power washers Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately H Always maintain a distance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufacturer Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your vehicle Do not aim directly at any of the following e tires e door gaps roof gaps joints etc e electrical components battery e connectors e lights e seals e trim e ventilation slots Damaged seals or electrical components can lead to leaks or failures H If the SmartKey is within the rear detec tion range of KEYLESS GO the following situations for example could lead to the unintentional
600. with the vehicle raised There is a risk of injury Only position the jack at the appropriate jack ing point of the vehicle The base of the jack must be positioned vertically directly under the jacking point of the vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jack ing up the vehicle at the jacking points Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged Observe the following when raising the vehi cle e To raise the vehicle only use the vehicle specific jack that has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz If used incor rectly the jack could tip over with the vehi cle raised e The jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed It is not suited for per forming maintenance work under the vehi cle e Avoid changing the wheel on uphill and downhill slopes Changing a wheel e Before raising the vehicle secure it from rolling away by applying the parking brake and inserting wheel chocks Never disen gage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised e The jack must be placed on a firm flat and non slip surface On a loose surface a large flat load bearing underlay must be used On a slippery surface a non slip underlay must be used e g rubber mats e Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay Otherwise the jack will not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity due to the restricted height e Make sure that the distance
601. xhaust gas aftertreatment Follow the instructions in the service inter val display regarding the oil change Other wise you may damage the engine and the exhaust gas aftertreatment When handling engine oil observe the impor tant safety notes on service products gt page 411 The engine oils are matched to the perform ance of Mercedes Benz engines and service intervals You should therefore only use engine oils and oil filters that are approved for vehicles with maintenance systems For a list of approved engine oils and oil filters consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen O Technical data Lo Technical data ter Or visit the website http bevo mercedes benz com The table shows which engine oils have been approved for your vehicle Missing values were not available at time of going to print Model Engi MB ne Approval mod el E 300 4MATIC 276 229 5 Canada only E 350 E 350 4MATIC E 400 E 400 4MATIC Canada only E 550 4MATIC 278 22975 E 250 BlueTEC 651 2281511 E 250 BlueTEC AS 4MATIC 229 51 229 52 AMG vehicles 157 229 5 Use only SAE OW 40 or SAE 5W 40 engine oils for AMG vehicles MB approval is indicated on the oil con tainers Filling capacities The following values refer to an oil change including the oil filter Model Capacity E 550 4MATIC 8 5 US qt 8 0 AMG vehicles 9 0 US qt 8 5 1 All other models 6 9 US qt 6 5 I fal Service products and filling capacities Addit
602. xle e RA rear axle The recommended pressures for various operating conditions can be found e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire pressures on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Observe the notes on recommended tire pressures under various operating conditions gt page 366 Check tire pressures regularly and only when the tires are cold Comply with the mainte nance recommendations of the tire manufac turer in the vehicle document wallet Notes on the vehicle equipment always equip the vehicle with e tires of the same size on a given axle left right e the same type of tires at a given time sum mer tires winter tires MOExtended tires Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires ATIREFIT kit may be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop Not all wheel and tire combinations are available at the factory for all countries On the following pages you can find infor mation on approved wheel rims and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter eal Wheel and tire combinations tires Winter tires are not available at the factory as standard equipment or optional extras If you
603. y fluorescent light or LED lighting the display may flicker e if there is a sudden change in temperature e g when driving into a heated garage in winter e if the camera lens is dirty or obstructed e if the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this event have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop The field of vision and other functions of the rear view camera may be restricted due to additional accessories on the rear of the vehi cle e g license plate holder bicycle rack Activating deactivating the rear view camera gt To activate make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the Activation by R gear setting is active in COMAND see the sep arate COMAND operating instructions gt Engage reverse gear The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND display with guide lines To deactivate the rear view camera deacti vates if you shift the transmission to P or after driving forwards a short distance 360 camera General notes The 360 camera is a system consisting of four cameras The system analyzes images from the follow ing cameras e Rear view camera e Front camera e Two cameras in the exterior rear view mir rors The cameras capture the immediate sur roundings of the vehicle The system sup ports you e g when parking or if vision is restricted at an exit The 360 camera images can be shown in full
604. y function the interior lighting remains on for 20 seconds after you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Lights submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Light Delay function If the Light Delay function has been switched on the vehicle interior is dis played in orange in the multifunction dis play gt Press the OK button to save the setting Menus and submenus Ea a On board computer and displays a Menus and submenus E On board computer and displays Vehicle Activating deactivating the automatic door locking mechanism gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press Y or A to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press W or A to select the Auto Door Locks function When the Auto Door Locks function is activated the vehicle doors are displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting If you activate the Auto Door Locks func tion the vehicle is centrally locked above a speed of around 9 mph 15 km h For further information on the automatic lock ing feature see gt page 90
605. ying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 179 gt Restart the engine Fj On board computer and displays 272 On board computer and displays a Display messages Display messages DISTRONIC PLUS Inoperative DISTRONIC PLUS Sus pended DISTRONIC PLUS mph DTR Steering Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual DTR Steering Assist Inopera tive Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions DISTRONIC PLUS is defective The following may have also failed e BAS PLUS with Cross Traffic Assist e PRE SAFE Brake e Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You have depressed the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is no longer controlling the speed of the vehicle gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal An activation condition for DISTRONIC PLUS is not fulfilled gt Check the activation conditions for DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 189 Steering Assist and Stop amp Go Pilot are temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog e there are no lane markings for a longer period e the lane markings are worn dark or covered e g by dirt or snow When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Steering A
606. your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 27 Correct driver s seat position Z N WARNING You could lose control of yourvehicle ifyoudo Observe the safety guidelines on seat the following while driving adjustment gt page 111 gt Mak h i j e adjust the driver s seat head restraint ie e sure that seat G is adjusted prop steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Electrical seat adjustment gt page 112 When adjusting the seat make sure that Seats steering wheel and mirrors L_ Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer e you are as far away from the driver s air bag ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt as possible before starting the engine e you are sitting in a normal upright position e you can fasten the seat belt properly e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position e you have set the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly gt Check whether the head restraint is adjus ted properly When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is support
607. ystem continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system is faulty A WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Have the restraint system checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop Observe the additional information on restraint systems gt page 42 Fy On board computer and displays ae Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Engine Problem cy The yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up while the engine is running w The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is run ning E The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp flashes while the vehicle is in motion In addition the Check Engine warning a lamp may light up Possible cause
608. zed Mercedes Benz Center Observe the important safety notes gt page 358 gt Switch the engine off gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Open the driver s door The on board electronics now have status 0 This is the same as the SmartKey having been removed The driver s door can be closed again All indicator lamps in the instrument cluster must be off The fuses are located in various fuse boxes e Fuse box in the engine compartment on the left hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel e Fuse box in the trunk cargo compartment on the right hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel The fuse allocation chart is located in the vehicle tool kit in the stowage compartment under the trunk cargo compartment floor gt page 344 Observe the important safety notes gt page 358 A WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are turned off gt Open th

Owners Manual Pdf - Mercedes Benz USA

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents